BA00303P/00/EN/17.16
71336364

Products

Solutions

Services

valid from Software version:
04.00.zz

Description of Device Functions
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP75
Deltabar S FMD77, FMD78, PMD75
Deltapilot S FMB70
Process pressure / Differential pressure, Flow / Hydrostatic

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

1.

Order code: XXXXX-XXXXXX
Ser. no.:XXXXXXXXXXXX
Ext. ord. cd.: XXX.XXXX.XX

Serial number

2. www.endress.com/deviceviewer

Endress+Hauser
Operations App

3.

A0023555

Make sure the document is stored in a safe place such that it is always available whenworking on or with the device.
To avoid danger to individuals or the facility, read the "Basic safety instructions" section
carefully, as well as all other safety instructions in the document that are specific toworking procedures.
The manufacturer reserves the right to modify technical data without prior notice. Your
Endress+Hauser Sales Center will supply you with current information and updates to these
Instructions.

2

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table of contents
1

Notes on use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

1.1

Finding parameter descriptions using ID numbers .
4
Finding function groups using graphic
representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Finding parameter descriptions using parameternames (index) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

1.2
1.3

2

Parameter description of local operation
and FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

9Level measurement (via local operation
and FieldCare) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4

Overview of level measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . 117"Level easy pressure" level selection . . . . . . . . . 119"Level easy height" level selection . . . . . . . . . . . 123"Level standard" level selection,"Linear" level mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127"Level standard" level selection,"Pressure linearized" level mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 131"Height linearized" level mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

9.5
9.6

10

Flow measurement (via local operation
and FieldCare) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

3Graphic representation of functiongroups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

3.1
3.2

Representation via device display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Representation in FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

4

Pressure measurement(FF configuration program) . . . . . . . . . 11

11

Parameter description (local operation
and FieldCare) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

5

Level measurement(FF configuration program) . . . . . . . . . 13

12

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4

Overview of level measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
"Level easy pressure" level selection . . . . . . . . . . 14
"Level easy height" level selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
"Level standard" level selection, "Linear" level mode
22
"Level standard" level selection,"Pressure linearized" level mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
"Height linearized" level mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Overview of diagnostic events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Response of outputs to errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Confirming messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

13

Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

5.5
5.6

6

Flow measurement(FF configuration program) . . . . . . . . . 35

6.1
6.2

Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

7

Parameter description(FF configuration program) . . . . . . . . . 39

7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S block model . 39
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Transducer Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Analog Input Block (function block) . . . . . . . . 104

8

Pressure measurement (via local
operation and FieldCare) . . . . . . . . . .115

8.1

Selecting the measuring mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Endress+Hauser

10.1 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
10.2 Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

13.1 Operating menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

3

Notes on use

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

1

Notes on use

Sections 4 to 6 describe how to operate the unit using an FF configuration program.
With FOUNDATION Fieldbus, all the device parameters are categorized according to theirfunctional properties and task and are assigned to the Resource Block, the Transducer Blocks
and the function blocks. The parameters of the Resource Block, the Transducer Blocks andthe Analog Input Block are described in Section 7. For a description of the parameters of theother function blocks, such as the PID or Discret Output Block, see Operating Instructions
BA00013S "FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview" or the FOUNDATION Fieldbus Specification.
Sections 8 to 10 describe how to operate the unit via the local operation and theEndress+Hauser operating program FieldCare.
Section 11 describes all the parameters in the order of how they appear in the menu.
Sections 1.1 and 1.2 describe ways of finding a certain parameter description more easily.

1.1

Finding parameter descriptions using ID numbers

Each parameter is indicated on the local operation with a unique identification number (ID).
All the parameters are listed in numerical order in Section 2. The page reference/link takes
you to the parameter in question.
In FieldCare, additional parameters and, to an extent, other parameters are displayed. These
parameters are not listed in Section 2. You can find these parameters by means of the index.
 See also Section 1.3.

1.2

Finding function groups using graphic representation

All the function groups are shown in table form in Section 3. The page reference/link takes
you to the function group in question. In Section 7, all the parameters of a function groupare compiled in a table.

1.3

Finding parameter descriptions using parameternames (index)

The index lists all the parameters in alphabetical order. The page reference/link takes you
to the parameter in question.

4

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

2

Parameter description of local operation and FieldCare

Parameter description of local operation and
FieldCare

You can find the parameter description as follows:• Via the ID number for the local operation• Via the parameter name for FieldCareID
numberParameter name

Description, see page

001
003
004
004
004
005
006
007
008
008
009
010
010
010
011
014
020
023
023
025
046
047
048
050
060
075
079
247

DENSITY UNIT
HEIGHT UNIT
FULL CALIB. – QUICK SETUP
FULL CALIB. – "Level easy pressure" level selection
FULL CALIB. – "Level easy height" level selection
FULL PRESSURE
FULL HEIGHT
ADJUST DENSITYCALIBRATION MODE – "Level easy pressure" level selection
CALIBRATION MODE – "Level easy height" level selection
EMPTY HEIGHTEMPTY CALIB. – QUICK SETUPEMPTY CALIB. – "Level easy pressure" level selection
EMPTY CALIB. – "Level easy height" level selection
EMPTY PRESSUREDOWNLOAD SELECTLEVEL SELECTIONOUTPUT UNIT – "Level easy pressure" level selection
OUTPUT UNIT – "Level easy height" level selection
PROCESS DENSITY
ALARM STATUS
ENTER RESET CODE
INSERT PIN NO
LEVEL BEFORE LIN
PRESS. ENG. UNIT
CUSTOMER UNIT P
LANGUAGEDAMPING VALUE

250
264
266
301

SENSOR SER. No.
SOFTWARE VERSIONHARDWARE REV.
PRESSURE – "Pressure" measuring mode
PRESSURE – "Level" measuring mode
PRESSURE – "Flow" measuring mode
MAX. FLOWUNIT VOLUME – "Linear" level mode
UNIT VOLUME – "Pressure linearized" level mode
UNIT VOLUME – "Height linearized" level mode
EMPTY CALIB. – QUICK SETUPEMPTY CALIB. – "Linear" level mode
EMPTY CALIB. – "Height linearized" level mode
FULL CALIB. – QUICK SETUP
FULL CALIB. – "Pressure linearized" level mode
FULL CALIB. – "Height linearized" level mode
ADJUST DENSITY – "Linear" level mode
ADJUST DENSITY – "Height linearized" level mode
ADJUST DENSITY– "Level" extended setup
CUST. UNIT. FACT. P
TEMP. ENG. UNIT – "Pressure" measuring mode
TEMP. ENG. UNIT – "Level" measuring mode
TEMP. ENG. UNIT – "Flow" measuring mode
CALIB. OFFSET
SET. L. FL. CUT-OFF
FACT. U.U. TOTAL.1
FACT. U.U. TOTAL.2
RESET TOTALIZER 1
Pmin ALARM WINDOW

165 or 198
165
153
162
166
162
167
165 or 198
161
165
166
152
161 or 162
166
162
219
148
161
165
198
221
219
219
216
157, 160, 164, 168 or 193
158, 160, 164, 168 or 193
146
150, 153, 154, 158, 162,
167, 178, 182, 191 or 196
212
210
210
215
215
216
154 or 196
172 or 176
180
185
152
174
188
153
175
188
175
189
198
158, 160, 164, 169 or 194
197
197
199
156
199
207
208
207
223

311
313

314

315

316

317
318

319
323
329
330
331
332

Endress+Hauser

5Parameter description of local operation and FieldCareID
numberParameter name

Description, see page

333
334
335
336
339
350
352
354
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
365
366
367
368
369
370
375
378
380
382
383
386
389
392

Pmax ALARM WINDOW
Tmin ALARM WINDOW
Tmax ALARM WINDOWALARM DELAYDISPLAY CONTRAST
DEVICE DESIGN.
CONFIG RECORDER
DEVICE SERIAL No.
PCB TEMPERATURE
Allowed Min. TEMP
Allowed Max. TEMP
MAT. PROC. CONN. +MAT. PROC. CONN. SEAL TYPEDIP STATUS
MAT. MEMBRANE
FILLING FLUIDSENSOR TEMP.
Tmin SENSOR
Tmax SENSORTANK CONTENT
SUPPRESSED FLOW
MEAS. VAL. TRENDCOUNTER: P > Pmax
RESET PEAKHOLDMAX. MEAS. PRESS.
ELECTR. SERIAL NO.
MEASURING MODE
CALIBRATION MODE – "Linear" level mode
CALIBRATION MODE – "Height linearized" level mode
LIN. EDIT MODETOTALIZER 1 UNIT – "Volume operat. cond." flow type
TOTALIZER 2 UNIT – "Volume operat. cond." flow type
NEG. FLOW TOT. 1
ACK. ALARM MODE
COUNTER: T > Tmax
OPERATING HOURSSIMULATION MODE
SIM. PRESSURE
NEG. FLOW TOT. 2
MAIN LINE CONT.
ALTERNATE DATACORRECTED PRESS. – "Pressure" measuring mode
CORRECTED PRESS. – "Level" measuring mode
CORRECTED PRESS. – "Flow" measuring mode
LOW FLOW CUT-OFF
COUNTER: P < Pmin
MIN. MEAS. PRESS.
MAX. MEAS. TEMP.
COUNTER: T < Tmin
MIN. MEAS. TEMP.
SIM. ERROR NO.
ALARM DISPL. TIME
PROC. CONN. TYPE
PRESS.SENS LOLIMPRESS.SENS HILIMSENSOR H/WARE REV.
PCB COUNT: T>Tmax
PCB MAX. TEMP.
PCB COUNT: T < Tmin
PCB MIN. TEMP.
ACK. ALARM
MEASURING TABLE (display)
EDITOR TABLE, LINE-NUMB (enter values)
EDITOR TABLE, X-VAL. (enter values)
EDITOR TABLE, Y-VAL. (enter values)
POS. INPUT VALUE

223
223
223
222
209
210
210
210
211
211
211
212
212
212
211
213
213
215 or 216
213
213
216
216
215 or 216
217
218
217
210
147
174
188
201
206
207
207
221
217
219
220
220
208
208
209
215
215
216
199
217
217
217
217
217
221
222
211
212
212
213
217
218
218
218
221
202
201
202
201, 202
150, 152 or 156

397
398
399
400
401
404
409
413
414
416
419
423
434

442
467
469
471
472
474
476
480
482
484
485
487
488
490
492
494
500
549
549
550
551
563

6

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

ID
numberParameter name

Description, see page

564
570
571
581
584

LAST DIAG. CODE
Pmax PROC. CONN.
MASS FLOW UNITSENSOR MEAS. TYPESENSOR PRESSURE – "Pressure" measuring mode
SENSOR PRESSURE – "Level" measuring mode
SENSOR PRESSURE – "Flow" measuring mode
MINIMUM SPAN
SELECT ALARMTYPE
SELECT ALARMTYPERESET ALL ALARMS
CUST. UNIT FACT. V – "Linear" level mode
CUST. UNIT FACT. V – "Pressure linearized" level mode
CUST. UNIT FACT. V – "Height linearized" level mode
CUSTOMER UNIT V – "Linear" level mode
CUSTOMER UNIT V – "Pressure linearized" level mode
CUSTOMER UNIT V – "Height linearized" level mode
CUST. UNIT. FACT. F
CUSTOMER UNIT F
TOT. 1 USER UNIT
TOT. 2 UNIT TEXTMAX PRESS. FLOWSIM. FLOW VALUE
FLOW-MEAS. TYPETOTALIZER 1
TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOWTOTALIZER 2TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOW
STD. FLOW UNIT
NORM FLOW UNITTOTALIZER 1 UNIT – "Mass" flow type
TOTALIZER 2 UNIT – "Mass" flow type
TOTALIZER 1 UNIT – "Gas. std. conditions" flow type
TOTALIZER 2 UNIT – "Gas. std. conditions" flow type
TOTALIZER 1 UNIT – "Gas. norm conditions" flow type
TOTALIZER 2 UNIT – "Gas. norm conditions" flow type
MEASURED VALUE – "Pressure"
MEASURED VALUE – "Level"
MEASURED VALUE – "Flow"
POS. ZERO ADJUST
MAIN DATA FORMAT
CUST. UNIT FACT. M – "Linear" level mode
CUST. UNIT FACT. M – "Pressure linearized" level mode
CUST. UNIT FACT. M – "Height linearized" level mode
CUSTOMER UNIT M – "Linear" level mode
CUSTOMER UNIT M – "Pressure linearized" level mode
CUSTOMER UNIT M – "Height linearized" level mode
CUST. UNIT FACT. H – "Linear" level mode
CUST. UNIT FACT. H – "Height linearized" level mode
CUSTOMER UNIT H – "Linear" level mode
CUSTOMER UNIT H – "Height linearized" level mode
HEIGHT UNIT – "Linear" level mode
HEIGHT UNIT – "Height linearized" level mode
MASS UNIT – "Linear" level mode
MASS UNIT – "Pressure linearized" level mode
MASS UNIT – "Height linearized" level mode
EMPTY PRESSURE – "Linear" level mode
EMPTY PRESSURE – "Height linearized" level mode
FULL PRESSURE – "Linear" level mode
FULL PRESSURE – "Height linearized" level mode
LEVEL MAX.
TANK CONTENT MAX.
SIM. LEVEL
SIM. TANK CONT.
MEASURING TABLE (selection)
LEVEL MODE
LEVEL MIN.

221
211
195
213
215
215
216
212
222
222
221
173 or 176
181186
172 or 176
180
186
196
196
207
208
154 or 196
220
194
216
216
217
217
195
195
206
207
206
207
206
207
214
215
216
150, 152, 154 or 155
209
174
182
187
173
181
187
172 or 177
185 or 190
171 or 177
185 or 190
171 or 177
184 or 189
173
181
186
174
188
175
188
187
200
220
220
202
169
187

591
595
600
603
607

608

609
610
627
628
634
639
640
652
655
657
658
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
679

685
688
703

704

705
706
708
709

710
711
712
713
714
715
717
718
755

Endress+Hauser

Parameter description of local operation and FieldCare

7

Parameter description of local operation and FieldCareID
numberParameter name

Description, see page

759
761
770
775
804
805
806
808
809
810

TANK CONTENT MIN.
HYDR. PRESS MAX.
EDITOR TABLE (continue entries)
HYDR. PRESS MIN.
LIN. MEASURAND
LINd. MEASURAND
COMB.MEASURAND
TABLE SELECTIONEDITOR TABLE (select table)
ADJUST DENSITY – "Linear" level mode
ADJUST DENSITY – "Height linearized" level mode
PROCESS DENSITYDENSITY UNIT – "Linear" level mode
DENSITY UNIT – "Height linearized" level mode
100 % POINT – "Linear" level mode
100 % POINT – "Height linearized" level mode
ZERO POSITION – "Linear" level mode
ZERO POSITION – "Height linearized" level mode
TANK DESCRIPTION
HistoROM AVAIL.
HistoROM CONTROLTANK VOLUMETANK HEIGHTAI 3 OUT Value
AI 2 OUT Value
AI 1 OUT Value
DEVICE ADDRESSDD REVISION
DEVICE REVISION
DEVICE ID

200
182
202
182
171
180
184
200
201
175
188
198
175
189
178
190
178
191
202
219
219
176
177
217
217
217
213
213
213
213

811
812
813
814
815
831
832
858
859
981
982
983
984
985
986
987

8

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Graphic representation of function groups

3

Graphic representation of function groups

3.1

Representation via device display

The "Flow" measuring mode is only available for the Deltabar S differential pressuretransmitter. The groups marked with "*" are only displayed for Deltabar S.
1. Group selection

2. Selection level

3. Function group

Description,
see page

LANGUAGELANGUAGE (079)

 146

MEASURING MODE

MEASURING MODE (389) 147

Depending on the MEASURING MODE selected (pressure, level or flow), the QUICK SETUP is set to pressure, level or flow.
QUICK SETUP (pressure) 149

QUICK SETUP (level)

 151

QUICK SETUP (flow *) 146

OPERATING MENU SETTINGS (557) POSITION ADJUSTMENT

 155

 BASIC SETUP (pressure) 157

 BASIC SETUP (level), "Level easy pressure" 159

 BASIC SETUP (level), "Level easy height"

 163

 BASIC SETUP (level), "Level standard" 167

 BASIC SETUP (flow *) 192

 EXTENDED SETUP (pressure) 197

 EXTENDED SETUP (level)

 197

 EXTENDED SETUP (flow *) 198

 LINEARIZATION

 200

 TOTALIZER SETUP * 206

 DISPLAY (555) TRANSMITTER INFO (560) PROCESSINFO (561) 208
 FF-DATA

 213

 TRANSMITTER DATA

 210

 PROCESS CONNECTION

 211

 SENSOR DATA

 212

 PROCESS VALUES (pressure) 214

 PROCESS VALUES (level)

 215

 PROCESS VALUES (flow) * 216

 FUNCTION BLOCKS

 217

 PEAK HOLD INDICATOR

 217

 OPERATION DIAGNOSTICS

Endress+Hauser

 219
 SIMULATION MODE

 220

 MESSAGES

 221

 USER LIMITS

 223

9

Graphic representation of function groups

3.2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Representation in FieldCare

The "Flow" measuring mode is only available for the Deltabar S differential pressuretransmitter. The groups marked with "*" are only displayed for Deltabar S.
1. Identifier

2. Selection level

3. Function group

Description,
see page

Depending on the MEASURING MODE selected (pressure, level or flow), the QUICK SETUP is set to pressure, level or flow.
QUICK SETUP (pressure) 149

QUICK SETUP (level)

 151

QUICK SETUP (flow *) 146

OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT

 155

 BASIC SETUP (pressure) 157

 BASIC SETUP (level), "Level easy pressure" 159

 BASIC SETUP (level), "Level easy height"

 163

 BASIC SETUP (level), "Level standard" 167

 BASIC SETUP (flow) * 192

 EXTENDED SETUP (pressure) 197

 EXTENDED SETUP (level)

 197

 EXTENDED SETUP (flow) * 198

 LINEARIZATION

 203

 TOTALIZER SETUP * 206

 DISPLAY
 TRANSMITTERINFO PROCESSINFO 208
 FF-DATA

 213

 TRANSMITTER DATA

 210

 PROCESS CONNECTION

 211

 SENSOR DATA

 212

 PROCESS VALUES (pressure) 214

 PROCESS VALUES (level)

 215

 PROCESS VALUES (flow) * 216

 FUNCTION BLOCKS

 217

 PEAK HOLD INDICATOR

 217

 OPERATION DIAGNOSTICS

10

 219
 SIMULATION MODE

 220

 MESSAGES

 221

 USER LIMITS 223

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

4

Pressure measurement (FF configuration program)Pressure measurement(FF configuration program)In this chapter the parameter text as well as the parameter name are indicated.
In FF configuration programs only the parameter text is displayed (exeption: in the NI-FBUS
configurator you can select if the parameter text or the parameter name is displayed).
Linearization/LINEARIZATION
Parametertext

Parametername
P01-xxxxxxxx-07-xx-xx-en-001• The Cerabar S and the Deltabar S are configured for the pressure measuring mode as
standard. The Deltapilot S is configured for the level measuring mode as standard. The
measuring range and the unit in which the measured value is transmitted, as well as thedigital output value of the Analog Input Block OUT, correspond to the data on the
nameplate.
• See also Operating Instructions BA00301P Deltabar S, "Pressure measurement" section or
Operating Instructions BA00302P Cerabar S, "Pressure measurement" section orBA00372P Deltapilot S, "Level measurement" section.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 56, Pressure Transducer Block–  ä 104, Analog Input Block.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!

Endress+Hauser

11Pressure measurement (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Description
1

Deltabar S: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andthe device filled with fluid. See Operating Instructions
BA00301P.

2

Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set the blockmode to OOS.

3

Carry out position adjustment if necessary.
The following options are available for performing
position adjustment:• By means of the parameters– Pos.Zero Adjust/ ZERO_POSITION_ADJUST( ä 63) or– Pos. Input Value/POSITION_INPUT_VALUE( ä 63) or– Calib. Offset/CALIBRATION_OFFSET ( ä 63).

4

Select the measuring mode if necessary:• Select the "No linearization" option by means of the
Linearization/LINEARIZATION parameter.
• Select the "Differential pressure", Gauge pressure" or"Absolute pressure" option by means of the Primary
Value Typ/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter.

5

Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" block
mode.

6

Where necessary, configure the Channel/CHANNEL( ä 107), Linearization Type/L_TYPE ( ä 108),
Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE ( ä 106) and Output
Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 107) parameters by meansof the Analog Input Block.

7

Result:
The device is ready for pressure measurement.

+–

P01-PMD75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-000• You can select another pressure unit by means of the Calibration Units/CAL_UNIT
parameter ( ä 57). You can also specify a customer-specific unit by means of thisparameter.

12

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

5

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

Level measurement(FF configuration program)In this chapter the parameter text as well as the parameter name are indicated.
In FF configuration programs only the parameter text is displayed (exeption: in the NI-FBUS
configurator you can select if the parameter text or the parameter name is displayed).
Linearization/LINEARIZATION
Parametertext

Parametername
P01-xxxxxxxx-07-xx-xx-en-001

5.1
Measuring task

LEVEL SELECTION/LEVEL MODE

The measured variable is LEVEL SELECTION:
Level easy pressure
in direct proportion to
the measured pressure.

Overview of level measurement
Measured variableoptions

LEVEL_TYP/LEVEL MODE

Description

Measured value display– % (level)– Level– Volume– MassLinearCalibration without
reference pressure –dry calibration, see ä 24, Section 5.4.2

The measured value display
and the Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE and Level
Before Lin./LEVEL_BEFORE_
LINEARISATION parametersdisplay the measured value.

The measured variable is
not in direct proportion
to the measured
pressure as is the casewith tanks with a conicaloutlet, for example. A
linearization table has to
be entered for thecalibration.

LEVEL SELECTION:
Level standard/
LEVEL MODE:
Pressure linearized– Pressure and %– Pressure andvolume– Pressure andmass

Pressure
linearized– Calibration withreference pressure:semiautomatic entryof linearization table,see  ä 26,
Section 5.5.1– Calibration without
reference pressure:manual entry of
linearization table,see  ä 29,
Section 5.5.2.

The measured value display
and the Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE parametershow the measured value.

– Two measured
variables are requiredor– The container shape isgiven by value pairs,such as height andvolume.

LEVEL SELECTION:
Level standard/
LEVEL MODE:
Height linearized– Height andvolume– Height and mass
– Height and %– %-height andvolume– %-height andmass– %-height and %Height linearized– Calibration without
reference pressure:dry calibration andmanual entry of
linearization table,see  ä 32,
Section 5.6.1.

The measured value display
and the Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE parametershow the 2nd measured value(volume, mass or %). The Level
Before Lin./LEVEL_BEFORE_
LINEARISATION parameter
displays the 1st measured
value (%-height or height).

The 1st measured
variable %-height orheight must be in direct
proportion to themeasured pressure. The
2nd measured variable
volume, mass or % mustnot be in direct
proportion to themeasured pressure. A
linearization table has to
be entered for the 2nd
measured variable. The
2nd measured variable isassigned to the 1st
measured variable bymeans of this table.

Endress+Hauser

13

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

5.2"Level easy pressure" level selection

5.2.1

Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration

Example:In this example, the level in a tank should be measured in m. The maximum level is 3 m (9.8ft). The pressure range is set to 0-300 mbar (4.5 psi).
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled and emptied.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P) or Cerabar S (BA00302P),"Level measurement" section or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "Level measurement" section.
• The values entered for Empty Calib. Level Easy/EMPTY_CALIBRATION_EASY and Full
Calib. Level Easy/FULL_ CALIBRATION_EASY must be at least 1% apart for the "Level Easy
Pressure" level mode. The value will be rejected with a warning message if the values are
too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be
appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device canmeasure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero.
For information on how to perform position adjustment, see also  ä 63, "Pos.Zero
Adjust/ZERO_POSITION_ADJUST".
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
1

2

Deltabar S: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andthe device filled with fluid. See Operating
Instructions BA00301P.

➁

300 mbar
3m

Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set theblockmode to OOS.

➀

0 mbar0m

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-008

Fig. 1:
1
2

14

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 8.
See Table, Step 10.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

Description
3

4

The following options are available for performing
position adjustment:• By means of the parameters– Pos.Zero Adjust/ZERO_POSITION_ADJUST( ä 63) or– Pos. Input Value/POSITION_INPUT_VALUE( ä 63) or– Calib. Offset/CALIBRATION_OFFSET( ä 63).

➁

3

Select the measuring mode if necessary:• Select the "No linearization" option by means of
the Linearization/LINEARIZATION parameter.
• By means of the Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter select the"Level" option. Or:

➀

0

5

By means of the parameter Level Selection/
LEVEL_SELECTION select the "Level Easy Pressure".

6

By means of the Scale Out/SCALE OUT "Units Index"
parameter, select the "m" option.
Or select a level unit, such as "m" in this example, bymeans of the Output Unit Level Easy/
OUTPUT_UNIT_EASY parameter.

7

By means of the Calibration Mode Level Easy/
CALIBRATION_MODE_EASY parameter, select the"Wet" option.

8

Fill the container up to the lower level point.
The related pressure value can be viewed via thePressure/PRESSURE parameter.

9

By means of the Scale Out/SCALE OUT "EU at 0%"
parameter, enter a level value, here 0 m for example.
Or by means of the Empty calib. level easy/
EMPTY_CALIBRATION_EASY parameter, enter alevel value, here 0 m for example.

h
[m]

0

300

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-011

Fig. 2:
1
2

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 10.

10 Fill the container up to the upper level point.
The related pressure value can be viewed via thePressure/PRESSURE parameter.
11 By means of the Scale Out/SCALE OUT "EU at 100%"
parameter, enter a level value, here 3 m (9.8 ft) for
example.
Or by means of the Full calib. level easy/
FULL_CALIBRATION_EASY parameter, enter a levelvalue, here 3 m (9.8 ft) for example.
12 Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" blockmode.
13 Where necessary, configure the Channel/CHANNEL( ä 107), Linearization Type/L_TYPE ( ä 108),
Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE ( ä 106) and Output
Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 107) parameters by meansof the Analog Input Block.

Endress+Hauser

15

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

5.2.2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of1000 liters (264 US gal) corresponds to a pressure of 450 mbar (6.75 psi). The minimum
volume of 0 liters corresponds to a pressure of 50 mbar (0.75 psi) since the device ismounted below the level lower-range value.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the pressure and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P) or Cerabar S (BA00302P),"Level measurement" section or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "Level measurement" section.
• The values entered for Empty Calib. Level Easy/EMPTY_CALIBRATION_EASY and Full
Calib. Level Easy/FULL_CALIBRATION_EASY must be at least 1 % apart for the "Level easypressure" level mode. The value will be rejected with a warning message if the values are
too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be
appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device canmeasure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero.
For information on how to perform position adjustment, see also  ä 63, "Pos.Zero
Adjust/ZERO_POSITION_ADJUST".
Description
12

3Deltabar S: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andthe device filled with fluid. See Operating
Instructions BA00301P.

➁

1000 l450 mbar

Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set theblockmode to OOS.
The following options are available for performing
position adjustment:• By means of the parameters– Pos.Zero Adjust/ ZERO_POSITION_ADJUST( ä 63) or– Pos. Input Value/POSITION_INPUT_VALUE( ä 63) or– Calib. Offset/CALIBRATION_OFFSET( ä 63).

➀0l
50 mbar

P01-PMC71xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-008

Fig. 3:1
2

16

Calibration without reference pressure –dry calibration
See Table, Step 10.
See Table, Step 9.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

Description
4

Select the measuring mode if necessary:• Select the "No linearization" option by means of
the Linearization/LINEARIZATION parameter.
• By means of the Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter, select the"Volume" option. Or:

5

By means of the parameter Level Selection/
LEVEL_SELECTION select the "Level Easy Pressure".

6

By means of the Scale Out/SCALE OUT "Units Index"
parameter, select the "l" (liter) option.
Or select a volume unit, such as "l" in this example, bymeans of the Output Unit Level Easy/
OUTPUT_UNIT_EASY parameter.

7

V
[l]

➂ 1000➀

By means of the Calibration Mode Level Easy/
CALIBRATION_MODE_EASY parameter, select the"Dry" option.

Fig. 4:8

By means of the Full Calib. Level Easy/
FULL_CALIBRATION_EASY parameter, enter apressure, here 450 mbar (7 psi) for example.

1
2
3
4

9

By means of the Empty calib. level easy/
EMPTY_CALIBRATION_EASY parameter, enter apressure, here 50 mbar (0.75 psi) for example.

0
50

450

➁

➃

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-026

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 7.
See Table, Step 8.
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 10.

10 By means of the Scale Out/SCALE OUT "EU at 100%"
parameter, enter the tank volume, here 1000 l (264
US gal) for example.
Or by means of the Full Calib. Level Easy/
FULL_CALIBRATION_EASY parameter, enter a
volume, here 1000 l (264 US gal) for example.
11 By means of the Scale Out/SCALE OUT "EU at 0%"
parameter, enter the tank volume, here 0 l for
example.
Or by means of the Empty calib. level easy/
EMPTY_CALIBRATION_EASY parameter, enter a
volume, here 0 l for example.
12 Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" blockmode.
13 Where necessary, configure the Channel/CHANNEL( ä 107), Linearization Type/L_TYPE ( ä 108),
Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE ( ä 106) and Scale
Out/SCALE OUT ( ä 107) parameters by meansof the Analog Input Block.

Endress+Hauser

17

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

5.3"Level easy height" level selection

5.3.1

Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of1000 liters (264 US gal) corresponds to a level of 4.5 m (15 ft). The minimum volume of 0liters corresponds to a level of 0.5 m (1.6 ft) since the device is mounted below the level
lower-range value. The density of the fluid is 1 kg/dm3.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled and emptied.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P) or Cerabar S (BA00302P),"Level measurement" section or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "Level measurement" section.
• The values entered for Empty Calib. Level Easy/EMPTY_CALIBRATION_EASY and Full
Calib. Level Easy/FULL_ CALIBRATION_EASY must be at least 1% apart for the "Level Easy
Pressure" level mode. The value will be rejected with a warning message if the values are
too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be
appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device canmeasure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero.
For information on how to perform position adjustment, see also  ä 63, "Pos.Zero
Adjust/ZERO_POSITION_ADJUST".
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
1

2

Deltabar S: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andthe device filled with fluid. See Operating
Instructions BA00301P.

➂

1000 l4.5 m

Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set theblockmode to OOS.

➁

0l
0.5 m

➀

r = 1 kg3dm

P01-PMC71xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-009

Fig. 5:1
2
3

18

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Steps 10 and 11.
See Table, Step 12.
See Table, Step 13.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

Description
3

4

The following options are available for performing
position adjustment:• By means of the parameters– Pos.Zero Adjust/ ZERO_POSITION_ADJUST( ä 63) or– Pos. Input Value/POSITION_INPUT_VALUE( ä 63) or– Calib. Offset/CALIBRATION_OFFSET( ä 63).

4.5

➀
r=1

Select the measuring mode if necessary:• Select the "No linearization" option by means of
the Linearization/LINEARIZATION parameter.
• By means of the Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter, select the"Volume" option. Or:

5

By means of the parameter Level Selection/
LEVEL_SELECTION select the "Level Easy Height".

6

By means of the parameter Output Unit Level Easy/
OUTPUT_UNIT_EASY select a volume unit, e.g. "l".

7

By means of the parameter Height Unit/
HEIGHT_UNIT_EASY select a height unit, here"m" for example.

8

By means of the Calibration Mode Level Easy/
CALIBRATION_MODE_EASY parameter, select the"Wet" option.

9hp[m] h = r · g

0.5
49

11 Fill the container up to the lower level point.
The related level value can be viewed via the Meas.
level easy/MEASURED_LEVEL_EASY parameter.

p[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-029

V[l]➂ 1000➁

By means of the parameter Density Unit Level Easy/
DENSITY_UNIT_EASY select a density unit, e.g. "kg/dm3".

10 By means of the parameter Adjust Density Level
Easy/ADJUST_DENSITY_EASY enter a density
e.g. "1" kg/dm3.

441

g
cm3

p
h= ρ·g
0
0.5

4.5

h
[m]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-030

Fig. 6:1
2
3

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 12.
See Table, Step 14.

12 By means of the parameter Empty Height Level
Easy/EMPTY_HEIGHT_EASY enter a percentage
value, e.g. 0 "l".
13 Fill the container up to the upper level point.
The related level value can be viewed via the Meas.
level easy/MEASURED_LEVEL_EASY parameter.
14 By means of the Full Height Level Easy/
FULL_HEIGHT_EASY parameter, enter a percentage
value, e.g. 1000 "l".
15 Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" blockmode.
16 Where necessary, configure the Channel/CHANNEL( ä 107), Linearization Type/L_TYPE ( ä 108),
Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE ( ä 106) and Output
Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 107) parameters by meansof the Analog Input Block.

Endress+Hauser

19

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

5.3.2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of1000 liters (264 US gal) corresponds to a level of 4.5 m (15 ft). The minimum volume of 0liters corresponds to a level of 0.5 m (1.6 ft) since the device is mounted below the level
lower-range value. The density of the fluid is 1 kg/dm3.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the height and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P) or Cerabar S (BA00302P),"Level measurement" section or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "Level measurement" section.
• The values entered for Empty Calib. Level Easy/EMPTY_CALIBRATION_EASY and Full
Calib. Level Easy/FULL_CALIBRATION_EASY must be at least 1 % apart for the "Level easypressure" level mode. The value will be rejected with a warning message if the values are
too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be
appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device canmeasure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero.
For information on how to perform position adjustment, see also  ä 63, "Pos.Zero
Adjust/ZERO_POSITION_ADJUST".
Description
12

3Deltabar S: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andthe device filled with fluid. See Operating
Instructions BA00301P.

➂

1000 l4.5 m

Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set theblockmode to OOS.
The following options are available for performing
position adjustment:• By means of the parameters– Pos.Zero Adjust/ ZERO_POSITION_ADJUST( ä 63) or– Pos. Input Value/POSITION_INPUT_VALUE( ä 63) or– Calib. Offset/CALIBRATION_OFFSET( ä 63).

➁

0l
0.5 m

➀

r = 1 kg3dm

P01-PMC71xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-009

Fig. 7:1
2
3

20

Calibration without reference pressure –dry calibration
See Table, Step 10.
See Table, Steps 12 and 13.
See Table, Steps 14 and 15.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

Description
4

5

Select the measuring mode if necessary:• Select the "No linearization" option by means of
the Linearization/LINEARIZATION parameter.
• By means of the Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter, select the"Volume" option. Or:

By means of the parameter Output Unit Level Easy/
OUTPUT_UNIT_EASY select a volume unit, e.g. "l".

7

By means of the parameter Height Unit/
HEIGHT_UNIT_EASY select a height unit, here"m" for example.

9

4.5

➀

By means of the parameter Level Selection/
LEVEL_SELECTION select the "Level Easy Height".

6

8

h
p
[m] h = r · g

r=1

0.5
49

441

g
cm3

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-029

By means of the Calibration Mode Level Easy/
CALIBRATION_MODE_EASY parameter, select the"Dry" option.

V[l]

By means of the parameter Density Unit Level Easy/
DENSITY_UNIT_EASY select a density unit, e.g. "kg/dm3".

➃ 100010 By means of the parameter Adjust Density Level
Easy/ADJUST_DENSITY_EASY enter a density e.g.
"1" kg/dm3.
11 By means of the Empty Calib. Level Easy/
EMPTY_CALIBRATION_EASY parameter, enter a
volume, here 0 l for example.
12 By means of the Empty Height Level Easy/
EMPTY_HEIGHT_EASY parameter, enter a volume,
here 0.5 m (1.6 ft) for example.
13 By means of the Full Calib. Level Easy/
FULL_CALIBRATION_EASY parameter, enter a
volume, here 1000 l (264 US gal) for example.
14 By means of the Full Height Level Easy/
FULL_HEIGHT_EASY parameter, enter a volume,
here 4.5 m (15 ft) for example.

➁
Fig. 8:
1
2
3
4
5

p
h= ρ·g
0
0.5

4.5

➂

➄

h
[m]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-032

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 11.
See Table, Step 12.
See Table, Step 13.
See Table, Step 14.

15 Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" block
mode.

Endress+Hauser

21

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

5.4"Level standard" level selection, "Linear" level mode

5.4.1

Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration

Example:In this example, the level in a tank should be measured in m. The maximum levelis 3 m (9.8 ft). The pressure range is set to 0-300 mbar (4.5 psi).
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled and emptied.
• See also Operating Instructions BA00301P for Deltabar S or Operating Instructions
BA00302P for Cerabar S or Operating Instructions BA00372P for Deltapilot S, "Levelmeasurement" section.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 56, Pressure Transducer Block–  ä 104, Analog Input Block.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!

22

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

Description
1

Deltabar S: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andthe device filled with fluid. See Operating
Instructions BA00301P.

2Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set theblock mode to OOS.

3

The following options are available for performing
position adjustment:• By means of the parameters– Pos.Zero Adjust/ ZERO_POSITION_ADJUST( ä 63) or– Pos. Input Value/POSITION_INPUT_VALUE( ä 63) or– Calib. Offset/CALIBRATION_OFFSET( ä 63).

4

Select the measuring mode if necessary:• Select the "No linearization" option by means of
the Linearization/LINEARIZATION parameter.
• By means of the Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter select the"Level" option.

5

Select the "LEVEL standard" option by means of theLevel Selection/LEVEL_SELECTION parameter.

6

By means of the Level Mode/LEVEL_MODE
parameter,
select the "Linear" option.

7

Select the "Level" option by means of the Lin.
measurand/LINEAR_MEASURAND parameter.

8

By means of the Scale Out/SCALE OUT "Units Index"
parameter, select the "m" option.
Or by means of the Unit Height/HEIGHT_UNIT
parameter, select a height unit, here "m" for example.

9

By means of the Calibration mode/
CALIBRATION_MODE parameter, select the "Wet"option. See also Point 3 in the following note.

➁

300 mbar3m➀

0 mbar0m

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-008

Fig. 9:1
2

Calibration without reference pressure –dry calibration
See Table, Step 11.
See Table, Step 13.

10 Fill the container up to the lower level point.
The related pressure value can be viewed via thePressure/PRESSURE parameter.
11 By means of the Scale Out/SCALE OUT "EU at 0%"
parameter,
enter a level value, here 0m for example.

h[m]

12 Fill the container up to the upper level point.
The related pressure value can be viewed via thePressure/PRESSURE parameter.

➁

3

➀

0

13 By means of the Scale Out/SCALE OUT "EU at 100%"
parameter, enter a level value, here 3m for example.
14 Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" blockmode.
15 Where necessary, configure the Channel/CHANNEL( ä 107), Linearization Type/L_TYPE ( ä 108),
Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE ( ä 106) and Output
Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 107) parameters by meansof the Analog Input Block.

Endress+Hauser

0

300

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-011

1
2

See Table, Step 11.
See Table, Step 13.

23

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

5.4.2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in m3. The maximum volume is 5
m3 and the maximum height is 4 m (13 ft). The density of the fluid is 1 kg/dm3. The device
is mounted below the level lower-range value.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the tank volume, tank height and density of the fluid
are known.
• See also Operating Instructions BA00301P for Deltabar S or Operating Instructions
BA00302P for Cerabar S or Operating Instructions BA00372P for Deltapilot S, "Levelmeasurement" section.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 56, Pressure Transducer Block–  ä 104, Analog Input Block.
Description
1

Deltabar S: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andthe device filled with fluid. See Operating
Instructions BA00301P.

2Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set theblock mode to OOS.

3

The following options are available for performing
position adjustment:• By means of the parameters– Pos.Zero Adjust/ZERO_POSITION_ADJUST( ä 63) or– Pos. Input Value/POSITION_INPUT_VALUE( ä 63) or– Calib. Offset/CALIBRATION_OFFSET( ä 63).

4

Select the measuring mode if necessary:• Select the "No linearization" option by means of
the Linearization/LINEARIZATION parameter.
• By means of the Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter, select the"Volume" option.

5

Select the "LEVEL standard" option by means of theLevel Selection/LEVEL_SELECTION parameter.

6

Select a pressure unit via the Calibration Units/
CAL_UNIT parameter, here mbar for example.

7

By means of the Level Mode/LEVEL_MODE
parameter,
select the "Linear" option.

8

By means of the Lin. Measurand/
LINEAR_MEASURAND parameter, select the"Volume" option.

9

Select a volume unit via the Unit Volume/
VOLUME_UNIT parameter, here m3 for example.

➂

4m➁ V = 5 m3➃➀

–0.5 mr = 1 kg3dm

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-003

Fig. 10:1
2
3
4

Calibration without reference pressure –dry calibration
See Table, Step 11.
See Table, Step 12.
See Table, Step 13.
See Table, Step 14.

10 By means of the Calibration Mode/
CALIBRATION_MODE parameter, select the "Dry"option. See also the following information.

24

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

Description
11 By means of the Adjust Density/ADJUST_DENSITY
and Density Unit/DENSITY_UNIT parameters, entera value for the density, here 1 kg/dm3 for example.
12 Enter the tank volume via the Tank Volume/
TANK_VOLUME
parameter, here 5 m3 for example.
13 Enter the tank height via the Tank Height/
TANK_HEIGHT
parameter, here 4 m (13 ft) for example.
14 By means of the Zero Point/ZERO_POSITION
parameter, enter the level offset, here –0.5 m (-1,6ft) for example.
15 Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" blockmode.
16 Where necessary, configure the Channel/CHANNEL( ä 107), Linearization Type/L_TYPE ( ä 108),
Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE ( ä 106) and Output
Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 107) parameters by meansof the Analog Input Block.
17 Result:
The device is ready for level measurement.

Endress+Hauser

1.

For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available.
 ä 65 ff.

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for Calibration
Units/CAL_UNIT ( ä 57), Height Unit/HEIGHT_UNIT ( ä 66), Unit Volume/
VOLUME_UNIT ( ä 68) and Unit Mass/MASS_UNIT ( ä 69).

25

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

5.5"Level standard" level selection,"Pressure linearized" level mode

5.5.1

Semiautomatic entry of the linearization table

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank with a conical outlet should be measured in m3.
Prerequisite:• The tank can be filled. The linearization characteristic must rise continuously.
• A minimum gap of 0.5 % of the distance between two points must be maintained. Spansfor the "Pressure linearized" option: HYDR. PRESS MAX. – HYDR. PRESS MIN.; TANKCONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN. Spans for the "Height linearized" option: LEVELMAX – LEVEL MIN; TANK CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN.
• See also Operating Instructions BA00301P for Deltabar S or Operating Instructions
BA00302P for Cerabar S or Operating Instructions BA00372P for Deltapilot S, "Levelmeasurement" section.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 56, Pressure Transducer Block.
–  ä 104, Analog Input Block!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!

26

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

Description
1

Deltabar S: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andthe device filled with fluid. See Operating
Instructions BA00301P.

2Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set theblock mode to OOS.

3

The following options are available for performing
position adjustment:• By means of the parameters– Pos.Zero Adjust/ ZERO_POSITION_ADJUST( ä 63) or– Pos. Input Value/POSITION_INPUT_VALUE( ä 63) or– Calib. Offset/CALIBRATION_OFFSET( ä 63).

V
[m3]
3.5

0
0

350

p
[mbar]

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-002

Carry out basic setup:

Endress+Hauser

4

Select the measuring mode if necessary:• Select the "Level linearized" option by means of the
Linearization/LINEARIZATION parameter.
• By means of the Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter, select the"Volume" option. See also Point 3 in the following
note.

5

Select the "LEVEL standard" option by means of theLevel Selection/LEVEL_SELECTION parameter.

6

Select a pressure unit via the Calibration Units/
CAL_UNIT parameter, here mbar for example.

7

By means of the Level Mode/LEVEL_MODE
parameter, select the "Pressure linearized" option.

8

By means of the Lin. Measurand/
LINEAR_MEASURAND parameter, select the"Pressure and volume" option.

9

Select a volume unit via the Unit Volume/
VOLUME_UNIT parameter, here m3 for example.

27

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Description
10 Select the Scale In/SCALE_IN parameter, EU_0
element.

V
[m3]
➃ 3.5

Enter the minimum hydrostatic pressure to be
expected, here 0 mbar for example.
11 Select the Scale In/SCALE_IN parameter,
EU_100 element.

➄

Enter the maximum hydrostatic pressure to be
expected, here 350 mbar (5.25 psi) for example.
Carry out linearization:
12 Select the Scale Out/SCALE_OUT parameter,
EU_0 element.

➂

Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected,
here 3.5 m3 for example. See also Point 4 in thefollowing note.

0➀

Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected,
here 0 m3 for example.
13 Select the Scale Out/SCALE_OUT parameter,
EU_100 element.

0Fig. 11:
1
2
3
4
5

350

➁

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-015

Semiautomatic entry of the linearization table
See Table, Step 10.
See Table, Step 11.
See Table, Step 12.
See Table, Step 13.
See Table, Steps 14 to 17.

14 By means of the Lin. Edit Mode/
LINEARIZATION_EDIT_MODE parameter, select the"Semiautomatic" option.
15 By means of the Table Selection/
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_SELECTION parameter,
select the "Edit table" option.
16 Enter the linearization table (min. 2 points, max.
32 points).
Fill the tank to the height of the 1st point.
Table Line-Number/
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_INDEX: enter the value ofthe corresponding point.
The Sensor Pressure/SENSOR_PRESSURE
parameter indicates the hydrostatic pressure present
at the device. This hydrostatic pressure displayed issaved by confirming the Y-value. See the following
line.
Y-Value/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_Y_VALUE, 2ndelement (Y-value): Enter the volume value, here 0
m3 for example, and confirm the value.
17 You can enter further points for the linearizationtable as explained in Step 15. The previous point
first has to be saved in the linearization table before
the next point can be entered. This means thatcomplete linearization tables cannot be saved in thedevice. Once all the points have been entered, thetable must be activated by means of the Edit Table/
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_POST_EDIT parameter.
18 Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" blockmode.
19 Where necessary, configure the Channel/CHANNEL( ä 107), Linearization Type/L_TYPE ( ä 108),
Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE ( ä 106) and Output
Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 107) parameters by meansof the Analog Input Block.
20 Result:
The linearization table has been entered and thedevice is ready for level measurement.

28

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Level measurement (FF configuration program)1.

For this level mode, the measured variables %, volume and mass are available.  ä 68
ff.

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for Calibration
Units/CAL_UNIT ( ä 57), Height Unit/HEIGHT_UNIT ( ä 66), Unit Volume/
VOLUME_UNIT ( ä 68) and Unit Mass/MASS_UNIT ( ä 69).

3.

Once you have selected the "Pressure linearized" level mode (LEVEL_TYPE), the warning
message "W710 Set span too small. Not allowed." can appear. At this stage, thelinearization table already consists of two points as standard. It could be the case thatthe 2nd value, and thus the highest X-value of the linearization table, is smaller thanthe minimum span permitted (Calibration Minimum Span/CAL_MIN_SPAN, ä 57). The message disappears as soon as the highest X-value is greater than theminimum span and the table entered is active.

4.

Once you have entered the maximum tank contents to be expected for Scale Out/SCALE_OUT, EU_100 element, the alarm "A719 Y-Val of lin. table out of edit limits" canappear. At this stage, the linearization table already consists of two points as standard.
It could be the case that the 2nd value, and thus the highest Y-value of the linearizationtable, is greater than the value entered for Scale Out/SCALE_OUT, EU_100 element.
The message disappears as soon as no Y_value is greater than the value for Scale Out/SCALE_OUT, EU_100 element and the table entered is active.

5.5.2

Manual entry of the linearization table

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank with a conical outlet should be measured in m3.
Prerequisite:• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the points for the linearization table are known.
• A minimum gap of 0.5 % of the distance between two points must be maintained. Spansfor the "Pressure linearized" option: HYDR. PRESS MAX. – HYDR. PRESS MIN.; TANKCONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN. Spans for the "Height linearized" option: LEVELMAX – LEVEL MIN; TANK CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN.
• See also Operating Instructions BA00301P for Deltabar S or Operating Instructions
BA00302P for Cerabar S or Operating Instructions BA00372P for Deltapilot S, "Levelmeasurement" section.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 56, Pressure Transducer Block.
–  ä 104, Analog Input Block!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!

Endress+Hauser

29

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Description
1

Perform calibration as per Section 5.5.1, Steps 1 to
10.

V
[m3]
3.5

Carry out linearization:2

Select the Scale Out/SCALE_OUT parameter, EU_0
element.
Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected,
here 0 m3 for example.

3

Select the Scale Out/SCALE_OUT parameter,
EU_100 element.

0
0

350

Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected,
here 3.5 m3 for example. See also Point 3 in thefollowing note.
4

By means of the Lin. Edit Mode/
LINEARIZATION_EDIT_MODE parameter, select the"Manual" option.

5

By means of the Table Selection/
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_SELECTION parameter,
select the "Edit table" option.

6Enter the linearization table (min. 2 points, max.
32 points).

p[mbar]

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-002

V
[m3]
➃ 3.5

Table Line-Number/
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_INDEX: enter the value ofthe corresponding point.
X-Value/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_X_VALUE, 1stelement (X-value): enter the pressure value.

➄

Y-Value/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_Y_VALUE, 2ndelement (Y-value): Enter the volume value, here 0
m3 for example, and confirm.
7

You can enter further points for the linearizationtable as explained in Step 6. The previous point firsthas to be saved in the linearization table before thenext point can be entered. This means that complete
linearization tables cannot be saved in the device.
Once all the points have been entered, the tablemust be activated by means of the Edit Table/
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_POST_EDIT parameter.

8

Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" block
mode.

9

Where necessary, configure the Channel/CHANNEL( ä 107), Linearization Type/L_TYPE ( ä 108),
Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE ( ä 106) and Output
Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 107) parameters by meansof the Analog Input Block.

➂

0
0

➀
Fig. 12:
1
2
3
4
5

350

p

➁ [mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-015

Manual entry of the linearization table
See Section 5.5.1, Table, Step 9.
See Section 5.5.1, Table, Step 10.
See this table, Step 2.
See this table, Step 3.
See this table, Steps 4 to 7.

10 Result:
The linearization table has been entered and thedevice is ready for level measurement.

30

1.

For this level mode, the measured variables %, volume and mass are available.  ä 68
ff.

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for Calibration
Units/CAL_UNIT ( ä 57), Height Unit/HEIGHT_UNIT ( ä 66), Unit Volume/
VOLUME_UNIT ( ä 68) and Unit Mass/MASS_UNIT ( ä 69).

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

3.

Endress+Hauser

Level measurement (FF configuration program)Once you have entered the maximum tank contents to be expected for Scale Out/SCALE_OUT, EU_100 element, the alarm "A719 Y-Val of lin. table out of edit limits" canappear. At this stage, the linearization table already consists of two points as standard.
It could be the case that the 2nd value, and thus the highest Y-value of the linearizationtable, is greater than the value entered for Scale Out/SCALE_OUT, EU_100 element.
The message disappears as soon as no Y_value is greater than the value for Scale Out/SCALE_OUT, EU_100 element and the table entered is active.

31

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

5.6"Height linearized" level mode

5.6.1

Dry calibration and manual entry of the linearization table

Example:In this example, the height and the volume should be measured at the same time.
Prerequisite:• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the points for the linearization table are known.
• A minimum gap of 0.5 % of the distance between two points must be maintained. Spansfor the "Pressure linearized" option: HYDR. PRESS MAX. – HYDR. PRESS MIN.; TANKCONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN. Spans for the "Height linearized" option: LEVELMAX – LEVEL MIN; TANK CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN.
• See also Operating Instructions BA00301P for Deltabar S or Operating Instructions
BA00302P for Cerabar S or Operating Instructions BA00372P for Deltapilot S, "Levelmeasurement" section.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 56, Pressure Transducer Block.
–  ä 104, Analog Input Block!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
1

Deltabar S: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andthe device filled with fluid. See Operating
Instructions BA00301P, Section 6.6.1

2

Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set theblock mode to OOS.

3

The following options are available for performing
position adjustment:• By means of the parameters– Pos.Zero Adjust/ ZERO_POSITION_ADJUST( ä 63) or– Pos. Input Value/POSITION_INPUT_VALUE( ä 63) or– Calib. Offset/CALIBRATION_OFFSET( ä 63).
Perform calibration for the 1st measured
variable:32

4

Select the measuring mode if necessary:• Select the "Level combined" option by means of the
Linearization/LINEARIZATION parameter.
• By means of the Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter, select the"Volume" option.

5

Select the "LEVEL standard" option by means of theLevel Selection/LEVEL_SELECTION parameter.

6

Select a pressure unit via the Calibration Units/
CAL_UNIT parameter, here mbar for example.

7

By means of the Level Mode/LEVEL_MODE
parameter, select the "Height linearized" option.

8

By means of the Comb. Measurand/
COMBINED_MEASURAND parameter, select the"Height + volume" option.

➁➀

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-006

Fig. 13:
1
2

Calibrating the 1st measured variable
See Table, Step 11.
See Table, Step 12.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

Description
9

Select the unit for the 1st measured value via the
Height Unit/HEIGHT_UNIT parameter, here m forexample.

V[m3]
5

10 Select the unit for the 2nd measured variable via the
Unit Volume/VOLUME_UNIT parameter, here m3
for example.
11 Select the Level Min/LEVEL_MIN parameter.
Enter the minimum level to be expected, here 0 m
for example.

00

3

12 Select the Level Max/LEVEL_MAX parameter.
Enter the maximum level to be expected, here 3 m
for example. See also Point 3 in the following note.

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-005

13 Select the "Dry" option via the Calibration Mode/
CALIBRATION MODE parameter (calibration mode
for the 1st measured variable). See also Point 4 in
the following note.

V
[m3]
➃ 5

14 By means of the Adjust Density/ADJUST_DENSITY
and Density Unit/DENSITY_UNIT parameters, entera value for the density, here 1 kg/dm3 for example.

➄

15 Result:
The calibration for the 1st measured variable iscarried out.
Perform linearization (calibration for the 2nd
measured variable)➂

16 Select the Scale Out/SCALE_OUT parameter, EU_0
element.
Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected,
here 0 m3 for example.
17 Select the Scale Out/SCALE_OUT parameter,
EU_100 element.

h
[m]

0
0

3

h
[m]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-022

Fig. 14:3
4
5

Calibrating the 2nd measured variable
See Table, Step 16.
See Table, Step 17.
See Table, Steps 18 to 21.

Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected,
here 5 m3 for example.
18 By means of the Lin. Edit Mode/
LINEARIZATION_EDIT_MODE parameter, select the"Manual" option.
19 By means of the Table Selection/
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_SELECTION parameter,
select the "Edit table" option.
20 Enter the linearization table (min. 2 points, max.
32 points).
Table Line-Number/
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_INDEX: enter the value ofthe corresponding point.
X-Value/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_X_VALUE, 1stelement (X-value): enter the level, here 0 m forexample.
Y-Value/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_Y_VALUE, 2ndelement (Y-value): Enter the volume value, here 0
m3 for example.
21 You can enter further points for the linearizationtable as explained in Step 19. The previous point
first has to be saved in the linearization table before
the next point can be entered. This means thatcomplete linearization tables cannot be saved in thedevice. Once all the points have been entered, thetable must be activated by means of the Edit Table/
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_POST_EDIT parameter.

Endress+Hauser

33

Level measurement (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Description
22 Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" blockmode.
23 Where necessary, configure the Channel/CHANNEL( ä 107), Linearization Type/L_TYPE ( ä 108),
Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE ( ä 106) and Output
Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 107) parameters by meansof the Analog Input Block.
24 Result:– The linearization table has been entered.
– The measured value display and the Primary
Value/PRIMARY_VALUE parameter display the
2nd measured value (here the volume).
– The Level Before Lin./LEVEL_BEFORE_
LINEARISATION parameter displays the 1st
measuredvalue (here the height). See also Point 5 in thefollowing note.

34

1.

For this level mode, the measured variables "height + %", "height + volume", "height +mass", "%-height + %", "%-height + volume" and "%-height + mass" are available.  ä 66
ff.

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for Calibration
Units/CAL_UNIT ( ä 57), Height Unit/HEIGHT_UNIT ( ä 66), Unit Volume/
VOLUME_UNIT ( ä 68) and Unit Mass/MASS_UNIT ( ä 69).

3.

Once you have entered the maximum level to be expected for Level Max/LEVEL_MAX,the alarm "A707 X-Val of lin. table out of edit limits" can appear. At this stage, thelinearization table already consists of two points as standard. It could be the case thatthe 2nd value, and thus the highest X-value of the linearization table, is greater thanthe maximum level entered. The message disappears as soon as the highest X-value isgreater than the maximum level and the table entered is active.

4.

The "Wet" calibration mode is not available by means of the FF operating programs.

5.

You can use the Main Line Cont./DISPLAY_MAINLINE_CONTENT parameter( ä 92) to specify which measured value should be displayed on the local operation.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

6

Flow measurement (FF configuration program)

Flow measurement(FF configuration program)In this chapter the parameter text as well as the parameter name are indicated.
In FF configuration programs only the parameter text is displayed (exeption: in the NI-FBUS
configurator you can select if the parameter text or the parameter name is displayed).
Linearization/LINEARIZATION
Parametertext

Parametername
P01-xxxxxxxx-07-xx-xx-en-001

6.1

Calibration

Example:In this example, a volume flow should be measured in m3/h.
• The "Flow measurement" measuring mode is only available for the Deltabar S differential
pressure transmitter.
• See also Operating Instructions BA00301P for Deltabar S, Section 6.5 "Flowmeasurement".
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 56, Pressure Transducer Block.
–  ä 104, Analog Input Block.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
1

Before configuring the device for your application,
the pressure piping must be cleaned and the device
filled with fluid. See Operating Instructions
BA00301P.

2

Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set theblock mode to OOS.

3

Carry out position adjustment if necessary.
The following options are available for performing
position adjustment:• By means of the parameters– Pos.Zero Adjust/ ZERO_POSITION_ADJUST( ä 63) or– Pos. Input Value/POSITION_INPUT_VALUE( ä 63) or– Calib. Offset/CALIBRATION_OFFSET( ä 63).

Endress+Hauser

4

Select the measuring mode if necessary:• Select the "Flow square root" option by means of
the Linearization/LINEARIZATION parameter.
• By means of the Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter, select the"Flow" option.

5

Select a pressure unit via the Calibration Units/
CAL_UNIT parameter, here mbar for example.

6

By means of the Flow-Meas. Type/FLOW_TYPE
parameter, select the "Volume operat. cond." option.

7

Select a flow unit via the Unit Flow/FLOW_UNIT
parameter, here m3/h for example.

V[m3/h]➀ 6000

0
0

400

p

➁ [mbar]

P01-xMD7xxx-05-xx-xx-xx-010

Fig. 15:
1
2

Flow measurement calibration
See Table, Step 8.
See Table, Step 9.

35

Flow measurement (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Description
8

Select the Scale Out/SCALE_OUT parameter,
EU_100 element.
Enter the maximum flow value of the primarydevice, here 6000 m3/h for example. See also thelayout sheet of the primary device.

Description
9

Select the Scale In/SCALE_IN parameter, EU_100
element.
Enter the maximum pressure, here 400 mbar for
example. See also the layout sheet of the primarydevice.

10 Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" blockmode.
11 Where necessary, configure the Channel/CHANNEL( ä 107), Linearization Type/L_TYPE ( ä 108),
Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE ( ä 106) and Output
Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 107) parameters by meansof the Analog Input Block.
12 Result:
The device is configured for flow measurement.

36

1.

By means of the Flow-Meas. Type/FLOW_MEAS_TYPE parameter ( ä 86), you canchoose between the following flow types:– Volume operat. cond. (volume under operating conditions)– Gas norm. cond. (norm volume under norm conditions in Europe: 1013.25 mbar and273.15 K (0 °C))
– Gas std. cond. (standard volume under standard conditions in USA: 1013.25 mbar
(14.7 psi) and 288. 15 K (15 °C/59 °F))
– Mass p. cond. (mass under operating conditions)2.

The unit selected by means of the Unit Flow/STD_FLOW_UNIT parameter ( ä 87)
has to suit the flow type selected (Flow-Meas. Type/FLOW_MEAS_TYPE,  ä 86).

3.

In the lower measuring range, small flow quantities (creepages) can lead to large
fluctuations in the measured value. You can activate low flow cut-off via the Low Flow
Cut-Off/LOW_FLOW_CUT_OFF parameter ( ä 84).

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

6.2

Flow measurement (FF configuration program)Totalizer

Example:In this example, the volume flow should be totalized and displayed in the unit m3E3.
Negative flows should be added to the flow rate.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 86, DP Flow Transducer Block–  ä 104, Analog Input Block.
• Totalizer 1 can be reset. Totalizer 2 cannot be reset.
Description
1

Calibrate the device in accordance with Section 6.1.

2

Open the DP Flow Transducer Block.

3

By means of the Totalizer 1 Unit/
TOTALIZER_1_UNIT parameter, select a flow unit,
here m3 E3 for example.

4

Use the Neg. Flow Tot. 1/TOTALIZER_1_MODE
parameter to specify the totalizing mode fornegative flows, here the "Positive" option for
example.

5

Reset totalizer 1 to zero via the Reset Totalizer/
TOTALIZER_1_RESET parameter.

6

Result:The Totalizer 1/TOTALIZER_1_VALUE parameter
displays the totalized volume flow.

• You can also specify a customer-specific unit. See parameter descriptions for Totalizer
1 Unit/TOTALIZER_1_UNIT ( ä 90).
• You can use the Main Line Cont./DISPLAY_MAINLINE_CONTENT parameter ( ä 92) tospecify which measured value should be displayed on the local operation.
• The parameters for the 2nd totalizer, such as Total 2. Eng. Unit/TOTALIZER_2_UNIT,
Neg. Flow Tot. 2/TOTALIZER_2_MODE and Totalizer 2/TOTALIZER_2_FLOAT can befound in the Pressure Transducer Block.

Endress+Hauser

37

Flow measurement (FF configuration program)

6.2.1

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Resetting totalizer 1 automatically

By means of the Analog Alarm Block

Discrete Output
Block
CHANNEL = 2

OUT_DAnalog Alarm
Block

CAS_IN_D

Analog Input Block 3
CHANNEL = 6
L_TYPE = Direct

OUT_ALM

HI_HI_LIM
HI_HI_ALMOUTINDP Flow
Transducer BlockTOTALIZER_1_
VALUE/
SUMMENZ. 1

With the aid of the Analog Alarm and Discrete Output Block, totalizer 1 in the DP Flow
Transducer Block can be reset automatically.

P01-xxxxxxxx-02-xx-xx-en-002

The DP Flow Transducer Block is connected to an Analog Input Block by means of theCHANNEL parameter (CHANNEL = 6). In the Analog Alarm Block, the HI_HI_LIM
parameter is used to set a limit value at which the totalizer should be reset to zero. As soon
as this limit value is overshot, the Analog Alarm Block transmits an alarm value to thedownstream Discrete Output Block. The latter changes its output from 0 to 1 and thus resets
the totalizer in the DP Flow Transducer Block to 0. The output of the Analog Alarm Blockchanges back to 0.
By means of the Analog Input Block

Discrete Output
Block
CHANNEL = 2

OUT_DAnalog Input Block 3
CHANNEL = 6
L_TYPE = Direct

HIHI_ALM_OUT_DINDP Flow
Transducer BlockTOTALIZER_1_
VALUE/TOTALIZER 1

With the aid of Analog Input and Discrete Output Block, totalizer 1 in the DP Flow
Transducer Block can be reset automatically.

P01-xxxxxxxx-02-xx-xx-en-004

The DP Flow Transducer Block is connected to an Analog Input Block by means of theCHANNEL parameter (CHANNEL = 6). In the Analog Input Block, the HI_HI_LIM parameteris used to set a limit value at which the totalizer should be reset to zero. As soon as this limit
valu is overshot, the Analog Input Block tranmits an alarm value to the downstream Discrete
Output Block. The latter changes its output from 0 to 1 and thus resets the totalizer in the
DP Flow Transducer Block to 0. The output of the Analog Input Block changes back to 0.

38

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Parameter description(FF configuration program)In this chapter the parameter text as well as the parameter name are indicated.
In FF configuration programs only the parameter text is displayed (exeption: in the NI-FBUS
configurator you can select if the parameter text or the parameter name is displayed).
Linearization/LINEARIZATION
Parametertext

Parametername
P01-xxxxxxxx-07-xx-xx-en-001• With FOUNDATION Fieldbus, all the device parameters are categorized according to theirfunctional properties and task and are assigned to the Resource Block, the Transducer
Blocks and the function blocks. The parameters of the Resource Block, the Transducer
Blocks and the Analog Input Block are described in this section. For a description of theparameters of the other function blocks, such as the PID or Discret Output Block, see
Operating Instructions BA00013S "FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview" or the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Specification.
• Some parameters are only relevant if other parameters are appropriately configured. For
example, the Customer Unit P/CUSTOMER_UNIT_PRESSURE parameter is only relevant
if the "User unit" option was selected beforehand via the Calibration Units/CAL_UNIT
parameter. There is a comment in the parameter description here stating: Note:prerequisite: Calibration Units/CAL_UNIT = User unit.
• The menu path is indicated in the header of each table. You can use this path to get to theparameters in question.
• The menu has a different structure depending on the measuring mode selected. Thismeans that some function groups are only displayed for one measuring mode, e.g. the"LINEARIZATION" function group for the "Level" measuring mode. If certain requirements
have to be met for a function group, these are listed in the first row of the table.
• In the "Parameter name" column, the unique identification number (ID) of the parameteris indicated in brackets. This ID only appears on the local operation.

7.1

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S block model

The Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S has the following blocks:• Resource Block (device block)• Transducer Blocks– Pressure Transducer BlockThis Block supplies the output variables Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE and
Temperature/MEASURED_TEMPERATURE. It contains all the parameters to configure
the measuring device for the measuring task such as measuring mode selection,
linearization function and unit selection.
– Service Transducer BlockThis Block supplies the output variables Counter: P > Pmax/COUNTER_PMAX, Max.
Meas. Press./MAX_MEASURED_PRESSURE and Pressure/PRESSURE. It also includes
all the counters for measuring range overshoot/undershoot for pressure andtemperature, minimum and maximum measured values for pressure and temperatureand the HistoROM function.
– DP Flow Transducer Block (only Deltabar S)
This Block supplies the output variable Totalizer 1/TOTALIZER_1_VALUE and Totalizer
2/TOTALIZER_2_VALUE. It contains all the parameters that are needed to configure
this totalizer.
– Diagnostic Transducer BlockThis Block does not return any alarm messages. It contains the simulation function for
the Pressure Transducer Block, parameters to configure the alarm response and the user
limits for pressure and temperature.
– Display Transducer Block
Endress+Hauser

39

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

This Block does not return any output variables. It contains all the parameters forconfiguring the local operation such as Language/DISPLAY_LANGUAGE and Display
Contrast/DISPLAY_CONTRAST.
• Function blocks– Deltabar S: 3 Analog Input Blocks (AI), Cerabar S and Deltapilot S: 2 Analog Input Blocks(AI)– Discrete Output Block (DO)– PID Block (PID)– Arithmetic Block (ARB)– Signal Characterizer Block (SCB)– Input Selector Block (ISB)– Analog Alarm Block (AALB)– Integrator Block (IT)– Discrete Input Block (DI)Endress+Hauser Guideline BA00062S.
The guideline provides an overview of the standard function blocks that are described in
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Specifications FF 890 - 894.
It is designed to help operators use the blocks implemented in the Endress+Hauser fielddevices.
Block configuration when device is delivered
The block model shown below illustrates the block configuration when the device isdelivered.
Measured variable

SensorSignal evaluation

Pressure
Transducer Block

Display
with scaling

Primary value
Sensor Temperature

Service
Transducer Block
Deltabar only
DP Flow
Transducer Block

Diagnostic
Transducer Block

Display
Transducer BlockTOTALIZER 1

Resource Block

Analog Input Block 1
CHANNEL = 1
L_TYPE = Direct

Analog Input Block 2
CHANNEL = 2
L_TYPE = Direct

Analog Input Block 3
CHANNEL = 6
L_TYPE = Direct

Arithmetic BlockPID Block

Input Selector
Block

Discrete Input
Block

Discrete Output
Block

SignalCharacterizer
Block

Analog Alarm
Block

Integrator
Block
P01-xMx7xxxx-02-xx-xx-en-000

Fig. 16:40

Block configuration when device is delivered

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltapilot S
The Pressure Transducer Block returns the Primary Value (pressure measured value) and theSecondary Value (sensor temperature). The Primary Value and Secondary Value are eachtransmitted to an Analog Input Block via the Channel/CHANNEL parameter ( ä 107,
Channel/CHANNEL parameter description). The Discrete Output, Discrete Input, PID,
Arithmetic, Signal Characterizer, Input Selector, Integrator and Analog Alarm Block are notconnected in the as-delivered configuration. (IT, DI)
Deltabar S
The Pressure Transducer Block supplies the Primary Value and the sensor temperature. In
the DP Flow Transducer Block, the flow is totalized in the "Flow" measuring mode and output
by means of the Totalizer 1/TOTALIZER_1_VALUE parameter. The Primary Value,
Secondary Value and Totalizer1/TOTALIZER_1_VALUE are each transmitted to one Analog
Input Block via the Channel/CHANNEL parameter ( ä 107, Channel/CHANNEL
parameter description). The Discrete Output, PID, Arithmetic, Signal Characterizer, Input
Selector and Analog Alarm Block are not connected in the as-delivered state. (IT, DI)
Please note that the links between the blocks are deleted and the FF parameters are reset tothe default values following a reset by means of the Restart/RESTART parameter in the
Resource Block, "Default" option.

Endress+Hauser

41

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

7.2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Resource BlockResource Block
Parameter

Description

Static Revision/ST_REV Displays the counter for static parameters of the Resource Block.
The counter is incremented by one with each change of a static parameter of the
Display
Resource Block. The counter counts up to 65535 and then starts again at zero.
Index: 1
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Tag Description/
TAG_DESC
Entry

Enter a description for the related block or the measuring point e.g. TAG number(max. 32 alphanumeric characters).

Index: 2
Data type: octet string
Access: auto, OOS
Strategy/STRATEGY
Entry
Index: 3
Data type: unsigned16
Access: auto, OOS

Enter user-specific value for grouping and thus faster evaluation of the blocks.
Grouping takes place by entering the same numerical value for the Strategy/
STRATEGY parameter of the block in question. This value is neither checked nor
processed by the Resource Block.
Input range:
0...65535
Factory setting:0

Alert Key/ALERT_KEY
Entry
Index: 4
Data type: unsigned8
Access: auto, OOS

Block Mode/
MODE_BLK
Selection, display
Index: 5
Data type: DS-69
Access: auto, OOS

Enter the identification number for the measuring device or for each individual block.
The control level uses this identification number to sort alarm and event messages andinitiate other processing steps.
Input range:
1...255
Factory setting:0
The Block Mode/MODE_BLK parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four
elements. The Resource Block supports the "Auto" (automatic) and OOS (out of service)modes.
TARGET• Change the block mode.
ACTUAL• Displays the current block mode.
PERMITTED• Displays the modes supported by the block.
NORMAL• Displays the block mode during standard operation.

Block Error/
BLOCK_ERR
Display
Index: 6
Data type: bit string
Access: read only
Resource State/
RS_STATE
Display
Index: 7
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only

42

Displays the active block error.
Possibilities:• Out of service: the Resource Block is in the OOS block mode.
• Simulation active: DIP switch 2 "Simulation" on the electronic insert is set to "on", i.e.
simulation is possible.

Displays the current status of the Resource Block.
Possibilities:• Standby: The Resource Block is in the OOS mode (out-of-service). The remaining
blocks cannot be executed.
• Online linking: The configured links between the function blocks have not yet been
established.
• Online: Standard block mode, the Resource Block operates in the auto mode. All theconfigured links between the function blocks have been established. If a link is
missing, this parameter displays the "Online linking" status.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Resource Block
Parameter

Description

Test Read Write/
TEST_RW
DisplayThis parameter is required only for the FF conformance test and has no meaning innormal operation.

Index: 8
Data type: DS-85
Access: auto, OOS
DD Resource/
DD_RESOURCE

String that indicates the tag of the resource that contains the device description forthis resource.

Index: 9
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
Manufacturer ID/
MANUFAC_ID
Display

Displays the manufacturer's ID number.
Endress+Hauser: 0 x 452B48 (decimal: 4533064)

Index: 10
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Device Type/DEV_TYPE Displays the device ID number.
Deltabar S: hexadecimal: 1009, decimal: 4105.
Display
Cerabar S: hexadecimal: 1007, decimal: 4103.
Deltapilot S: hexadecimal: 0 x 100B, decimal: 4107.
Index: 11
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Device Revision/
DEV_REV
Display

Displays the revision number of the device.

Index: 12
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
DD Revision/DD_REV
Display

Displays the revision number of the device description (DD).

Index: 13
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Grant Deny/
GRANT_DENY
Selection

Grant or restrict access authorization for a fieldbus host system to the device. Thisparameter is not evaluated by Deltabar S, Cerabar S and Deltapilot S.

Index: 14
Data type: DS-70
Access: auto, OOS
Hard Types/
HARD_TYPES
Display

Displays the output signal type for the Output function blocks.

Index: 15
Data type: bit string
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

43

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Resource Block
Parameter

Description

Restart/RESTART
Selection

Select the reset mode.

Index: 16
Data type: unsigned8
Access: r, w

Features/FEATURES
Display

Options:• ENP_RESTART: A restart is needed to accept the ENP configuration changes.
• Run: Standard operating mode
• Resource: This mode is not supported by Endress+Hauser.
• Defaults: The device data and the links of the function blocks are reset to the factory
settings. The manufacturer-specific parameters of the Transducer Block are notreset to the factory settings. See also Operating Instructions BA00301P (DeltabarS) or BA00302P (Cerabar S) or BA00372P (Deltapilot S), "Factory setting" (reset)
section.
• Processor: Warm start of device, processor restart.
• Factory: The links of the function blocks, all FF-specific and resettablemanufacturer-specific parameters are reset to the factory setting.
Displays the additional functions supported by the device. See also this Table,
Feature Selection/FEATURE_SEL parameter description.

Index: 17
Data type: bit string
Access: read only
Feature Selection/
FEATURE_SEL
Selection

Select the additional device functions. The additional functions that the device
supports are displayed in the Features/FEATURES parameter ( ä 44).

Index: 18
Data type: bit string
Access: auto, OOS
Cycle Type/CYCLE_TYPE
Display

Displays the block execution methods supported by the device. See also this Table,
Cycle Selection/CYCLE_SEL parameter description.

Index: 19
Data type: bit string
Access: read only
Cycle Selection/
CYCLE_SEL
Display
Index: 20
Data type: bit string
Access: auto, OOS
Minimum Cycle Time/MIN_CYCLE_T
Display

Displays the block execution method used by the fieldbus host system. The block
execution method is selected by the fieldbus host system.
Possibilities:• Scheduled: cyclical block execution method• Block execution: sequential block execution method

Displays the shortest MACROCYCLE supported by the device.
Factory setting:
3200 1/32 ms ( 100 ms)

Index: 21
Data type: Unsigned32
Access: read only
Memory Size/
MEMORY_SIZE
Display

Displays the available configuration memory in kilobytes. This parameter is notsupported by Deltabar S, Cerabar S and Deltapilot S.

Index: 22
Data type: DS-69
Access: read only
Nonvolatile Cycle Time/ Displays the time interval for which the dynamic device parameters are stored in the
nonvolatile memory. Since the Cerabar S, Deltabar S and Deltapilot S units do not store
NV_CYCLE_T
the dynamic device parameters in the nonvolatile memory, the parameter always
Display
displays the value 0 1/32 ms.
Index: 23
Data type: Unsigned32
Access: read only

44

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Resource Block
Parameter

Description

Free Space/
FREE_SPACE
Display

Displays the system memory (in percent) available for the execution of further
function blocks.

Index: 24
Data type: float
Access: read only
Free Time/FREE_TIME
Display
Index: 25
Data type: float
Access: read only
Shed Remote Cascade/SHED_RCAS
Entry
Index: 26
Data type: Unsigned32
Access: auto, OOS
Shed Remote Out/SHED_ROUT
Entry
Index: 27
Data type: Unsigned32
Access: auto, OOS
Fault State/
FAULT_STATE
Display
Index: 28
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Set Fault State/
SET_FSTATE
Selection
Index: 29
Data type: unsigned8
Access: auto, OOS
Clear Fault State/
CLR_FSTATE
Selection
Index: 30
Data type: unsigned8
Access: auto, OOS
Max Notify/
MAX_NOTIFY
Display

Input range:
0...100 %Displays the free system time (in percent) available for the execution of further
function blocks.
Input range:
0...100 %Enter the monitoring time for checking the connection between the fieldbus hostsystem and the PID function block in the RCAS block mode. On expiry of thismonitoring time the PID function block switches from the RCAS block mode to theblock mode selected via the Shed Options/SHED_OPT parameter.
Factory setting:
640000 1/32 ms
Enter the monitoring time for checking the connection between the fieldbus hostsystem and the PID function block in the ROUT block mode. On expiry of thismonitoring time the PID function block switches from the ROUT block mode to theblock mode selected via the Shed Options/SHED_OPT parameter.
Factory setting:
640000 1/32 ms
Current status display of the fault state of the Discrete Output function block.
Possibilities:• Uninititalized• Clear (fault state not active)• Active (fault state active)

Activate the fault state of the Discrete Ouput function block manually.  See also thisTable, Clear Fault State/CLR_FSTATE parameter description.
Possibilities:• Uninititalized• Off• Set (the fault state is enabled)
Deactivate the fault state of the Discrete Ouput function block manually. See also
this Table, Set Fault State/SET_FSTATE parameter description.
Possibilities:• Uninititalized• Off• Clear (fault state is disabled)
Displays the number of event reports supported by the device that can exist
unconfirmed at the same time. See also this Table, Limit Notify/LIM_NOTIFY
parameter description.

Index: 31
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Limit Notify/
LIM_NOTIFY
Entry

Enter the maximum possible number of event reports that can exist unconfirmed at
the same time. This parameter is not evaluated by Deltabar S, Cerabar S and Deltapilot
S.

Index: 32
Data type: unsigned8
Access: auto, OOS

Endress+Hauser

45

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Resource Block
Parameter

Description

Confirm Time/CONFIRM_TIME
Entry

Enter the confirmation time for the event report. If the device does not receive
confirmation within this time, the event report is sent to the fieldbus host systemagain.

Index: 33
Data type: Unsigned32
Access: auto, OOS
Write Lock/
WRITE_LOCK
Display
Index: 34
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only

Factory setting:
640000 1/32 ms

Displays the status of DIP switch 1 on the electronic insert.
You can lock or unlock parameters relevant to the measured value with DIP switch 1. If
operation is locked by means of the Insert Pin No/SW_LOCK parameter ( ä 49),
you can only unlock operation again by means of this parameter.  See also
Operating Instructions BA00301P (Deltabar S) or BA00302P (Cerabar S) or
BA00372P (Deltapilot S), "Locking/unlocking operation" section.
Possibilities:• Locked: Security locking switched on, i.e. the parameters cannot be written to.
• Not locked: Security locking switched off. Depending on the block mode in question,
it is possible to write to the parameters (see Tables, "Parameter" column, access).
Factory setting:Locked (locking switched on)

Update Event/
UPDATE_EVT
Display
Index: 35
Data type: DS-73
Access: read only

The Update Event/UPDATE_EVT parameter is a structured parameter consisting offive elements.
UNACKNOWLEDGED• This element is set to "Unacknowledged" as soon as a static parameter changes.
UPDATE_STATE• Indicates whether the change was reported.
TIME_STAMP• Displays the date and time when a static parameter was changed.
STATIC_REVISION• The revision counter is increased each time a static parameter is changed.
RELATIVE_INDEX• Displays the altered parameter in the form of the relative index. See also this Table,"Parameter, Index" column.

Block Alarm/
BLOCK_ALM
Display, selection
Index: 36
Data type: DS-72
Access: auto, OOS

The Block Alarm/BLOCK_ALM parameter is a structured parameter consisting of fiveelements.
UNACKNOWLEDGED• If the "Deactivated" option was selected for the alarm that occurred by means of the
Acknowledge Option/ACK_OPTION parameter, this alarm can only be
acknowledged by means of this element.
ALARM_STATE• Use this function to display the current block condition with information on pending
configuration, hardware or system errors. The following block alarm messages are
possible with the Resource Block:– Simulate active– Out of service
TIME_STAMP• Displays the time when the alarm occurred.
SUB_CODE• Displays the reason why the alarm was reported.
VALUE• Displays the value of the corresponding parameter at the time the alarm wasreported.

46

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Resource Block
Parameter

Description

Acknowledge Option/
ACK_OPTION
Selection

Use this parameter to specify the process alarm to be acknowledged automatically assoon as it is detected by the fieldbus host system. If the option is activated for a process
alarm, this process alarm is acknowledged automatically by the fieldbus host system.

Index: 38
Data type: bit string
Access: auto, OOS

Options:• DiscAlm: write protection alarm• BlockAlm: block alarm
The message has to be acknowledged via the Block Alarm/BLOCK_ALM parameter,
UNACKNOWLEDGE element for process alarms for which automatic confirmation is
not active.
Factory setting:
The option is not active for any process alarm, i.e. every process alarm message mustbe acknowledged manually.

Write Priority/
WRITE_PRI
Entry
Index: 39
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Write Alarm/
WRITE_ALM
Display
Index: 40
Data type: DS-72
Access: read only

If write protection is disabled, an alarm is issued. Use this parameter to specify thepriority which should be assigned to this alarm.
Input range:• 0...15• 0: The alarm is suppressed.
• 15: Critical alarm with the highest priority.
The Write Alarm/WRITE_ALM parameter is a structured parameter consisting of fiveelements.
UNACKNOWLEDGED• If the "Deactivated" option was selected for the alarm that occurred by means of the
Acknowledge Option/ACK_OPTION parameter, this alarm can only be
acknowledged by means of this element.
ALARM_STATE• Displays the status of the write protection alarm.
TIME_STATE• Displays the time when the alarm occurred.
SUB_CODE• Displays the reason why the alarm was reported.
VALUE• Displays the value of the corresponding parameter at the time the alarm wasreported.

ITK Version/ITK_VER
Display

Displays the revision version of the interoperability test kit (ITK).

Index: 41
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

47

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Resource Block
Parameter

Description

Capability Level/
CAPABILITY_LEVELThis parameter is integrated into a device to indicate what capability level is supportedby the device:
1. Mnemonic parameter name: Capability Level/CAPABILITY_LEVEL

Index: 42
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only

2. Object type/structure: Unsigned8
3. Use/model: C/Contained
4. Store: S
5. Size: 1
6. Valid range: 0-255
7. Initial value: 0
8. Direction:
9. Units: not specified
10. Rights:
11. Mode:
12. Other: read only
13. Range check:
14. Block access: not part of View 1, 2, 3, 4
15. Description: capability level supported by the device. A value of zero (0) indicatesthat the device does not support multiple capability levels.

ENP Version/ENP_VER

This parameter indicates the version of the standard for electronic nameplates
supported by the device.

Index: 44
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
Device Tag/
DEVICE_TAG

The Device Tag/DEVICE_TAG currently configured via the device.

Index: 45
Data type: visible string
Access: read, write, OOS
Device Serial No./SERIAL_NUMBER
Display

Displays the serial number of the main electronics (11 alphanumeric characters).

Index: 46
Data type: float
Access: read, write(service), OOS
Order Code/ORDER_
CODE
Display

Displays the device order code.

Index: 47
Data type: visible string
Access: read, write(service), OOS
ENP Version/
ENP_VERSION
Display

Displays the software version e.g.: V04.00.

Index: 48
Data type: float
Access: read only48

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Resource Block
Parameter

Description

Insert Pin No./
SW_LOCK
Entry

For entering a code to lock or unlock operation.

Index: 49
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS

• The
-symbol on the local operation indicates that operation is locked.
Parameters which refer to how the display appears, e.g. Language/DISPLAY_LANGUAGE and Display Contrast/DISPLAY_CONTRAST, can still be
altered.
• If operation is locked by means of the DIP switch, you can only unlock operation
again by means of the DIP switch. If operation is locked by means of remote
operation, you can only unlock operation again using remote operation.
 See also Operating Instructions BA00301P (Deltabar S) or BA00302P (Cerabar S)
or BA00372P (Deltapilot S), "Locking/unlocking operation" section.
Options:• Lock: Enter a number between 0 and 9999 and 100.
• Unlock: Enter the number 100.
Factory setting:100

Status Locking/
STATUS_LOCKING

Displays the current locking status of the device or conditions that can lock the device(hardware locking, software locking).

Index: 50
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
FD_VERA parameter that is equal to the value of the main version of the field diagnostic
specification on the basis of which this device was designed.

Index: 51
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
FD_FAIL_ACTIVE
Index: 52
Data type: bitenumerated
Access: read only
FD_OFFSPEC_ACTIVE
Index: 53
Data type: bitenumerated
Access: read only
FD_MAINT_ACTIVE
Index: 54
Data type: bitenumerated
Access: read only
FD_CHECK_ACTIVE
Index: 55
Data type: bitenumerated
Access: read only
FD_FAIL_MAP
Index: 56
Data type: bitenumerated
Access: AUTO, OOS

Endress+HauserThis parameter displays the fault conditions, which have been recognized as active, as
selected for this category. This is a sequence of bits so several conditions can bedisplayed.

This parameter displays the fault conditions, which have been recognized as active, as
selected for this category. This is a sequence of bits so several conditions can bedisplayed.

This parameter displays the fault conditions, which have been recognized as active, as
selected for this category. This is a sequence of bits so several conditions can bedisplayed.

This parameter displays the fault conditions, which have been recognized as active, as
selected for this category. This is a sequence of bits so several conditions can bedisplayed.

This parameter maps conditions that should be recognized as active for this alarm
category. Therefore the same condition can be active in all, some, or none of the 4
alarm categories.

49

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Resource Block
Parameter

Description

FD_OFFSPEC_MAP

This parameter maps conditions that should be recognized as active for this alarm
category. Therefore the same condition can be active in all, some, or none of the 4
alarm categories.

Index: 57
Data type: bitenumerated
Access: AUTO, OOS
FD_MAINT_MAP
Index: 58
Data type: bitenumerated
Access: AUTO, OOS
FD_CHECK_MAP
Index: 59
Data type: bitenumerated
Access: AUTO, OOS
FD_FAIL_MASK
Index: 60
Data type: bitenumerated
Access: AUTO, OOS
FD_OFFSPEC_MASK
Index: 61
Data type: bitenumerated
Access: AUTO, OOS
FD_MAINT_MASK
Index: 62
Data type: bitenumerated
Access: AUTO, OOS
FD_CHECK_MASK
Index: 63
Data type: bitenumerated
Access: AUTO, OOS
FD_FAIL_ALM
Index: 64
Data type: DS87
Access: AUTO, OOS
FD_OFFSPEC_ALM

This parameter maps conditions that should be recognized as active for this alarm
category. Therefore the same condition can be active in all, some, or none of the 4
alarm categories.

This parameter maps conditions that should be recognized as active for this alarm
category. Therefore the same condition can be active in all, some, or none of the 4
alarm categories.

With this parameter the user can prevent some or more conditions, which are active inthis category, from being broadcast to the host by the alarm parameter. A bit that isequal to "1" masks (i.e. suppresses) the broadcasting of a condition. A bit that is equal
to "0" on the other hand allows the condition to be broadcast.

With this parameter the user can prevent some or more conditions, which are active inthis category, from being broadcast to the host by the alarm parameter. A bit that isequal to "1" masks (i.e. suppresses) the broadcasting of a condition. A bit that is equal
to "0" on the other hand allows the condition to be broadcast.

With this parameter the user can prevent some or more conditions, which are active inthis category, from being broadcast to the host by the alarm parameter. A bit that isequal to "1" masks (i.e. suppresses) the broadcasting of a condition. A bit that is equal
to "0" on the other hand allows the condition to be broadcast.

With this parameter the user can prevent some or more conditions, which are active inthis category, from being broadcast to the host by the alarm parameter. A bit that isequal to "1" masks (i.e. suppresses) the broadcasting of a condition. A bit that is equal
to "0" on the other hand allows the condition to be broadcast.

This parameter is primarily used to broadcast a change in the associated active unsuppressed - conditions for this alarm category to a host system.

This parameter is primarily used to broadcast a change in the associated active unsuppressed - conditions for this alarm category to a host system.

Index: 65
Data type: DS87
Access: AUTO, OOS
FD_MAINT_ALM

This parameter is primarily used to broadcast a change in the associated active unsuppressed - conditions for this alarm category to a host system.

Index: 66
Data type: DS87
Access: AUTO, OOS

50

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Resource Block
Parameter

Description

FD_CHECK_ALM

This parameter is primarily used to broadcast a change in the associated active unsuppressed - conditions for this alarm category to a host system.

Index: 67
Data type: DS87
Access: AUTO, OOS
FD_FAIL_PRI

The user can define a priority for this alarm category via this parameter.

Index: 68
Data type: unsigned8
Access: AUTO, OOS
FD_OFFSPEC_PRIThe user can define a priority for this alarm category via this parameter.

Index: 69
Data type: unsigned8
Access: AUTO, OOS
FD_MAINT_PRI

The user can define a priority for this alarm category via this parameter.

Index: 70
Data type: unsigned8
Access: AUTO, OOS
FD_CHECK_PRI

The user can define a priority for this alarm category via this parameter.

Index: 71
Data type: unsigned8
Access: AUTO, OOS
FD_SIMULATE
Index: 72
Data type: DS89
Access: AUTO, OOS
FD_RECOMMEN_ACT
Index: 73
Data type: enumerated
Access: read only
Hardware Rev./
HARDWARE_REVISION
Display

If simulation is enabled, the conditions can be effectuated manually via thisparameter. If simulation is disabled, the diagnostic simulation value and the diagnostic
value track the actual conditions. If simulation is to be enabled, the jumper for
simulation is required; while simulation is enabled the recommended action indicatesthat simulation is enabled.
This parameter constitutes a summary, numbered by device, of the most difficult
conditions, or conditions that have been identified. The DD Help uses numberedmeasures to describe the action to be taken to rectify the condition or conditions. 0 isdefined as "not initialized" and 1 as "no action required"; all the others have been
defined by the manufacturer.
Displays the revision number of the main electronics e.g. V01.00

Index: 74
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
FF comm. version/
FF_COMM_VERSIONThis parameter comprises the version number of the communication stack software
used in the device.

Index: 75
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
Block Error desc./
BLOCK_ERR_DESC_1

This parameter is used by the device to provide more specific details on ongoing errorsthat have been reported via BLOCK_ERR.

Index: 76
Data type: bitenumerated
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

51

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Resource Block
Parameter

Description

Device Dialog/DEVICEDIALOG
Display

If the configuration is unsuitable, this parameter displays a message indicating that a
configuration error is present. The message can also refer to the parameter that was
configured incorrectly.

Index: 77
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Electr. Serial No./
ELECTRONIC _SERIAL_NUMBER
Display

Displays the serial number of the main electronics (11 alphanumeric characters).

Index: 78
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
Proc. Conn. Type/PROCESS_CONNECTION_TYPE
Selection
Index: 79
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS

For selecting and displaying the process connection type.
Options:• Not used
• Unknown• Special• Oval flange• Thread female• Thread male
• Flange• Remote seal

For selecting and displaying the material of the process connection (P+).
Mat. Proc. Conn. +/MAT_PROC_CONN_PO See also parameter description for Mat. Proc. Conn. –/MAT_PROC_CONN_NEG
SOptions:
Selection• Not used
• Unknown
Index: 80• Special
Data type: float• SteelAccess: read, write,• 304 st. steel
AUTO, OOS
• 316 st. steel• Alloy C• Monel• Tantalum• Titanium• PTFE (Teflon)• 316L st. steel• PVC• Inconel• PVDF• ECTFE
Factory setting:As per order specifications
For selecting and displaying the material of the process connection (P–).
Mat. Proc. Conn. –/MAT_PROC_CONN_NE See also parameter description for Mat. Proc. Conn. +/MAT_PROC_CONN_POS
G
Selection
Index: 81
Data type: float
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS

52

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Resource Block
Parameter

Description

Seal Type/SEAL_TYPE
Selection

For selecting and displaying the material of the process seal.

Index: 82
Data type: visible string
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS

Options:• Not used
• Unknown• Special• FKM Viton• NBR• EPDM• Urethane• IIR• Kalrez• FKM Viton oxyg
• CR
• MVQ
• PTFE glass• PTFE graphite• PTFE oxygen• Copper• Copper f. oxygen
Factory setting:As per order specifications

SCI_OCTET_STR/
SCI_OCTET_STRING
DisplayInternal service parameter.

Index: 83
Data type: visible string
Access: read, write, OOS
Resource Directory/
MS_RESOURCE_
DIRECTORY

Index: 84
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only

Endress+HauserThis parameter is a field of the UINT16 parameter which describes the arrangement of
the extended parameters in groups.
– Group ID (UINT16)– Number of the parameter in the group (UINT16)– Relative group revision index in the Resource Block of the first parameter in thegroup (UINT16)

53

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7.3

Transducer Blocks

7.3.1

FOUNDATION Fieldbus Transducer Blocks standard
parameters

Transducer Block, FOUNDATION Fieldbus standard parameters (all Transducer Blocks)
Parameter

Description

Static Revision/ST_REV Displays the counter for static parameters of the Transducer Block.
The counter is incremented by one with each change of a static parameter of the
Displaycorresponding Transducer Block. The counter counts up to 65535 and then starts
again at zero.
Index: 1
Data type: usigned16
Access: read only
Tag Description/
TAG_DESC
Entry
Index: 2
Data type: octet string
Access: auto, OOS
Strategy/STRATEGY
Entry
Index: 3
Data type: unsigned16
Access: auto, OOS

Enter a description for the related block or the measuring point e.g. TAG number(max. 32 alphanumeric characters).
Factory setting:
Empty field

Enter user-specific value for grouping and thus faster evaluation of the blocks.
Grouping takes place by entering the same numerical value for the Strategy/
STRATEGY parameter of the block in question. These data are neither checked nor
processed by the Transducer Blocks.
Input range:
0...65535
Factory setting:0

Alert Key/ALERT_KEY
Entry

Enter the identification number for the measuring device or for each individual block.
The control level uses this identification number to sort alarm and event messages andinitiate other processing steps.

Index: 4
Data type: unsigned8
Access: auto, OOS

Input range:
1...255

Block Mode/
MODE_BLK
Selection, display

The Block Mode/MODE_BLK parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four
elements. The Transducer Blocks support the "Auto" (automatic) and OOS (out ofservice) modes.

Index: 5
Data type: DS-69
Access: auto, OOS

Factory setting:
0

TARGET• Change the block mode.
ACTUAL• Displays the current block mode.
PERMITTED• Displays the modes supported by the block.
NORMAL• Displays the block mode during standard operation.
Measured values or information can be forwarded to an Analog Input Block via thePressure, Service and DP Flow Transducer Block. If the Pressure Transducer Block is set
to the OOS block mode, the Primary Value and Secondary Value continue to be
updated but the status of the downstream Analog Input Block changes to BAD.

Block Error/
BLOCK_ERR
Display
Index: 6
Data type: bit string
Access: read only

54

Displays the warning messages and error messages of the software and hardware of
the Transducer Block in question. In addition, this parameter triggers an alarm. If two
or more messages occur simultaneously, the message with the highest priority isshown on the display.
For the Pressure, Service and Totalizer Block, see possible messages, these Operating
Instructions, Section 12.1 "Messages". The Display and Diagnostic Block do not display
any warnings or error messages.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)Transducer Block, FOUNDATION Fieldbus standard parameters (all Transducer Blocks)
Parameter

Description

Update Event/
UPDATE_EVT
Display

The Update Event/UPDATE_EVT parameter is a structured parameter consisting offive elements.

Index: 7
Data type: DS-73
Access: read only

UNACKNOWLEDGED• This element is set to "Unacknowledged" as soon as a static parameter changes.
UPDATE_STATE• Indicates whether the change was reported.
TIME_STAMP• Displays the date and time when a static parameter was changed.
STATIC_REVISION• The revision counter is increased each time a static parameter is changed.
RELATIVE_INDEX• Displays the altered parameter in the form of the relative index. See also this Table,"Parameter, Index" column.

Block Alarm/
BLOCK_ALM
Display, selection
Index: 8
Data type: DS-72
Access: auto, OOS

The Block Alarm/BLOCK_ALM parameter is a structured parameter consisting of fiveelements.
UNACKNOWLEDGED• If the "Deactivated" option was selected for the alarm that occurred by means of the
Acknowledge Option/ACK_OPTION parameter, this alarm can only be
acknowledged by means of this element.
ALARM_STATE• Use this function to display the current block condition with information on pending
configuration, hardware or system errors.
TIME_STAMP• Displays the date and time when the alarm occurred.
SUB_CODE• Displays the reason why the alarm was reported.
VALUE• Displays the value of the corresponding parameter at the time the alarm wasreported.

Transducer Directory
Entry/
TRANSDUCER_DIRECT
ORY
Display

A directory that specifies the number of transducers, and their indexes, mapped in thePressure Transducer Block. This parameter is only displayed in the Pressure
Transducer Block.
Display:
0: Only one transducer is mapped in the Pressure Transducer Block.

Index: 9
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Transducer Type/
TRANSDUCER_TYPE
Display

Displays the Transducer Block type.

Index: 10
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Transducer Error/
XD_ERROR
Display
Index: 11
Data type: usigned8
Access: read only
Collection Directory/
COLLECTION_
DIRECTORY
Display
Index: 12
Data type: Unsigned32
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

Displays the active device state.
 See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.1 "Messages".
Prerequisite:• Pressure Transducer Block• Service Transducer Block• DP Flow Transducer Block (only Deltabar S)
A directory that specifies the number of parameter groups (data collection), and theirindexes and DD item IDS, mapped in the Pressure Transducer Block. This parameter isonly displayed in the Pressure Transducer Block.
Display:
0: This parameter is not used.

55

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

7.3.2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Pressure Transducer Block

Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYP
E
Selection

Select the measuring mode and the measured variable by means of this parameter andthe Linearization/LINEARIZATION parameter ( ä 61).
See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P) and Cerabar S(BA00302P) or BA00372P (Deltapilot S), "Selecting the language and measuringmode" section.

Index: 13
Data type: unsigned16
Access: OOS

Options• Differential pressure with Deltabar S• Deltapilot S with gauge pressure sensors• Gauge pressure with Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensors• Absolute pressure with Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensors• Level• Volume• Mass• Flow (only Deltabar S)• Tank content (PV) in %Make sure that the unit selected by means of the Scale Out/SCALE_OUT parameter,"Units Index" element suits the measured variable.

Primary Value/
PRIMARY_VALUE
Display
Index: 14
Data type: DS-65
Access: read only

The Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE parameter is a structured parameter consistingof two elements.
VALUE• Displays the primary value - a pressure, level or flow value depending on themeasuring mode.
STATUS• Displays the status of the primary value.
You can transmit the value and status of the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE
parameter via the Channel/CHANNEL parameter ( ä 107) in the Analog Input
Block. The Channel/CHANNEL must be set to "1" for this purpose.

Primary Value Range/
PRIMARY_VALUE_RA
NGE
Display

The Primary Value Range/PRIMARY_VALUE_RANGE parameter is a structured
parameter consisting of four elements.

Index: 15
Data type: DS-68
Access: read only

EU_0
• Displays the lower limit for the primary value.

EU_100• Displays the upper limit for the primary value.

UNITS_INDEX• Displays the unit.
DECIMAL• Displays the number of decimal places.
The Primary Value Range/PRIMARY_VALUE_RANGE parameter corresponds to the
Scale Out/SCALE_OUT parameter ( ä 62).

Calibration Highest
Point/CAL_POINT_HI
Entry
Index: 16
Data type: float
Access: OOS

Enter the upper point of the sensor characteristic curve in the event of sensor
recalibration.
By means of this parameter, you can assign a new target pressure value to a reference
pressure present at the device. The pressure value present and the target pressure
value specified for this parameter correspond to the upper point in the sensor
characteristic curve. Position adjustment has to be performed again for the device
following sensor recalibration.
• The sensor recalibration can be reset via the Enter Reset Code /ENTER_RESET_CODE parameter ( ä 98) with the "2509" code.
• The Hi Trim Measured/HIGH_TRIM_MEASURED parameter ( ä 64) displays thepressure value that was present at the device during calibration and was used forcalibrating the upper point of the sensor characteristic curve.
• For calibrating the lower point of the sensor characteristic curve, see the parameter
description for Calibration Lowest Point/CAL_POINT_LO.
Factory setting: High sensor limit (Sensor Range/SENSOR_RANGE, EU_100
element)

56

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Calibration Lowest
Point/CAL_POINT_LO
Entry

Enter the lower point of the sensor characteristic curve in the event of sensor
recalibration.
By means of this parameter, you can assign a new target pressure value to a reference
pressure present at the device. The pressure value present and the target pressure
value specified for this parameter correspond to the lower point in the sensor
characteristic curve. Position adjustment has to be performed again for the device
following sensor recalibration.

Index: 17
Data type: float
Access: OOS• The sensor recalibration can be reset via the Enter Reset Code /ENTER_RESET_CODE parameter ( ä 98) with the "2509" code.
• The Lo Trim Measured/LOW_TRIM_MEASURED parameter ( ä 64) displays thepressure value that was present at the device during calibration and was used forcalibrating the lower point of the sensor characteristic curve.
• For calibrating the upper point of the sensor characteristic curve, see the parameter
description for Calibration Highest Point/CAL_POINT_HI.
Factory setting: Low sensor limit (Sensor Range/SENSOR_RANGE, EU_0 element)
Calibration Minimum
Span/CAL_MIN_SPAN
Display

Displays the smallest possible span.

Index: 18
Data type: float
Access: OOS
Calibration Units/
CAL_UNIT
Entry
Index: 19
Data type: unsigned16
Access: OOS

Select the pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit.
Options• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg
• Torr• g/cm2, kg/cm2• lb/ft2• atm• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2• User unit, see also parameter descriptions for Customer Unit P/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_PRESSURE ( ä 64) and Cust. Unit Fact. P/
CUSTOMER_FACTOR_UNIT_PRESS ( ä 64).
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per orderspecifications

Endress+Hauser

57

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Sensor Type/SENSOR_TYPE
Selection

Depending on the sensor type.

Index: 20
Data type: unsigned16
Access: OOS• Flow sensor unknown• Coriolis• Electromagnetic• mV• Ohms• Delta Ohms
• Nuclear magnetic resonance• Positive displacement• Refraction• Taggin• Ultrasonic (Doppler)• Ultrasonic (time of travel)• Target• Variable Area
• Level sensor unknown• Radar• Capacitance• Nuclear• Ultrasonic• Float gauge• Pressure sensor unknown• Resonant wire
• Vibrating beam
• Strain gauge• Piezo resistive• Silicon resonant• Temperature sensor unknown• PT100_A_385 (IEC 751)
• PT100_A_392 (JIS 1604)• PT200_A_385 (IEC 751)
• PT500_A_385 (IEC 751)
• NI120, Edison #7• CU10, Edison #15• T/C Type B (IEC 584-1 und NIST 175)
• T/C Type C (NIST 175)
• T/C Type E (IEC 584-1 und NIST 175)
• T/C Type J (IEC 584-1 und NIST 175)
• T/C Type K (IEC 584-1 und NIST 175)
• T/C Type N (IEC 584-1 und NIST 175)
• T/C Type R (IEC 584-1 und NIST 175)
• T/C Type S (IEC 584-1 und NIST 175)
• T/C Type T (IEC 584-1 und NIST 175)
• T/C Type DIN L (DIN 43710)• T/C Type DIN U (DIN 43710)• MANUFACTOR SPEC.
• Non-Std Snsr

Sensor Range/
SENSOR_RANGE
Display

The Sensor Range/SENSOR_RANGE parameter is a structured parameter consisting offour elements.

Index: 21
Data type: DS-68
Access: read only

Factory setting:"Capacitance", "Piezo resistive" or "MANUFACTOR SPEC".

EU_100• Displays the upper measuring limit of the sensor.
EU_0• Displays the lower measuring limit of the sensor.
UNITS_INDEX• Displays the unit selected.
DECIMAL• Displays the number of decimal places.

58

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Sensor Serial Number/
SENSOR_SN
Display

Displays the serial number of the sensor (11 alphanumeric characters).

Index: 22
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
Sensor Calibration
Method/SENSOR_CAL_METHO
D
Selection

For displaying and selecting the last sensor calibration mode used.

Index: 23
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS
Sensor Calibration
Location/
SENSOR_CAL_LOC
Entry

Enter the place the sensor was calibrated (32 alphanumeric characters).

Index: 24
Data type: visible string
Access: OOS
Sensor Calibration
Date/
SENSOR_CAL_DATE
Entry

Enter the date and time the sensor was calibrated.

Index: 25
Data type: date
Access: OOS
Sensor Calibration
Who/
SENSOR_CAL_WHO
Entry

Enter the name of the person who calibrated the sensor (32 alphanumeric characters).

Index: 26
Data type: visible string
Access: OOS
Displays the material of the process isolating diaphragm.
Sensor Isolator Metal/
SENSOR_ISOLATOR_M
TL
Display
Index: 27
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Sensor Fill Fluid/
SENSOR_FILL_FLUID
Display

Displays the filling fluid.

Index: 28
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

59

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Select the unit for the second process value.
Temperature/
MEASURED_TEMPERA See also the parameter description for Temp. Eng. Unit/
MEASURED_TEMPERATURE_UNIT.
TURE

Index: 32
Data type: DS-65
Access: read only

Value
• Displays the second process value, here the sensor temperature.
Status• Displays the second process value, here the sensor temperature.
You can transmit the value and status of the Temperature/
MEASURED_TEMPERATURE parameter via the Channel/CHANNEL parameter( ä 107) in the Analog Input Block. The Channel/CHANNEL must be set to "2" forthis purpose.

Select the unit for the second process value.
Temp. Eng. Unit/
MEASURED_TEMPERA See also the parameter description for Temp. Eng. Unit/
MEASURED_TEMPERATURE_UNIT.
TURE_UNIT

Index: 33
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read, write, OOS
Device Dialog/DEVICEDIALOG
Display

If the configuration is unsuitable, this parameter displays a message indicating that a
configuration error is present. The message can also refer to the parameter that was
configured incorrectly.

Index: 34
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Insert Pin No./
SW_LOCK
Entry
Index: 35
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN

For entering a code to lock or unlock operation.
• The
symbol on the on-site display indicates that operation is locked. Parameterswhich refer to how the display appears, e.g. Language/DISPLAY_LANGUAGE andDisplay Contrast/DISPLAY_CONTRAST, can still be altered.
• If operation is locked by means of the DIP switch, you can only unlock operation
again by means of the DIP switch. If operation is locked by means of remote
operation, you can only unlock operation again using remote operation.
 See also Operating Instructions BA00301P (Deltabar S) or BA00302P (Cerabar S)
or BA00372P (Deltapilot S), "Locking/unlocking operation" section.
Options• Lock: Enter a number between 0 and 9999 and 100.
• Unlock: Enter the number 100.
Factory setting:100

Status Locking/
STATUS_LOCKING

Displays the current locking status of the device or conditions that can lock the device(hardware locking, software locking).

Index: 36
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only

60

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Linearization/
LINEARIZATION
Selection

Select the measuring mode and the measured variable by means of this parameter and
the Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter ( ä 56).
See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P) and Cerabar S(BA00302P) or BA00372P (Deltapilot S), "Selecting the language and measuringmode" section.

Index: 37
Data type: unsigned8
Options:
Access: read, write, OOS • No linearization ("Pressure" or "Level" measuring mode)• Level linearized ("Level" measuring mode)• Level combined ("Level" measuring mode)• % level combined ("Level" measuring mode)• Flow square root ("Flow" measuring mode)

The option selected for this parameter can also affect the setting of the Level Mode/
LEVEL_MODE parameter ( ä 65), e.g. if "Level linearized" is selected, the Level
Mode/LEVEL_MODE parameter is set to the "Pressure linearized" option.
Make sure that the unit selected by means of the Scale Out/SCALE_OUT parameter,"Units Index" element suits the measured variable.
Scale In/SCALE_IN
Entry

The Scale In/SCALE_IN parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four
elements.

EU_100Index: 38• "Pressure" measuring mode; "Level easy pressure" measuring mode; "Level easy
Data type: DS-65
height" measuring mode; "Level standard" measuring mode, "Linear" or "Height
Access: read, write, OOS
linearized" level mode: enter the upper limit for the pressure value of the Transducer
Block.
• "Level standard" measuring mode, "Pressure linearized" level mode:Enter the maximum hydrostatic pressure to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum hydrostaticpressure to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
• "Flow" measuring mode: Enter the maximum pressure of the primary device.
 See layout sheet of primary device. This value is assigned to the maximum flow
value (See the following Scale Out/SCALE_OUT parameter, EU_100 element).
• Factory setting: Upper range limit of the sensor
EU_0• "Pressure" measuring mode; "Level easy pressure" measuring mode; "Level easy
height" measuring mode; "Level standard" measuring mode, "Linear" or "Heightlinearized" level mode, "Flow" measuring mode: enter the lower limit for the pressure
value of the Transducer Block.
• "Level standard" measuring mode, "Pressure linearized" level mode:Enter the minimum hydrostatic pressure to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum hydrostaticpressure to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
• Factory setting: 0
UNITS_INDEX• Select the unit for input scaling.
DECIMAL• Displays the number of decimal places.

Endress+Hauser

61

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Scale Out/SCALE_OUT
Entry

The Scale Out/SCALE_OUT parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four
elements.

EU_100Index: 39• "Pressure" measuring mode; "Level easy pressure" measuring mode; "Level easy
Data type: DS-68
height" measuring mode; "Level standard" measuring mode, "Linear" level mode:
Access: read, write, OOS
enter the upper limit for the output value of the Transducer Block.
Factory setting: 100• "Level standard" measuring mode, "Pressure linearized" or "Height linearized" level
mode:
Enter the maximum tank contents to be expected.
The input limits for the subsequent calibration (editing limits) are derived from thevalue entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum tankcontent to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting: 100• "Flow" measuring mode: Enter the maximum flow of the primary device.
See also the layout sheet of the primary device. The maximum flow is assigned tothe maximum pressure you enter via the Scale In/SCALE_IN parameter, EU_100
element.
Factory setting: 1.0
EU_0• "Pressure" measuring mode; "Level easy pressure" measuring mode; "Level easy
height" measuring mode; "Level standard" measuring mode, "Linear" level mode;"Flow" measuring mode: enter the lower limit for the output value of the Transducer
Block.
• "Level standard" measuring mode, "Pressure linearized" or "Height linearized" level
mode:
Enter the minimum tank contents to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum tank content tobe expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
• Factory setting: 0
UNITS_INDEX• Select the unit for output scaling.
DECIMAL• Enter the number of decimal places.
Make sure that the unit selected by means of the Scale Out/SCALE_OUT parameter,"Units Index" element suits the measured variable.
See also the parameter descriptions for Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE ( ä 56) and Linearization/LINEARIZATION ( ä 73).
Damping Value/
DAMPING_VALUE
Entry

Enter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the local
operation, measured value (Primary Value) and output value of the Analog Input Blockreact to a change in the pressure.

Index: 40
Input range:
Data type: float
0.0 to 999.0 s
Access: read, write, OOS
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specification

62

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. for
Pos.Zero Adjust/ZERO_POSITION_ADJU example, when the container is empty or partly filled, the Primary Value/
PRIMARY_VALUE parameter does not display zero.
ST
Selection
This parameter provides the possibility of performing position adjustment where thepressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured pressure need not be
Index: 41
known. (A reference pressure is present at the device.)
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write, OOS
Example:– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Correct the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE via the Pos.Zero Adjust/ZERO_POSITION_ADJUST parameter with the "Confirm" option. This means thatyou are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure present.
– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
The Calib. Offset/CALIBRATION_OFFSET parameter ( ä 63) displays the resulting
pressure difference (offset) by which the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE wascorrected.
Options:• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
0.0
Pos. Input Value/
POSITION_INPUT_VAL
UE
Entry

Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. forexample, when the container is empty or partly filled, the PRIMARY_VALUE
parameter does not display zero or the desired value.
This parameter provides the possibility of performing position adjustment where thepressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured pressure need not beknown. (A reference pressure is present at the device.)

Index: 42
Example:Data type: float– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi)
Access: read, write, OOS– For the Pos. Input Value/POSITION_INPUT_VALUE parameter, specify the desired
set point for the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE, for example 2.0 mbar (0.03psi).
(The following applies: PRIMARY_VALUEnew =PRESSURE_1_ACCEPT_INSTALL_OFFSET)– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE (after entry for Pos. Input Value/
POSITION_INPUT_VALUE) = 2.0 mbar
– The Calib. Offset/CALIBRATION_OFFSET parameter ( ä 63) displays theresulting pressure difference (offset) by which the PRIMARY_VALUE was corrected.
(The following applies: PRESSURE_1_INSTALL_OFFSET =PRIMARY_VALUEold – PRESSURE_1_ACCEPT_INSTALL_OFFSET,
here: PRESSURE_1_INSTALL_OFFSET = 0.5 mbar – 2.0 mbar = – 1.5 mbar)
Factory setting:
0.0
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. for
Calib. Offset/
CALIBRATION_OFFSET example, when the container is empty or partly filled, the PRIMARY_VALUE
parameter does not display zero or the desired value.
Entry
This parameter provides the possibility of performing position adjustment where thepressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured pressure is known. (AIndex: 43
reference pressure is not present at the device.)
Data type: float
Access: read, write, OOS Example:– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Via the Calib. Offset/CALIBRATION_OFFSET parameter, enter the value by which
the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE should be corrected. To correct the Primary
Value/PRIMARY_VALUE to 0.0 mbar, you must enter the value 2.2 here. (Thefollowing applies: PRIMARY_VALUEnew =PRIMARY_VALUEold – PRESSURE_1_INSTALL_OFFSET)– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE (after entry for calib. offset) = 0.0 mbar
Factory setting:
0.0

Endress+Hauser

63

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Customer Unit P/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_PRE
SSURE
Entry

Enter text (unit) for customer-specific pressure unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also Cust.
Unit. Fact. P/CUSTOMER_FACTOR_UNIT_PRESS

Index: 44
Data type: visible string
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN

Prerequisite:• Calibration Units/CAL_UNIT ( ä 57) = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local operation.
The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five. For
example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2" would be
displayed. In the FF configuration program, the slash counts as a character, i.e. "crates/m2" would be displayed as "crates/m".
Factory setting:________

Cust. Unit. Fact. P/
CUSTOMER_FACTOR_
UNIT_PRESS
Entry

Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa".
See also Customer Unit P/CUSTOMER_UNIT_PRESSURE.
Prerequisite:• Calibration Units/CAL_UNIT ( ä 57) = User unit

Index: 45
Example:Data type: float
Access: read, write, OOS – You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE =10000 Pa i 1 PU
– Enter Customer Unit P/CUSTOMER_UNIT_PRESSURE: PU– Enter Cust. Unit. Fact. P/CUSTOMER_FACTOR_UNIT_PRESS: 0.0001– Result: Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0
Displays the pressure that was present at the device during calibration and was used
Lo Trim Measured/
LOW_TRIM_MEASURE for the calibration of the lower point of the sensor characteristic curve. See also theparameter description for Calibration Lowest Point/CAL_POINT_LO ( ä 57).
D
Display
Index: 46
Data type: float
Access: read only
Displays the pressure that was present at the device during calibration and was used
Hi Trim Measured/
HIGH_TRIM_MEASURE for the calibration of the upper point of the sensor characteristic curve. See also theparameter description for Calibration Highest Point/CAL_POINT_HI ( ä 56).
D
Display
Index: 47
Data type: float
Access: read only

64

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Level Mode/
LEVEL_MODE
Selection

Select the level mode

Options:• Linear: The measured variable (level, volume, mass or %) is in direct proportion to
the measured pressure.  ä 22 ff, Section 5.4.
Index: 48• Pressure linearized: The measured variable (volume, mass or %) is not in direct
Data type: unsigned8
proportion to the measured pressure such as in the case of containers with a conicalAccess: read, write, OOS
outlet. For the calibration, enter a linearization table with at least 2 and not morethan 32 points.  ä 26 ff, Section 5.5.
• Height linearized: Select this level mode if you require two measured variables or if
the container shape is given with value pairs, e.g. height and volume.
The following combinations are possible:– Height + volume– Height + mass
– Height + %– %-height + volume– %-height + mass
– %-height + %Perform two calibrations for this level mode. First for the measured variable heightor %-height like for the "Linear" option and then for the measured variable volume,
mass or % like for the "Pressure linearized" option.  ä 32 ff, Section 5.6.
This parameter can only be changed if the settings for the Linearization/
LINEARIZATION ( ä 73) and Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE( ä 56) parameters suit it, e.g. if the "Flow square root" option was selected for the
Linearization/LINEARIZATION parameter, this parameter cannot be changed.
Factory setting:LinearLin. Measurand/
LINEAR_MEASURAND
Selection
Index: 49
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write, OOS

Select the measured variable.
Options:• Level• Volume• Mass• % (level)
This parameter can only be changed if the setting for the Linearization/
LINEARIZATION parameter ( ä 73) suits it, e.g. if the "Flow square root" option was
selected for the Linearization/LINEARIZATION parameter, this parameter cannot bechanged.
Factory setting:% (level)

Lind. Measurand/
LINEARIZED_MEASUR
AND
Selection

Select the measured variable.
Options:• Pressure and volume• Pressure and mass
• Pressure and %Index: 50
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write, OOS This parameter can only be changed if the setting for the Linearization/
LINEARIZATION parameter ( ä 73) suits it, e.g. if the "Flow square root" option was
selected for the Linearization/LINEARIZATION parameter, this parameter cannot bechanged.
Factory setting:Pressure and %Endress+Hauser

65

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Comb. Measurand/
COMBINED_MEASURA
ND
Selection

Select the measured variable.

Options:• Height and volume• Height and mass
• Height and %Index: 51• %-height and volume
Data type: Unsigned8• %-height and mass
Access: read, write, OOS• %-height and %This parameter can only be changed if the setting for the Linearization/
LINEARIZATION parameter ( ä 73) suits it, e.g. if the "Flow square root" option was
selected for the Linearization/LINEARIZATION parameter, this parameter cannot bechanged.
Factory setting:%-height and %Density Unit/
DENSITY_UNIT
Selection

Select the density unit.

Prerequisite:• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = %-height and %,Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Dry
Index: 52• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = %-height and volume,
Data type: unsigned16
Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Dry
Access: read, write, OOS• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = %-height and mass,
Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Dry• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = Height and %,Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Dry• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = Height and volume,
Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Dry• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = Height and mass,
Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Dry– Comb. Measurand = COMBINED_MEASURAND– Calibration Mode = CALIBRATION_MODE
Options:• g/cm3• kg/dm3• kg/m3• US lb/in3• US lb/ft3
Factory setting:kg/dm3Height Unit/
HEIGHT_UNIT
Selection

Select the level unit.
Prerequisite:• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = Height and volume, height andmass or height and %Index: 53
Data type: unsigned16 Options:
Access: read, write, OOS • mm
• dm
• cm
• m
• inch• ft• User unit, see also Customer Unit H/CUSTOMER_HEIGHT_UNIT ( ä 67) andCust. Unit Fact. H/CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_HEIGHT ( ä 67)
Factory setting:m

66

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Enter text (unit) for customer-specific level unit.
Customer Unit H/
CUSTOMER_HEIGHT_U You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also Cust. Unit. Fact. H/CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_HEIGHT.
NIT
Selection
Prerequisite:• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = Height and volume,
Index: 54
Height Unit/HEIGHT_UNIT = User unit
Data type: visible string • Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = Height and mass,
Access: read, write,
Height Unit/HEIGHT_UNIT = User unit
AUTO, OOS, MAN• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = Height and %,Height Unit/HEIGHT_UNIT = User unit
– Comb. Measurand = COMBINED_MEASURAND– Height Unit = HEIGHT_UNIT

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local operation.
The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five. For
example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2" would be
displayed. In the FF configuration program, the slash counts as a character, i.e. "crates/m2" would be displayed as "crates/m".
Factory setting:________
Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific level unit.
Cust. Unit. Fact. H/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FAC The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m".
See also Customer Unit H/CUSTOMER_HEIGHT_UNIT.
TOR_HEIGHT
Entry
Prerequisite:• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = Height and volume,
Index: 55
Height Unit/HEIGHT_UNIT = User unit
Data type: float• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = Height and mass,
Access: read, write, OOS
Height Unit/HEIGHT_UNIT = User unit
• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = Height and %,Height Unit/HEIGHT_UNIT = User unit
– Comb. Measurand = COMBINED_MEASURAND– Height Unit = HEIGHT_UNIT
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE = 0.5 m i 1 PU
– Enter Customer Unit H/CUSTOMER_HEIGHT_UNIT: PU– Enter Cust. Unit. Fact. H/CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_HEIGHT: 2– Result: Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

Endress+Hauser

67

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Unit Volume/
VOLUME_UNIT
Selection

Select the volume unit.
Prerequisite:• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = Height and volume or%-height and volume

Index: 56
Data type: unsigned16 Options:
Access: read, write, OOS • l
• hl
• cm3
• dm3
• m3
• m3 E3• ft• ft3 E3
• gal
• Igal• bbl• User unit, see also Customer Unit V/CUSTOMER_UNIT_VOLUME ( ä 68) andCust. Unit. Fact. V/CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_VOLUME ( ä 68)
Factory setting:m3Enter text (unit) for customer-specific volume unit.
Customer Unit V/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_VOL You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also Cust. Unit. Fact. V/CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_VOLUME.
UME
Entry
Prerequisite:• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = Height and volume,
Index: 57
Unit Volume/VOLUME_UNIT = User unit
Data type: visible string• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = %-height and volume,
Access: read, write,
Unit Volume/VOLUME_UNIT = User unit
AUTO, OOS, MAN– Comb. Measurand = COMBINED_MEASURAND– Unit Volume = VOLUME_UNIT

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local operation.
The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five. For
example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2" would be
displayed. In the FF configuration program, the slash counts as a character, i.e. "crates/m2" would be displayed as "crates/m".
Factory setting:________
Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific volume unit.
Cust. Unit. Fact. V/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FAC The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m3".
TOR_VOLUME
See also Customer Unit V/CUSTOMER_UNIT_VOLUME.
Entry
Prerequisite:• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = Height and volume, Unit Volume/
Index: 58
VOLUME_UNIT = User unit
Data type: float• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = %-height and volume, Unit
Access: read, write, OOS
Volume/VOLUME_UNIT = User unit
– Comb. Measurand = COMBINED_MEASURAND– Unit Volume = VOLUME_UNIT
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE = 0.01 m3 i 1 bucket– Enter Customer Unit V/CUSTOMER_UNIT_VOLUME: bucket– Enter Cust. Unit. Fact. V/CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_VOLUME : 100– Result: Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0

68

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Unit Mass/MASS_UNIT Select the mass unit.
Selection
Prerequisite:• Lind. Measurand./LINEARIZED_MEASURAND = Pressure and mass
Index: 59
Data type: unsigned16 Options:
Access: read, write, OOS • g
• kg
• t
• oz
• lb
• ton
• User unit, see also the following parameter descriptions for Customer Unit M/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_MASS ( ä 69) and Cust. Unit Fact. M/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_MASS ( ä 69)
Factory setting:kg
Customer Unit M/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_MA
SS
Entry
Index: 60
Data type: visible string
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN

Enter text (unit) for customer-specific mass unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also Cust. Unit Fact. M/CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_MASS.
Prerequisite:• Lind. Measurand/LINEARIZED_MEASURAND = Pressure and mass,
Unit Mass/MASS_UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local operation.
The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five. For
example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2" would be
displayed. In the FF configuration program, the slash counts as a character, i.e. "crates/m2" would be displayed as "crates/m".
Factory setting:________

Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific mass unit.
Cust. Unit Fact. M/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FAC The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "kg".
See also Customer Unit M/CUSTOMER_UNIT_MASS.
TOR_MASS
Entry
Prerequisite:• Lind. Measurand/LINEARIZED_MEASURAND = Pressure and mass,
Index: 61
Unit Mass/MASS_UNIT = User unit
Data type: float
Example:Access: read, write, OOS– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE = 10 kg i 1 bucket– Enter Customer Unit M/CUSTOMER_UNIT_MASS: bucket– Enter Cust. Unit Fact. M/CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_MASS: 0.1– Result: Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0

Endress+Hauser

69

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Calibration Mode/
CALIBRATION_MODE
Selection

Select the calibration mode.

Options:• Wet: option without a function• Dry
Index: 62
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration which you can carry out even if the device
Data type: unsigned8
is not mounted or the container is empty.
Access: read, write, OOS– For the "Level" measured variable, the density of the fluid ( ä 70: Adjust
Density/ADJUST_DENSITY) must be entered.
– For the "Volume" measured variable, the density of the fluid and the tank volume
and tank height must be entered ( ä 70: Adjust Density/ADJUST_DENSITY, ä 72: Tank Volume/TANK_VOLUME and  ä 72: Tank Height/
TANK_HEIGHT).
– For the "Mass" measured variable, the tank volume and tank height must beentered ( ä 72, Tank Volume/TANK_VOLUME and  ä 72: Tank Height/
TANK_HEIGHT). In the event of a zero point shift (level offset), the density also
has to be entered ( ä 70, Adjust Density/ADJUST_DENSITY).
– For the "%" measured variable, the density of the fluid has to be entered and alevel also has to be assigned to the 100 % point ( ä 70: Adjust Density/
ADJUST_DENSITY and  ä 72: 100% Point/HUNDRED_PERCENT_VALUE).
If the measurement should not start at the mounting location of the device, a level
offset must be entered ( ä 71: Zero Point/ZERO_POSITION).
Factory setting:
Wet
Adjust Density/
ADJUST_DENSITY
Entry

Enter the density of the fluid.

Prerequisite:• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = %-height and %,Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Dry
Index: 63• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = %-height and volume,
Data type: float
Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE= Dry
Access: read, write, OOS • Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = %-height and mass,
Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Dry• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = Height and %,Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Dry• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = Height and volume,
Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Dry• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = Height and mass,
Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Dry– Comb. Measurand = COMBINED_MEASURAND– Calibration Mode = CALIBRATION_MODE
Factory setting:
1.0

70

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Zero Point/
ZERO_POSITION
Entry

Enter the value for level offset.
If the measurement should not start at the mounting location of the device, e.g. forcontainers with a sump, carry out zero point shift (level offset).

Prerequisite:
Index: 64• Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Dry
Data type: float
Access: read, write, OOS Factory setting:
0.0

➀
➁

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-001

Fig. 17:1
2

Empty Calib./
EMPTY_CALIBRATION
Entry

Zero point shift
Device is mounted above the level lower-range value: a positive value has to be entered for
the LEVEL_ADJUST_MODE/ZERO POINT parameter.
Device is mounted below the level lower-range value: a negative value has to be entered for
the LEVEL_ADJUST_MODE/ZERO POINT parameter.

Enter the level value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
The container is either empty or part full. By entering a value for this parameter, youare assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device.
 see also Empty Pressure Level Easy/EMPTY_PRESSURE_EASY.

Index: 65
Prerequisite:
Data type: float• Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Wet
Access: read, write, OOS
For this parameter, the local operation shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the "+"- or "–" key before confirming with the "E" key. This applies also if
the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
0.0
Full Calib./
FULL_CALIBRATION
Entry

Enter the level value for the upper calibration point (container full).
The container is either completely or almost full. By entering a value for thisparameter, you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device.
 See also Full Pressure Level Easy/FULL_PRESSURE_EASY.

Index: 66
Prerequisite:
Data type: float• Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Wet
Access: read, write, OOS
For this parameter, the local operation shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the "+"- or "–" key before confirming with the "E" key. This applies also if
the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
100.0

Endress+Hauser

71

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Tank Volume/
TANK_VOLUME
Entry

Enter the tank volume.

Index: 67
Data type: float
Access: read, write, OOS

Prerequisite:• Lin. Measurand/LINEAR_MEASURAND = Volume,
Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Dry• Lin. Measurand/LINEAR_MEASURAND = Mass,
Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Dry– Lin. Measurand = LINEAR_MEASURAND– Calibration Mode = CALIBRATION_MODE
Factory setting:
1.0 m3

Tank Height/TANK
HEIGHT
Entry
Index: 68
Data type: float
Access: read, write, OOS

Enter the tank height.
Prerequisite:• Lin. Measurand/LINEAR_MEASURAND = Volume,
Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Dry• Lin. Measurand/LINEAR_MEASURAND = Mass,
Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Dry– Lin. Measurand = LINEAR_MEASURAND– Calibration Mode = CALIBRATION_MODE
Factory setting:
1.0 m

100% Point/
HUNDRED_PERCENT_
VALUE
Entry

Enter the level value for the 100% point.

Prerequisite:• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = %-height and volume,
Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE= Dry• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = %-height and mass,
Index: 69
Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Dry
Data type: float• Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND = %-height + %,Access: read, write, OOS
Calibration Mode/CALIBRATION_MODE = Dry– Comb. Measurand = COMBINED_MEASURAND– Calibration Mode = CALIBRATION_MODE
Example:– The 100 %-point should correspond to 4 m.
– Select the "m" unit via the Height Unit/HEIGHT_UNIT parameter.
– Enter the value "4" for this 100% Point/HUNDRED_PERCENT_VALUEparameter.
Factory setting:
1.0
Level Min/LEVEL_MIN
Entry

Enter the minimum level to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value entered.
The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum level to be expected, themore accurate the measurement result.

Index: 70
Data type: float
Factory setting:Access: read, write, OOS
0.0
Level Max/LEVEL_MAX
Entry

Enter the maximum level to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value entered.
The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum level to be expected, themore accurate the measurement result.

Index: 71
Factory setting:
Data type: float
100.0
Access: read, write, OOS
Process Density/
PROCESS_DENSITY
Entry

Enter a new density value for density correction.
The calibration was carried out with the medium water, for example. Now thecontainer is to be used for another fluid with another density. The calibration iscorrected appropriately by entering the new density value in the Process Density/
PROCESS_DENSITY parameter.

Index: 72
Data type: float
Factory setting:Access: read, write, OOS
1.0

72

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Table Selection/
INEARIZATION_
TABLE_SELECTION

Select table.
The device works with a measuring and an editor table. The measuring table is used to
calculate the measured value. To make sure measuring also runs properly whenentering a new table, there is another table, the editor table, for entering new values.

Index: 73
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN
Lin. Edit Mode/
LINEARIZATION_EDIT_MODE
Entry
Index: 74
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN

Options:• View meas. table• Editor table
Factory setting:View meas. table
Select the entry mode for the linearization table.
Options:• Manual:
The container neither has to be filled nor emptied for this entry mode. Enter thevalue pairs for the linearization table.
• Semiautomatic:
The container is filled or emptied in stages in this entry mode. The device
automatically records the hydrostatic pressure. The associated volume, mass or %value is entered.
Factory setting:
ManualEditor Table/
LINEARIZATION_
TABLE_PRE_EDIT

Select table.

Index: 75
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN

Options:• New table:
Enter a new linearization table.
• Edit measure table:
The measuring table is loaded as an editor table so that changes can be made. 
See also TAB. SELECTION• Continue edit:
Edit an editor table that already exists.  See also EDITOR TABLE (770).

Prerequisite:• Table Selection/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_SELECTION = Editor table

Factory setting:
New table
Line-Numb:/
LINEARIZATION_
TABLE_INDEX
Index: 76
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN

Enter the line number for the linearization table. A linearization table must have atleast 2 points and may not have more than 32 points.
• Table Selection/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_SELECTION = View meas. table
Via this parameter you can select the point of the linearization table which should
be displayed.
• Table Selection/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_SELECTION = Editor table
Enter a point via the Line-Numb/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_INDEX, X-Val/
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_X_VALUE and Y-Val/
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_Y_VALUE parameters.
See also this table, parameter descriptions for Lin. Edit Mode/
LINEARIZATION_EDIT_MODE, X-Val/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_X_VALUE("Manual" entry mode), X-Val/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_X_VALUE ("Semiautomatic"
entry mode) and Y-Val/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_Y_VALUE.
In the operating program, you can enter a complete linearization table in one go,
and view it, via the "Lin.-Tab." window.

Enter the pressure value for the linearization table.
X-Val/
LINEARIZATION_TABL  See also Lin. Edit Mode/LINEARIZATION_EDIT_MODE, Line-Numb/
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_INDEX and Y-Val/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_Y_VALUE.
E_X_VALUE(manual)Prerequisite:• Table Selection/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_SELECTION = Editor table
Index: 77
Data type: float
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN

Endress+Hauser

73

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

X-Val/
LINEARIZATION_TABL
E_X_VALUE(semiautomatic)

In the "Semiautomatic" entry mode, the container is filled or emptied in stages.
The X-Val/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_X_VALUE displays the measured hydrostaticpressure.

Index: 77
Data type: float
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN

Prerequisite:• Table Selection/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_SELECTION = Editor table
Operating program
The X-Val/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_X_VALUE is saved by confirming the Y-value.
HARD handheld
Confirm X-Val/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_X_VALUE displayed.
 See also Lin. Edit Mode/LINEARIZATION_EDIT_MODE, Line-Numb/
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_INDEX and Y-Val/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_Y_VALUE.

Y-Val/
LINEARIZATION_
TABLE_Y_VALUE
Index: 78
Data type: float
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN

Table Editor/
LINEARIZATION_
TABLE_POST_EDITEnter the volume, mass or %-value belonging to the X-Val/
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_X_VALUE for the linearization table.
Prerequisite:• Table Selection/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_SELECTION = Editor table
Depending on the setting in the Lind. Measurand/LINEARIZED_MEASURAND
or Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND parameters, enter a volume, mass or%-value here.  See also table, parameter description for Lin. Edit Mode/
LINEARIZATION_EDIT_MODE, Line-Numb/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_INDEX, X-Val/
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_X_VALUE ("Manual" entry mode), X-Val/
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_X_VALUE ("Semiautomatic" entry mode).
Select the function for the editor table.

Options:• Next point: no function• Last input point: no function
Index: 79• Accept input table: save editor table as measuring table. This overwrites the old
Data type: unsigned8
measuring table.
Access: read, write, OOS• Abort: save values entered up to this point for the editor table and display next
parameter. The editor table is not activated as a measuring table.
• Insert point: see example below.
• Delete point: the current point is deleted. See example below.
Example: Add point, in this case between the 4th and 5th point for example– Select Point 5 via the Line-Numb/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_INDEX parameter.
– Using the Editor Table/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_POST_EDIT parameter, select the"Insert point" option.
– Point 5 is displayed for the Line-Numb/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_INDEX
parameter. Enter new values for the X-Val/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_X_VALUE
and Y-Val/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_Y_VALUE parameters.
Example: Delete point, in this case the 5th point for example• Select Point 5 via the Line-Numb/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_INDEX parameter.
• Using the Editor Table/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_POST_EDIT parameter, select the"Delete point" option.
• The 5th point is deleted. All of the following points are pushed up one number i.e.
following deletion, the 6th point becomes Point 5.
Factory setting:
Next point
Select the function for the measuring table.
Measuring Table/
LINEARIZATION_TABL
Options:
E_POST_VIEW• Next point: view next point of the measuring table.
• Last input point: view previous point of the measuring table.
Index: 80• Abort: cancel measuring table display. Display next parameter.
Data type: unsigned8
Factory setting:Access: read, write,
Next point
AUTO, OOS, MAN

74

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Tank Description/
LEVEL_TANK_DESCRIPTION
Entry

Enter tank description. (max. 32 alphanumeric characters)
Factory setting:________________________________

Index: 81
Data type: visible string
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN
Sensor Pressure/
SENSOR_PRESSURE
Display

Displays the measured pressure before sensor trim, position adjustment and damping.
See also the following graphic, parameter description for Pressure/PRESSURE.

Index: 82
Data type: float
Access: read only
Pressure/PRESSURE
Display
Index: 83
Data type: float
Access: read only

Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim, position adjustment and damping.
This value corresponds to the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE parameter in the"Pressure" measuring mode.
Transducer Block
Pressure
SensorPositionadjustment

Sensortrim

Damping

P

Level

PV

Analog
Input
Block

Flow
PRESSURE_1_
AFTER_SENSOR/SENSOR PRESSURE

PRESSURE_1_
AFTER_CALIBRATION/
CORRECTED PRESS.

PRESSURE_1_
AFTER_DAMPING/PRESSURE
P01-xMD7xxxx-05-xx-xx-en-011

Level Before Lin/
LEVEL_BEFORE_
LINEARISATION
Display
Index: 84
Data type: float
Access: read only
Sensor Meas.Type/SENSOR_MEAS_TYPE
Display
Index: 85
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

Displays the level value prior to linearization.
Prerequisite:• Level Mode/LEVEL_MODE = Linear or height linearized
Depending on the setting for the Lin. Measurand/LINEAR_MEASURAND
or Comb. Measurand/COMBINED_MEASURAND parameter, this parameter displays
the current level in % or in a unit of level.
Displays the sensor type.
• Deltabar S = Differential• Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensors = Relative• Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensors = Absolute• Deltapilot S with gauge pressure sensors = Relative75

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Level Selection/
LEVEL_SELECTION

Select the level mode.
Prerequisite:• Measuring Mode = Level

Index: 86• With regard to the "Level easy pressure" and "Level easy height" level modes, theData type: unsigned8
values entered are not tested as extensively as in the "Level standard" level mode. In
Access: read, write, OOS
the "Level easy pressure" and "Level easy height" level modes, the values entered for
Empty Calib./EMPTY_CALIBRATION, Full Calib./FULL_CALIBRATION, Empty
Pressure Level Easy/EMPTY_PRESSURE_EASY,Full Pressure Level Easy/
FULL_PRESSURE_EASY, Empty Calib. Level Easy/EMPTY_CALIBRATION_EASY,
Full Calib. Level Easy/FULL_CALIBRATION_EASY must be at least 1% apart.
The value will be rejected with a message if the values are too close together.
Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate forthe sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device can measurecorrectly.
 For an overview of the different level modes and types, see Page 13 Section 5.1
and Page 117 Section 9.1 "Overview of level measurement".
• The "Level easy pressure" and "Level easy height" level modes comprise fewer
parameters than the "Level standard" mode and are used to quickly and easily
configure a level application.
• Customer-specific units of level, volume and mass, or a linearization table, can only
be entered in the "Level standard" level mode.
Prerequisite:• Level easy pressure
You specify two pressure-level value pairs for this level mode. The pressure
measured value is converted directly to the unit which is selected via the Output
Unit Level Easy/OUTPUT_UNIT_EASY parameter ( Page 77. The two calibration
modes, "Wet" and "Dry", are available.
– Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the case of
two different levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is
assigned to the pressure measured at this point in time.
– Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, you specify twopressure-level value pairs via the Empty Calib. Level Easy/
EMPTY_CALIBRATION_EASY, Empty Pressure Level Easy/
EMPTY_PRESSURE_EASY, Full Calib. Level Easy/FULL_CALIBRATION_EASY
and Full Pressure Level Easy/FULL_PRESSURE_EASY parameters. Parameter
description, see Page 72 ff.
• Level easy height
For this level mode, you specify a height unit, the density and two height-level value
pairs. The pressure measured value is converted to a height value using the density
entered and the height unit. The two calibration modes, "Wet" and "Dry", areavailable.
– Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the case of
two different levels, the level, volume, mass orpercentage value entered is assigned to the converted height value.
– Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, you specify twoheight-level value pairs via the Empty Height Level Easy/EMPTY_HEIGHT_EASY,
Empty Calib. Level Easy/EMPTY_CALIBRATION_EASY, Full Height Level Easy/
FULL_HEIGHT_EASY and Full Calib. Level Easy/FULL_CALIBRATION_EASY
parameters.  Parameter description, see Page 72 ff.
• Level standard
Once you have selected this level mode, you can use the Level Mode/LEVEL_MODE
parameter (  Page 65) to choose between "Linear", "Pressure linearized" and"Height linearized".
Factory setting:
Level easy pressure

76

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Height Unit/
HEIGHT_UNIT EASY

Select the height unit. The measured pressure is converted to the chosen height unit
using the Density Unit Level Easy/DENSITY_UNIT_EASY and Adjust Density Level
Easy/ADJUST_DENSITY_EASY parameters.

Options:• mm
Index: 87• cm
Data type: unsigned16 • dm
Access: read, write, OOS• m• inch• ft
Factory setting:m
Output Unit Level Easy/ Select the unit for the measured value display and the MEASURED VALUE parameter( Page 214).
OUTPUT_UNIT_
EASY
The selected unit is used only to describe the measured value. This means that whenselecting a new output unit, the measured value is not converted.
Example:• Current measured value: 0.3 ft
Index: 88
Data type: unsigned16 • New output unit: mAccess: read, write, OOS • New measured value: 0.3 m (9.8 ft)
Options:• %• mm, cm, dm, m• ft, inch
• cm³, dm³, m³, m³E³
• l, hl• ft³, ft³E³• gal, bbl, lgal
• g, kg, t• lb, ton, oz
Factory setting:%Calibration Mode Level Select the calibration mode.
Easy/
Options:
CALIBRATION_MODE_
• Wet
EASY
Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the case of two
different levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is assigned tothe pressure measured at this point in time. ( See also this table, parameterIndex: 89
descriptions for Empty Calib. Level Easy/EMPTY_CALIBRATION_EASY and Full
Data type: unsigned8
Calib. Level Easy/FULL_CALIBRATION_EASY)
Access: read, write, OOS• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, you specify twopressure-level value pairs via the following parameters: Empty Calib. Level Easy/
EMPTY_CALIBRATION_EASY, Empty Pressure Level Easy/
EMPTY_PRESSURE_EASY, Full Calib. Level Easy/FULL_CALIBRATION_EASY and
Full Pressure Level Easy/FULL_PRESSURE_EASY.
Factory setting:Wet
Density Unit Level
Easy/
DENSITY_UNIT_EASY

Select the density unit. The measured pressure is converted to a height unit using theHeight Unit/HEIGHT_UNIT_EASY, Density Unit Level Easy/DENSITY_UNIT_EASY and
Adjust Density Level Easy/ADJUST_DENSITY_EASY.

Options:• g/cm3
Index: 90• kg/dm3
Data type: unsigned16 • kg/m3
Access: read, write, OOS• US lb/in3• US lb/ft3
Factory setting:kg/dm³Endress+Hauser

77

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Enter the density of the fluid. The measured pressure is converted to a height unit
Adjust Density Level
using the Height Unit/HEIGHT_UNIT_EASY, Density Unit Level Easy/
Easy/
ADJUST_DENSITY_EAS DENSITY_UNIT_EASY and Adjust Density Level Easy/ADJUST_DENSITY_EASY.
Y
Factory setting:
1.0
Index: 91
Data type: FLOAT
Access: read, write, OOS
Empty Height Level
Easy/
EMPTY_HEIGHT_EASYEnter the level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower calibration point(empty container).
The values entered for the Empty Height Level Easy/EMPTY_HEIGHT_EASY and
Empty Pressure Level Easy/EMPTY_PRESSURE_EASY parameters form the pressurelevel value pair for the lower calibration point. The unit is selected via the Output Unit
Level Easy/OUTPUT_UNIT_EASY parameter ( Page 77).

Index: 92
Data type: FLOAT
Prerequisite:
Access: read, write, OOS• Calibration Mode Level Easy/CALIBRATION_MODE_EASY = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0
Full Height Level Easy/
FULL_HEIGHT_EASY

Index: 93
Data type: FLOAT
Access: read, write, OOS

Enter the height, volume, mass or percentage value for the upper calibration point(container full).
The values entered for the Full Heigth Level Easy/FULL_HEIGHT_EASY and Full
Pressure Level Easy/FULL_PRESSURE_EASY parameters form the pressure-levelvalue pair for the upper calibration point. The unit is selected via the Output Unit Level
Easy/OUTPUT_UNIT_EASY parameter ( Page 77).
Prerequisite:• Calibration Mode Level Easy/CALIBRATION_MODE_EASY = Dry
Factory setting:
100.0

Process Density Level
Easy/
PROCESS_DENSITY_
EASYEnter a new density value for density correction.
The calibration was carried out with the medium water, for example. Now thecontainer is to be used for another fluid with another density. The calibration iscorrected appropriately by entering the new density value in the Process Density Level
Easy/PROCESS_DENSITY_EASY parameter.

If you change to dry calibration after a wet calibration using the Calibration Mode
Index: 94
Level Easy/CALIBRATION_MODE_EASY parameter ( Page 174), the density for the
Data type: FLOAT
Access: read, write, OOS Adjust Density Level Easy/ADJUST_DENSITY_EASY and Process Density Level Easy/
PROCESS_DENSITY_EASY parameters must be entered correctly before changing thecalibration mode. If the pressure falls with increasing levels, such as in the case of aresidual volume measurement, a negative value must be entered for this parameter.
Factory setting:
1.0
Meas.Level Easy/
MEASURED_LEVEL_E
ASY

Displays the measured level.

Index: 95
Data type:
Access: read only
Full Calib. Level Easy/
FULL_
CALIBRATION_EASYEnter the value for the upper calibration point (container full). The unit is selected via
the Output Unit Level Easy/OUTPUT_UNIT_EASY parameter ( Page 77).
Factory setting:100 %Index: 96
Data type: FLOAT
Access: read, write, OOS

78

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Empty Calib. Level
Easy/
EMPTY_CALIBRATION_EASYEnter the height value for the lower calibration point (container empty). The unit isselected via the Output Unit Level Easy/OUTPUT_UNIT_EASY parameter (Page 77).
Factory setting:
0.0

Index: 97
Data type: FLOAT
Access: read, write, OOS
Enter the pressure value for the upper calibration point (container full).
Full Pressure Level See also Full Calib. Level Easy/FULL_CALIBRATION_EASY.
Easy/
FULL_PRESSURE_EASY
Prerequisite:• Calibration Mode Level Easy/CALIBRATION_MODE_EASY = Dry
Factory setting:Index: 98
100.0
Data type: FLOAT
Access: read, write, OOS
Enter the pressure value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
Empty Pressure Level See also Empty Calib. Level Easy/EMPTY_CALIBRATION_EASY.
Easy/
EMPTY_PRESSURE_EA
Prerequisite:
SY• Calibration Mode Level Easy/CALIBRATION_MODE_EASY = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0
Index: 99
Data type: FLOAT
Access: read, write, OOS

7.3.3

Service Transducer Block

Service Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Device Dialog/DEVICEDIALOG
Display

If the configuration is unsuitable, this parameter displays a message indicating that a
configuration error is present. The message can also refer to the parameter that was
configured incorrectly.

Index: 11
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Insert Pin No./
SW_LOCK
Display
Index: 12
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN

For entering a code to lock or unlock operation.
• The-symbol on the local operation indicates that operation is locked.
Parameters which refer to how the display appears, e.g. Language/DISPLAY_LANGUAGE and Display Contrast/DISPLAY_CONTRAST, can still be
altered.
• If operation is locked by means of the DIP switch, you can only unlock operation
again by means of the DIP switch. If operation is locked by means of remote
operation, you can only unlock operation again using remote operation.
 See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P), Cerabar S (BA00302P)
or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), Section 5.6 "Locking/unlocking operation".
Options:• Lock: Enter a number between 0 and 9999 and 100.
• Unlock: Enter the number 100.
Factory setting:100

Status Locking/
STATUS_LOCKING
Display

Displays the current locking status of the device or conditions that can lock the device(hardware locking, software locking).

Index: 13
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

79

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Service Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Config. Recorder/
CONFIGURATION_COU
NTER
Display

Displays the configuration counter.
This counter is incremented by one with each change of a manufacturer-specificparameter. The counter counts up to 65535 and then starts again at zero. Changes toparameters that configure the local operation, such as the Language/DISPLAY_LANGUAGE parameter, do not cause an increase in the counter value.

Index: 14
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Pcb Temperature/
ELECTRONICS_TEMPERATURE
Display

Displays the measured temperature of the main electronics.

Index: 15
Data type: float
Access: read only
Allowed Min. Temp/
ELECTRONICS_TEMP_LOW_LIMIT
Display

Displays the lower temperature limit of the main electronics.

Index: 16
Data type: float
Access: read only
Allowed Max. Temp/
ELECTRONICS_TEMP_HIGH_LIMIT

Displays the upper temperature limit of the main electronics.

Index: 17
Data type: float
Access: read only
Pmax Proc. Conn./
PMAX_PROC_CONN
Entry
Index: 18
Data type: float
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN
Sensor Meas.Type/SENSOR_MEAS_TYPE
Display
Index: 19
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Tmin Sensor/SENSOR_TEMP_LOW_LIMIT
Display

For entering and displaying the maximum permitted pressure of the processconnection.
Factory setting:In accordance with nameplate data (See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S(BA00301P), Cerabar S (BA00302P) or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "Nameplates"
section)

Displays the sensor type.
• Deltabar S = Differential• Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensors = Relative• Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensors = Absolute• Deltapilot S with gauge pressure sensors = Relative

Displays the lower nominal temperature limit of the sensor.

Index: 22
Data type: float
Access: read only
Displays the upper nominal temperature limit of the sensor.
Tmax Sensor/
SENSOR_TEMP_HIGH_
LIMIT
Display
Index: 23
Data type: float
Access: read only

80

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)Service Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Displays the revision number of the sensor hardware.
Sens H/Ware Rev/SENSOR_HARDWARE_ e.g.: 01.00.00
REV
Display
Index: 24
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Counter: P > Pmax/
COUNTER_PMAX
Display
Index: 25
Data type: DS-65
Access: read only

The Counter: P > Pmax/COUNTER_PMAX parameter is a structured parameterconsisting of two elements.
VALUE• Displays the overpressure counter of the sensor
The limit value is: upper nominal pressure limit of sensor + 10 % of upper nominalpressure limit of sensor. You can reset this counter via the Reset Peakhold/
RESET_PEAK_HOLD parameter.
STATUS• Displays the status.
• You can transmit the value and status of the Counter: P > Pmax/COUNTER_PMAX
parameter via the Channel/CHANNEL parameter ( ä 107) in the Analog Input
Block. The Channel/CHANNEL must be set to "5" for this purpose.
• You can transmit the value and status of the Counter: P > Pmax/COUNTER_PMAX
parameter via the Channel/CHANNEL parameter in the Discrete Output Block.
The Channel/CHANNEL must be set to "1" for this purpose.

Max. Meas. Press./
MAX_MEASURED_
PRESSURE
Display
Index: 26
Data type: DS-65
Access: read only

The Max. Meas. Press./MAX_MEASURED_PRESSURE parameter is a structured
parameter consisting of two elements.
VALUE• Displays the highest measured pressure value (peak hold indicator). You can reset
this maximum indicator via the Reset Peakhold/RESET_PEAK_HOLD parameter.
STATUS• Displays the status.
You can transmit the value and status of the Max. Meas. Press./
MAX_MEASURED_PRESSURE parameter via the Channel/CHANNEL parameter( ä 107) in the Analog Input Block. The Channel/CHANNEL must be set to "4" forthis purpose.

Counter: P < Pmin/
COUNTER_PMIN
Display

Displays the vacuum pressure counter of the sensor
The limit value is: lower nominal pressure limit of sensor – 10 % of upper nominalpressure limit of sensor. You can reset this counter via the Reset Peakhold/
RESET_PEAK_HOLD parameter.

Index: 27
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Min. Meas. Press./
MIN_MEASURED_
PRESSURE
Display

Displays the lowest measured pressure value (peak hold indicator). You can reset thismaximum indicator via the Reset Peakhold/RESET_PEAK_HOLD parameter.

Index: 28
Data type: float
Access: read only
Counter: T > Tmax/
COUNTER_TMAX
Display

Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of the sensor has been
overshot. You can reset this counter via the Reset Peakhold/RESET_PEAK_HOLD
parameter.

Index: 29
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

81

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Service Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Max. Meas. Temp./
MAX_MEASURED_
TEMP
Display

Displays the highest measured temperature in the sensor (peak hold indicator). You
can reset this maximum indicator via the Reset Peakhold/RESET_PEAK_HOLD
parameter.

Index: 30
Data type: float
Access: read only
Counter: T < Tmin/
COUNTER_TMIN
Display

Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of the sensor has been
undershot. You can reset this counter via the Reset Peakhold/RESET_PEAK_HOLD
parameter.

Index: 31
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Min. Meas. Temp./
MIN_MEASURED_
TEMP
Display

Displays the lowest measured temperature in the sensor (peak hold indicator). You canreset this maximum indicator via the Reset Peakhold/RESET_PEAK_HOLD parameter.

Index: 32
Data type: float
Access: read only
Pcb Count: T > Tmax/
ELECTRONIC_OVER_
TEMP_COUNTER
Display

Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of the electronics has
been overshot.

Index: 33
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Pcb Max. Temp./
ELECTRONIC_OVER_TEMPERATURE
Display

Displays the highest electronics temperature measured.

Index: 34
Data type: float
Access: read only
Pcb Count: T< Tmin/
ELECTRONIC_UNDER_
TEMP_COUNTER
Display

Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of the electronics has
been undershot.

Index: 35
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Pcb Min. Temp./
ELECTRONIC_UNDER_TEMPERATURE
Display

Displays the lowest electronics temperature measured.

Index: 36
Data type: float
Access: read only82

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)Service Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Reset Peakhold/
RESET_PEAK_HOLD
Selection

This parameter lists all the peak hold indicator parameters that can be reset. You canselect the peak hold indicators you want to reset.

Index: 37
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN

Options:• None• Max. pressure• Min. pressure• Pmax history• Pmin history• Max. temp.
• Min. temp.
• Tmax history• Tmin history• Reset all
Factory setting:None

Pressure/
PRESSURE
Display
Index: 38
Data type: DS-65
Access: read only

The Pressure/PRESSURE parameter is a structured parameter consisting of twoelements.
VALUE• Displays the measured pressure after sensor recalibration, position adjustment anddamping. This value corresponds to the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE
parameter in the "Pressure" measuring mode.
STATUS• Displays the status.

Transducer Block
Pressure
SensorSensortrim

Positionadjustment

Damping

P

Level

PV

Analog
Input
Block

Flow
PRESSURE_1_
AFTER_SENSOR/SENSOR PRESSURE

PRESSURE_1_
AFTER_CALIBRATION/
CORRECTED PRESS.

PRESSURE_1_
AFTER_DAMPING/PRESSURE
P01-xMD7xxxx-05-xx-xx-en-011

You can transmit the value and status of this parameter via the Channel/CHANNEL
parameter ( ä 107) in the Analog Input Block. The Channel/CHANNEL must be set
to "3" for this purpose.
Corrected Press./
CORRECTED_PRESSUR
E
Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim and position adjustment and before
damping.
See also the graphic for Pressure/PRESSURE.

Index: 39
Data type: float
Access: read only
Meas. Val. Trend/
MEASURED_VALUE_
TREND
Display

Displays the trend of the pressure measured value.
Possibilities: increasing, decreasing, constantIndex: 40
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

83

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Service Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Max. Turndown/
MAX_TURNDOWN
Display

Displays the maximum possible turndown of the transmitter.

Index: 41
Data type: float
Access: read, write
Sensor Changes/
SENSOR_CHANGES
Display

Displays the number of sensor changes that have been performed to date.

Index: 42
Data type: float
Access: read, write
P Peakhold Step/
PRESSURE_PEAK_
HOLD_STEP
Display

Displays the step size at which the pressure peakhold values are saved. The value isdisplayed as a factor of the sensor end value. The pressure peakhold values are saved
every 15 minutes regardless of this value.

Index: 43
Data type: float
Access: read, write
T. Peakhold Step/
TEMP_PEAK_HOLD_
STEP
Display

Displays the step size at which the temperature peakhold values are saved. The value
is displayed in the Kelvin unit. The temperature peakhold values are saved every 15
minutes regardless of this value.

Index: 44
Data type: float
Access: read, write
Acc. Of Gravity/
ACCELERATION_OF_GRAVITY
Display

Displays the gravitational acceleration used by the device to calculate the measured
variables in the "Level" measuring mode.

Index: 45
Data type: float
Access: read, write, OOS
Creep Flow Hyst/
CREEP_FLOW_HYST
Display
Index: 46
Data type: float
Access: read, write, OOS
Hist. Saving Cycle/
HISTOROM_SAVING_CYCLE_TIME
Display

Displays the hysteresis of the low flow cut off.  ä 84, Pressure Transducer Block,parameter description for Set. L. Fl. Cut-Off/SET_LOW_FLOW_CUT_OFF.
Factory setting:
1 % (of end flow value)

Displays the time interval for saving the measured value.

Index: 47
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write
HistoROM Avail./
HISTOROM_AVAILABL
E
Display
Index: 48
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only

84

Indicates whether the optional HistoROM®/M-DAT memory module is connected tothe electronic insert.
See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P), Cerabar S (BA00302P)
or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "HistoROM®/M-DAT (optional)" section.
Options:• Yes (HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert)• No (HistoROM®/M-DAT is not attached to the electronic insert)

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)Service Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Download Select/
DOWNLOAD_
SELECTION
Display

Select download function from HistoROM to device. The option selected has no effecton an upload from the device to the HistoROM.

Index: 49
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN

Options• Configuration copy: With this option, all parameters apart from the TRANSMITTERSERIAL No, DEVICE DESIGNATION, CUST. TAG NUMBER, LONG TAG NUMBER,
ADDITIONAL INFO., BUS ADDRESS and the parameters of the POSITION
ADJUSTMENT and PROCESS CONNECTION group are overwritten.
• Device replacement: With this option, all parameters except for TRANSMITTERSERIAL No, DEVICE DESIGNATION and the parameters of the POSITION
ADJUSTMENT and PROCESS CONNECTION group are overwritten.
• Electronics replace: With this option, all parameters except for the parameters of
the POSITION ADJUSTMENT group are overwritten.

Prerequisite:• A HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert (HistoROM AVAIL. = Yes)

Factory setting:Configuration copy (if HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert)
HistoROM Control/
HISTOROM_CONTROL
Selection
Index: 50
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write

For selecting the direction for copying the data.
See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P), Cerabar S (BA00302P)
or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "HistoROM®/M-DAT (optional)" section.
Prerequisite:• A HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert(HistoROM Avail./HISTOROM_AVAILABLE = Yes)
Options:• Abort• HistoROM Device• Device HistoROM
Factory setting:Abort (if HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert)

Press. Eng. Unit/
PRESSURE_UNIT
Display

Displays the pressure unit selected.
The pressure unit is selected via the Calibration Units/CAL_UNIT parameter ( ä 57)
in the Pressure Transducer Block.

Index: 51
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Temp. Eng. Unit/
TEMPERATURE_UNIT
Display

Displays the temperature unit selected.
You can select the temperature unit by means of the Temperature/
MEASURED_TEMPERATURE parameter ( ä 60) in the Pressure Transducer Block.

Index: 52
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read onlyInternal service parameter.
Inp. Press. Invers/
INPUT_PRESSURE_INVERSION
Index: 53
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write, OOS(only with Service Code)Endress+Hauser

85

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

7.3.4

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

DP Flow Transducer Block (only Deltabar S)

DP Flow Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Device Dialog/DEVICEDIALOG
Display

If the configuration is unsuitable, this parameter displays a message indicating that a
configuration error is present. The message can also refer to the parameter that was
configured incorrectly.

Index: 11
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Insert Pin No./
SW_LOCK
Entry
Index: 12
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN

For entering a code to lock or unlock operation.
• The
symbol on the on-site display indicates that operation is locked. Parameterswhich refer to how the display appears, e.g. Language/DISPLAY_LANGUAGE andDisplay Contrast/DISPLAY_CONTRAST, can still be altered.
• If operation is locked by means of the DIP switch, you can only unlock operation
again by means of the DIP switch. If operation is locked by means of remote
operation, you can only unlock operation again using remote operation.
 See also Operating Instructions BA00301P (Deltabar S) or BA00302P (Cerabar S)
or BA00372P (Deltapilot S), "Locking/unlocking operation" section.
Options• Lock: Enter a number between 0 and 9999 and 100.
• Unlock: Enter the number 100.
Factory setting:100

Status Locking/STATUS_LOCKING

Displays the current locking status of the device or conditions that can lock the device(hardware locking, software locking).

Index: 13
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Flow-Meas. Type/
FLOW_MEAS_TYPE
Selection

Select the flow type.
Prerequisite:• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter

Options
Index: 14• Volume operat. cond. (volume under operating conditions)
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write, OOS • Volume norm. cond. (norm volume under norm conditions in Europe: 1013.25
mbar and 273.15 K (0 °C))
• Volume std. cond. (standard volume under standard conditions in USA: 1013.25
mbar (14.7 psi) and 288.15 K (15 °C/59 °F))
• Mass p. cond. (mass under operating conditions)
Factory setting:
Volume operat. cond.
Suppressed Flow/
SUPPRESSED_FLOW
Display

Displays the current flow. Depending on the flow mode selected ( Flow. Meas. Type/
FLOW_MEAS_TYPE), a volume flow, mass flow, standard volume flow or correctedvolume flow is displayed.

Index: 15
Data type: float
Access: read only

86

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

DP Flow Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Unit Flow/
STD_FLOW_UNIT
Entry

Select flow unit.
Prerequisite:• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter

Index: 16
Data type: unsigned16 Make sure that the unit suits the flow mode selected.  See also Page 86, parameter
Access: read, write, OOS description for Flow. Meas. Type/FLOW_MEAS_TYPE.
When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a flow mode (Flow-Meas. Type/
FLOW_MEAS_TYPE). When the flow mode is changed, conversion is not possible.
Possible units for Flow-Meas. Type/FLOW_MEAS_TYPE = Volume operat. cond.:• m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/day• l/s, l/min, l/h• hl/s, hl/min, hl/day• ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/day• ACFS, ACFM, ACFH, ACFD
• ozf/s, ozf/min• US Gal/S, US Gal/min, US Gal/h, US Gal/day• Imp. Gal/s, Imp. Gal/min, Imp. Gal/h• bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/day• User unit, see also parameter description for Customer Unit F/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FLOW (Page 88) and Cust. Unit Fact. F/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_FLOW (Page 88)
Factory setting:m³/sPossible units for Flow-Meas. Type/FLOW_MEAS_TYPE = Volume norm. cond.:• NM3/s, Nm3/min, Nm3/h, Nm3/day• User unit, È see also parameter description for Customer Unit F/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FLOW (Page 88) and Cust. Unit Fact. F/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_FLOW (Page 88)
Factory setting:
Nm³/s
Possible units for Flow-Meas. Type/FLOW_MEAS_TYPE = Volume std. cond.:• Sm3/s, Sm3/min, Sm3/h, Sm3/day• SCFS, SCFM, SCFH, SCFD
• User unit, È see also parameter description for Customer Unit F/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FLOW (Page 88) and Cust. Unit Fact. F/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_FLOW (Page 88)
Factory setting:
Sm3/s
Possible units for Flow-Meas. Type/FLOW_MEAS_TYPE = Mass p. cond.:• g/s, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h
• t/s, t/min, t/h, t/day• oz/s, oz/min• lb/s, lb/min, lb/h
• ton/s, ton/min, ton/h, ton/day• User unit, È see also parameter description for Customer Unit F/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FLOW (Page 88) and Cust. Unit Fact. F/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_FLOW (Page 88)
Factory setting:kg/sEndress+Hauser

87

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

DP Flow Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Customer Unit F/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FLO
W
Entry

Enter text (unit) for customer-specific flow unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
 See also Cust. Unit Fact. F/CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_FLOW.

Index: 17
Data type: visible string
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN

Cust. Unit Fact. F/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FAC
TOR_FLOW
Entry

Prerequisites:• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter• Unit Flow/STD_FLOW_UNIT = User unit
Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if "crates"is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed. If the unit contains aslash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local operation. The maximum
number of characters in the counter is again limited to five. For example, if "crates/m2"
is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is displayed. In the
FF configuration program, the slash counts as a character, i.e. "crates/m2" would be
displayed as "crates/m".
Factory setting:------Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific flow unit. The conversion factor
must be entered in relation to an appropriate SI unit, e.g. "m³/s" for the "Volume operat.
cond." flow mode.
 See also Customer Unit F/CUSTOMER_UNIT_FLOW.

Prerequisite:
Index: 18• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter
Data type: float• Unit Flow/STD_FLOW_UNIT = User unit
Access: read, write, OOS
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "bucket/h".
– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE = 0.01 m3/s i 3600 bucket/h– Enter Customer Unit F/CUSTOMER_UNIT_FLOW: bucket/h– Enter Cust. Unit Fact. F/CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_FLOW: 360000– Result: Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE = 3600 bucket/hFactory setting:Off
Switch the "low flow cut-off" function on and off.
Low Flow Cut-Off/
LOW_FLOW_CUT_OFF In the lower measuring range, small flow quantities (creepages) can lead to large
fluctuations in the measured value. Switching on this function stops these flow
Selection
quantities from being recorded. See also Set.L.Fl.Cut-Off/
SET_LOW_FLOW_CUT_OFF.
Index: 19
Data type: unsigned8
Prerequisite:
Access: read, write, OOS• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter
Options:• Off• On
Factory setting:Off

88

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

DP Flow Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Set. L. Fl. Cut-Off/
SET_LOW_FLOW_CUT
_OFF
Entry

Enter the switch-off point of low flow cut-off.
The hysteresis between the switch-on point and the switch-off point is always 1 % of
the end flow value. Page 88, Low Flow Cut-Off/LOW_FLOW_CUT_OFF.
Prerequisite:• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter• Low Flow Cut-Off/LOW_FLOW_CUT_OFF = On

Index: 20
Data type: float
Access: read, write, OOS Input range:
Switch-off point: 0 to 50% of end flow value ( ä 62, parameter description for Scale
Out/SCALE_OUT, EU_100 element/MAX. FLOW)

➀

➁

Q
Q max

Q
Q max
6%
5%

0%

0%

Δp

Δp
P01-PMD7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-000

Factory setting:
5% (of end flow value)
Flow Max/MAX_FLOW Enter the maximum flow of the primary device.
 See also the layout sheet of the primary device. The maximum flow is assigned to
Entry
the maximum pressure which you enter via Max Press. Flow/MAX_PRESS_FLOW.
Index: 21
Factory setting
Data type: float
Access: read, write, OOS 1.0
Pressure/PRESSURE
Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim, position adjustment and damping.
This value corresponds to the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE parameter in the"Pressure" measuring mode.

Index: 22
Data type: float
Access: read only

Transducer Block
Pressure
SensorSensortrim

Positionadjustment

Damping

P

Level

PV

Analog
Input
Block

Flow
PRESSURE_1_
AFTER_SENSOR/SENSOR PRESSURE

PRESSURE_1_
AFTER_CALIBRATION/
CORRECTED PRESS.

PRESSURE_1_
AFTER_DAMPING/PRESSURE
P01-xMD7xxxx-05-xx-xx-en-011

Max Press. Flow/
MAX_PRESS_FLOW
Entry

Enter maximum pressure of primary device.
 See layout sheet of primary device. This value is assigned to the maximum flow
value ( see Flow Max/MAX_FLOW).

Factory setting:Index: 23
High sensor limit ( see PRESS. SENS HILIM (485), Page 212)
Data type: float
Access: read, write, OOS
Press. Eng. Unit/
PRESSURE_UNIT
Display

Displays the pressure unit selected.
The pressure unit is selected by means of the Calibration Units/CAL_UNIT parameter( Page 57) in the Pressure Transducer Block.

Index: 24
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read, write, OOS

Endress+Hauser

89

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

DP Flow Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Totalizer 1/
TOTALIZER_1_VALUE
Display

The Totalizer 1/TOTALIZER_1_VALUE parameter is a structured parameterconsisting of two elements.

Index: 25
Data type: DS-65
Access: read only

VALUE
• Displays the total flow value of totalizer 1. You can reset the value with the Reset
Totalizer 1/TOTALIZER_1_RESET parameter.
STATUS• Displays the status.
• You can transmit the value and status of this parameter via the Channel/CHANNEL
parameter ( ä 107) in the Analog Input Block. The Channel/CHANNEL must be
set to "6" for this purpose.
• You can transmit the value and status of this parameter via the Channel/CHANNEL
parameter in the Discrete Output Block. The Channel/CHANNEL must be set to "2"for this purpose.

Totalizer 1 Unit/
TOTALIZER_1_UNIT
Selection
Index: 26
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read, write, OOS

Neg. Flow Tot. 1/
TOTALIZER_1_MODE
Selection
Index: 27
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write, OOS

Select the unit for totalizer 1.
Depending on the setting in the Flow-Meas. Type/FLOW_MEAS_TYPE parameter( ä 86) this parameter offers a list of volume, norm volume, standard volume andmass units. When a new volume or mass unit is selected, totalizer-specific parameters
are converted and displayed with the new unit within a unit group. When the flowmode is changed, the totalizer value is not converted.
Factory setting:m3
Specify the way of counting negative flows for totalizer 1.

positive flow

negative flow

Inc. on. neg. flow

Total increases

Total increases

Dec. on neg. flow

Total increases

Total decreases

Stop on neg. flow

Total increases

Total remains constant

Options

P01-xMD7xxxx-16-xx-xx-en-003

Factory setting:
Positive
Fail Safe Mode/
TOTALIZER_1_FAIL_S
AFE_MODE
Selection

Select the mode for totalizer 1 in the event of an error.
Currently, only the "Actual" mode can be selected, i.e. totalizer 1 continues to count in
the event of an error.

Index: 28
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Reset Totalizer 1/
TOTALIZER_1_RESET
Selection

You reset totalizer 1 to zero with this parameter.
Options:• Abort (do not reset)• ResetIndex: 29
Factory setting:
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write, OOS Abort

90

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

DP Flow Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Tot. 1 User Unit/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_TOT
_1
Entry

Enter text (unit) for customer-specific unit for totalizer 1.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also Fact. U. U. Total.1/CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_TOT_1.

Index: 30
Data type: visible string
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN

Prerequisite:• Totalizer 1 Unit/TOTALIZER_1_UNIT = User unit
Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local operation.
The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five. For
example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2" would be
displayed. In the FF configuration program, the slash counts as a character, i.e. "crates/m2" would be displayed as "crates/m".
Factory setting:________

Fact. U. U. Total.1/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FAC
TOR_TOT_1
Entry

Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific unit for totalizer 1.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to an appropriate SI unit, e.g. m3 for
the "Volume operat. cond." Flow-Meas. Type/FLOW_MEAS_TYPE.
See also Tot. 1 User Unit/CUSTOMER_UNIT_TOT_1.

Prerequisite:
Index: 31• Totalizer 1 Unit/TOTALIZER_1_UNIT = User unit
Data type: float
Access: read, write, OOS Example: You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE =1 m3 i 100 bucket– Enter Tot. 1 User Unit/CUSTOMER_UNIT_TOT_1: bucket– Enter Fact. U. U. Total.1/CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_TOT_1: 100– Result: Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE = 100 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
Totalizer 2/
TOTALIZER_2_VALUE
Display

Displays the total flow value of totalizer 2. You cannot reset totalizer 2.
Prerequisite:• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter

Index: 32
Data type: float
Access: read only
Total. 2 Eng. Unit/
TOTALIZER_2_UNIT
Selection

Select the unit for totalizer 2.
 ä 91, Totalizer Transducer Block, parameter description for Tot. 1 User Unit/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_TOT_1.

Prerequisite:
Index: 33• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read, write, OOS Factory setting:m³
Neg. Flow Tot. 2/
TOTALIZER_2_MODE
Entry

Specify the way of counting negative flows for totalizer 2.
 ä 90, Totalizer Transducer Block, parameter description for Neg. Flow Tot. 1/
TOTALIZER_1_MODEPrerequisite:
Index: 34• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write, OOS
Enter text (unit) for customer-specific unit for totalizer 2.
Tot. 2 Unit Text/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_TOT  ä 91, Totalizer Transducer Block, parameter description for Tot. 1 User Unit/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_TOT_1.
_2
Selection
Prerequisite:• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter
Index: 35• Total. 2 Eng. Unit/TOTALIZER_2_UNIT = User unit
Data type: visible string
Factory setting:Access: read, write,----------AUTO, OOS, MAN

Endress+Hauser

91

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

DP Flow Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Fact. U. U. Total. 2/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FAC
TOR_TOT_2
Entry

Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific unit for totalizer 2.
 ä 91, Totalizer Transducer Block, parameter description for Fact. U. U. Total.1/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_TOT_1.
Prerequisite:• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter• Total. 2 Eng. Unit/TOTALIZER_2_UNIT = User unit

Index: 36
Data type: float
Access: read, write, OOS Factory setting:
1.0

7.3.5

Display Transducer Block

Display Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Device Dialog/DEVICEDIALOG
Display

If the configuration is unsuitable, this parameter displays a message indicating that a
configuration error is present. The message can also refer to the parameter that was
configured incorrectly.

Index: 10
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Specify the contents for the main line of the local operation in the measuring mode.
Main Line Cont./
DISPLAY_MAINLINE_C Options:
ONTENT• Primary value (PV)
Selection• Main measured value (%)• Pressure
Index: 11• Flow
Data type: unsigned8• LevelAccess: read, write,• Tank content
AUTO, OOS, MAN• Temperature• Error number• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2• ISEL In1• ISEL In2• ISEL In3• ISEL In4• PID In1
The selection depends on the measuring mode chosen.
Factory setting:Primary value (PV)Specify the number of places after the decimal point for the value displayed in theMain Data Format/
DISPLAY_MAINLINE_F main line.
ORMAT
Options:
Selection• Auto• x.xIndex: 12• x.xx
Data type: unsigned8• x.xxx
Access: read, write,• x.xxxx
AUTO, OOS, MAN• x.xxxxx
Factory setting:
Auto

92

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Display Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Alternate Data/DISPLAY_ALTERNATIN
G_VALUES
Selection

Switch on the "Alternating display" mode.

Index: 13
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN

In this display mode, the local operation alternates between the following measured
values depending on the measuring mode selected.
– Pressure: primary value (PV), main measured value (%), pressure and temperature– Level: primary value (PV), main measured value (%), pressure, level, tank contents
and temperature– Flow: primary value (PV), main measured value (%), pressure, flow, temperature,
totalizer 1 and totalizer 2
Options:• Off• On
Factory setting:
Off

Display Contrast/
DISPLAY_CONTRAST
Entry
Index: 14
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN
Language/
DISPLAY_LANGUAGE
Selection

Adjust contrast of local operation.
You specify the contrast of the display with a number.
Input range:
4 to 13, 4: contrast weaker (brighter), 13: contrast stronger (darker).
Factory setting:8
Select the menu language for the local operation.
Factory setting:EnglishIndex: 15
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN
Digits Set/
SIL_DIGITS_TEST_STRING
DisplayThis parameter is used to check whether characters and digits are displayed correctlyon the local operation. "0123456789.-" is shown if the units are displayed correctly.

Index: 16
Data type: visible string
Access: read only

7.3.6

Diagnostic Transducer Block

Diagnostic Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Device Dialog/DEVICEDIALOG
Display

If the configuration is unsuitable, this parameter displays a message indicating that a
configuration error is present. The message can also refer to the parameter that was
configured incorrectly.

Index: 10
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

93

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Insert Pin No./
SW_LOCKFor entering a code to lock or unlock operation.

Index: 11
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN• The-symbol on the local operation indicates that operation is locked.
Parameters which refer to how the display appears, e.g. Language/DISPLAY_LANGUAGE and Display Contrast/DISPLAY_CONTRAST, can still be
altered.
• If operation is locked by means of the DIP switch, you can only unlock operation
again by means of the DIP switch. If operation is locked by means of remote
operation, you can only unlock operation again using remote operation.
See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P), Cerabar S (BA00302P) or
Deltapilot S (BA00372P), Section 5.6 "Locking/unlocking operation".
Options:• Lock: Enter a number between 0 and 9999 and 100 i.
• Unlock: Enter the number 100.
Factory setting:100

Status Locking/
STATUS_LOCKING

Displays the current locking status of the device or conditions that can lock the device(hardware locking, software locking).

Index: 12
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Simulation Mode/
SIMULATION_MODE
Selection

Switch on simulation and select simulation type. Any simulation running is switched
off if the measuring mode or level mode is changed.

Options:• NoneIndex: 13• Pressure
Data type: unsigned8• Flow (only differential pressure transmitter)
Access: read, write, OOS • Level• Tank content• Alarm/warning
Transducer Block– Simulation value level– Simulation value tank content

Pressure
SensorSensortrim

Positionadjustment

Damping

P

PV

Level

Analog
Input
Block

Flow
Simulation value pressure
Simulationvalue flow
P01-xMD7xxxx-05-xx-xx-en-004

Factory setting:
None
Displays the unit selected via the Scale Out/SCALE_OUT parameter ( ä 62) in the
Units Index/
SCALE_OUT_UNITS_IN Pressure Transducer Block.
DEX
Display
Index: 14
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only

94

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Diagnostic Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Simulated Value/
SIMULATED_VALUE
Entry

Enter the simulation value.
Prerequisite:• Simulation Mode/SIMULATION_MODE = Pressure, flow, level or tank content.

Index: 15
Data type: float
Access: read, write
Sim. Error No./SIMULATION_ERROR_
NUMBER
Entry

Enter the message number for simulation.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.1 "Messages", "Code" table column.

Index: 16
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read, write

Factory setting:
613 (simulation active)

Alarm Status Info/
ALARM_STATUS
Display

Displays the current messages present. If two or more messages are present, themessage with the highest priority is shown on the display. See also these Operating
Instructions, Section 12.1 "Messages" and Section 12.4 "Confirming messages".

Prerequisite:• Simulation Mode/SIMULATION_MODE = Alarm/warning

Index: 17
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
ALARM_STATUS_WIT
H_CATEGORY

Code displays the current messages present with category information. If two or moremessages are present, the message with the highest priority is shown on the display.

Index: 18
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Last Diag. Code Info/
LAST_DIAGNOSTIC_
CODE
Display

Displays the last error that occurred and was eliminated.
• The message displayed here can be deleted by means of the Reset All Alarms/
RESET_ALL_ALARMS parameter.

Index: 19
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
LAST_DIAGNOSTIC_
CODE_WITH_CATEGO
RY

Code displays the last error that occurred and was eliminated along with category
information.
• The message displayed here can be deleted by means of the Reset All Alarms/
RESET_ALL_ALARMS parameter.

Index: 20
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Switch on the acknowledge alarm mode.
Ack. Alarm Mode/
ACKNOWLEDGE_ALAR See also Ack. Alarm/ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM.
M_MODE
Options:
Selection
• On
• Off
Index: 21
Factory setting:
Data type: unsigned8
Off
Access: read, write

Endress+Hauser

95

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Acknowledge the alarm.
Ack. Alarm/
ACKNOWLEDGE_ALAR
Prerequisite:M• Ack. Alarm Mode/ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM_MODE = On
Selection
Options:• AbortIndex: 22• Confirm
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write

The cause of the alarm must be eliminated, the message must be acknowledged via
the Ack. Alarm/ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM parameter and, where applicable, theAlarm Displ. Time/ALARM_DISPLAY_TIME ( ä 96) has to have elapsed before thedevice starts measuring again following an alarm.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.4 "Confirming messages".
Factory setting:
Abort

Reset All Alarms/
RESET_ALL_ALARMS
Selection
Index: 23
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write
Error No./ERROR_NUMBER
Entry
Index: 24
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read, write

Use this parameter to reset the alarm of the Last Diag. Code/LAST_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE parameter.
Options:• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
Abort
For "Error"-type messages, you can decide whether the device should behave as in theevent of an alarm (A) or as in the event of a warning (W). Enter the corresponding
message number for this parameter. See also Select Alarmtype/
SELECT_ALARM_TYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.1 "Messages" and Section 12.3
"Response of outputs to errors".

For "Error"-type messages, you can decide whether the device should behave as in the
Select Alarmtype/
SELECT_ALARM_TYPE event of an alarm (A) or as in the event of a warning (W).
See also Error No./ERROR_NUMBER.
Entry
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".
Index: 25
Options:
Data type: unsigned8• Alarm (A): the process value or measuring channel is transmitted with the status
Access: read, write
BAD.
• Warning (W): device continues measuring. The process value or measuring channel
is transmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
Operation:
1. Enter the corresponding message number by means of the Error No./ERROR_NUMBER parameter.
2. Select the "Alarm" or "Warning" option by means of the Select Alarmtype/
SELECT_ALARM_TYPE parameter.
• The Alarm (A) or Warning (W) option overwrites the setting for the corresponding
parameter FF912_STATUS_SELECT(1-13) and vice versa.
• The Good option for FF912_STATUS_SELECT (1-13) automatically sets the
SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning (W) for the corresponding error number.
Alarm Delay/
ALARM_DELAY
Entry
Index: 26
Data type: float
Access: read, write

96Enter the alarm response time.
There is no alarm if the cause of the error is eliminated within the alarm delay time.
Input range:
0 to 100 s
Factory setting:
0.0 sEndress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Diagnostic Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Enter the alarm display time. Once the cause of the error is rectified, the alarm display
Alarm Displ. Time/
ALARM_DISPLAY_TIM time starts running.
E
Entry
The following applies if Ack. Alarm Mode/ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM_MODE = On:
If an alarm appears and the alarm display time elapses before the alarm has been
acknowledged, the message is cleared once it has been acknowledged.
Index: 27
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.4 "Confirming messages".
Data type: float
Access: read, write
Input range:
0 to 999.9 s
Factory setting:
0.0 s
Press. Eng. Unit/
PRESSURE_UNIT
Display

Displays the pressure unit selected.
The pressure unit is selected via the Calibration Units/CAL_UNIT parameter ( ä 57)
in the Pressure Transducer Block.

Index: 28
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Pmin Alarm Window/
PMIN_ALARM_
WINDOW
Entry

Customer-specific process monitoring – enter lower pressure limit.
You can use the Select Alarmtype/SELECT_ALARM_TYPE parameter to enter how thedevice responds if the operating pressure undershoots the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.1 "Messages", Table, Code E730
and Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".

Index: 29
Data type: float
Access: read, write

Factory setting:
Low sensor limit •1.1
(For the low sensor limit, see Sensor Range/SENSOR_RANGE, EU_0 element, ä 58.)

Pmax Alarm Window/
PMAX_ALARM_WIND
OW
Entry

Customer-specific process monitoring – enter upper pressure limit.
You can use the Select Alarmtype/SELECT_ALARM_TYPE parameter to enter how thedevice responds if the operating pressure overshoots the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.1 "Messages", Table, Code E731
and Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".

Index: 30
Data type: float
Access: read, write

Temp. Eng. Unit/
TEMPERATURE_UNIT
Display

Factory setting:High sensor limit •1.1
(For the high sensor limit, see Sensor Range/SENSOR_RANGE, EU_100 element, ä 58.)
Displays the temperature unit selected.
You can select the temperature unit by means of the Temperature/
MEASURED_TEMPERATURE parameter ( ä 60) in the Pressure Transducer Block.

Index: 31
Data type: Unsigend16
Access: read only
Tmin Alarm Window/
TMIN_ALARM_WIND
OW
Entry

Customer-specific process monitoring – enter lower temperature limit.
You can use the Select Alarmtype/SELECT_ALARM_TYPE parameter to enter how thedevice responds if the operating pressure undershoots the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.1 "Messages" Table, code E732
and Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".

Index: 32
Data type: float
Access: read, write

Factory setting:Lower sensor temperature operating limit – 10 K
(For the lower sensor temperature operating limit, see Tmin Sensor/
SENSOR_TEMP_LOW_LIMIT,  ä 80)

Tmax Alarm Window/
TMAX_ALARM_WIND
OW
Entry

Customer-specific process monitoring – enter upper temperature limit.
You can use the Select Alarmtype/SELECT_ALARM_TYPE parameter to enter how thedevice responds if the operating pressure overshoots the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.1 "Messages" Table, code E733
and Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".

Index: 33
Data type: float
Access: read, write

Endress+Hauser

Factory setting:Upper sensor temperature operating limit +10 K(For the upper sensor temperature operating limit, see Tmax Sensor/
SENSOR_TEMP_HIGH_LIMIT,  ä 80)

97

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Enter Reset Code/ENTER_RESET_CODE
Entry

Reset parameters completely or partially to factory values or delivery status.
See also Operating Instructions BA00301P (Deltabar S) or BA00302P (Cerabar S)
or BA00372P (Deltapilot S), "Factory setting" (reset) section.

Index: 34
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read, write
Operating Hours/
OPERATING_HOURS
Display

Factory setting:0

Displays the hours of operation. This parameter cannot be reset.

Index: 35
Data type: Unsigned32
Access: read only
Alarm History/
STATUS_HISTORY
DisplayThis parameter displays pending alarms and warnings in hexadecimal numericalformat (max. 18). Each message is assigned to a bit in the order of the error code inaccordance with Section 12.1 "Messages".

Index: 36
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
HIGHEST_CATEGORY

Index: 37
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only

98

Displays the current error category present. If two or more messages are present withdifferent error categories, the category with the highest priority is shown on thedisplay.
• F: Prio 1• C: Prio 2• S: Prio 3• M: Prio 4

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Diagnostic Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

FF912ConfigArea/
FF912_CONFIG_AREA

Der FF912ConfigArea/FF912_CONFIG_AREA parameter is a structured parameterconsisting of 15 elements.

Index: 38
Data type: DS271
Access: read, write

CONFIG_AREA(1-15):
These elements make it possible to move the individual, configurable diagnostic
events to the lower area of the manufacturer-specific 32 bit diagnostic for Field
Diagnostic. This has the advantage that these configurable diagnostic events can betracked individually (and not as a group) via the Field Diagnostic parameter.
Options:• Not assigned: the diagnostic event is not moved to the lower area and remains
grouped in the upper area (31-15).
• #115 Sensor overpressure : sets diagnostic event 115 to the bit position (1-15)
defined by the corresponding element CONFIG_AREA(1-15)• #120 Sensor low pressure : sets diagnostic event 120 to the bit position (1-15)
defined by the corresponding element CONFIG_AREA(1-15)• #715 Sensor over Temperature : sets diagnostic event 715 to the bit position (1-15)
defined by the corresponding element CONFIG_AREA(1-15)• #717 Transmitter over temperature : sets diagnostic event 717 to the bit position(1-15) defined by the corresponding element CONFIG_AREA(1-15)• #718 Transmitter under temperature : sets diagnostic event 718 to the bit position(1-15) defined by the corresponding element CONFIG_AREA(1-15)• #720 Sensor under temperature : sets diagnostic event 720 to the bit position (115) defined by the corresponding element CONFIG_AREA(1-15)• #726 Sensor temperature error-overrange : sets diagnostic event 726 to the bit
position (1-15) defined by the corresponding element CONFIG_AREA(1-15)• #730 LRV user limit exceeded : sets diagnostic event 730 to the bit position (1-15)
defined by the corresponding element CONFIG_AREA(1-15)• #731 URV user limit exceeded : sets diagnostic event 731 to the bit position (1-15)
defined by the corresponding element CONFIG_AREA(1-15)• #732 LRV-temp user limit exceeded : sets diagnostic event 732 to the bit position(1-15) defined by the corresponding element CONFIG_AREA(1-15)• #733 URV-temp user limit exceeded : sets diagnostic event 733 to the bit position(1-15) defined by the corresponding element CONFIG_AREA(1-15)• #740 Calculation Overflow, bad configuration : sets diagnostic event 740 to the bit
position (1-15) defined by the corresponding element CONFIG_AREA(1-15)

Status Select Event
115/
FF912_STATUS_SELEC
T1

This parameter determines the status of the process value or of the set measuring
channel in the Transducer Block when error event 115 occurs.
See also Error No./ERROR_NUMBER.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".

Index: 39
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

Options:• Bad: the process value or measuring channel is transmitted with the status BAD.
• Uncertain: device continues measuring. The process value or measuring channel istransmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value ormeasuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
• The Good option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning (W) for
diagnostic event 115• The Uncertain option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning(W) for diagnostic event 115• The Bad option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Alarm (A) for
diagnostic event 115

Endress+Hauser

99

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Status Select Event
120/
FF912_STATUS_SELEC
T2

This parameter determines the status of the process value or of the set measuring
channel in the Transducer Block when error event 120 occurs.
See also Error No./ERROR_NUMBER.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".

Index: 40
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

Options:• Bad: the process value or measuring channel is transmitted with the status BAD.
• Uncertain: device continues measuring. The process value or measuring channel istransmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value ormeasuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
• The Good option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning (W) for
diagnostic event 120• The Uncertain option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning(W) for diagnostic event 120• The Bad option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Alarm (A) for
diagnostic event 120

Status Select Event
715/
FF912_STATUS_SELEC
T3

This parameter determines the status of the process value or of the set measuring
channel in the Transducer Block when error event 715 occurs.
See also Error No./ERROR_NUMBER.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".

Index: 41
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

Options:• Bad: the process value or measuring channel is transmitted with the status BAD.
• Uncertain: device continues measuring. The process value or measuring channel istransmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value ormeasuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
• The Good option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning (W) for
diagnostic event 715• The Uncertain option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning(W) for diagnostic event 715• The Bad option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Alarm (A) for
diagnostic event 715

Status Select Event
717/
FF912_STATUS_SELEC
T4

This parameter determines the status of the process value or of the set measuring
channel in the Transducer Block when error event 717 occurs.
See also Error No./ERROR_NUMBER.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".

Index: 42
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

Options:• Bad: the process value or measuring channel is transmitted with the status BAD.
• Uncertain: device continues measuring. The process value or measuring channel istransmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value ormeasuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
• The Good option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning (W) for
diagnostic event 717• The Uncertain option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning(W) for diagnostic event 717• The Bad option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Alarm (A) for
diagnostic event 717

100

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Diagnostic Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Status Select Event
718/
FF912_STATUS_SELEC
T5This parameter determines the status of the process value or of the set measuring
channel in the Transducer Block when error event 718 occurs.
See also Error No./ERROR_NUMBER.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".

Index: 43
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

Options:• Bad: the process value or measuring channel is transmitted with the status BAD.
• Uncertain: device continues measuring. The process value or measuring channel istransmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value ormeasuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
• The Good option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning (W) for
diagnostic event 718• The Uncertain option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning(W) for diagnostic event 718• The Bad option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Alarm (A) for
diagnostic event 718

Status Select Event
720/
FF912_STATUS_SELEC
T6

This parameter determines the status of the process value or of the set measuring
channel in the Transducer Block when error event 720 occurs.
See also Error No./ERROR_NUMBER.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".

Index: 44
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

Options:• Bad: the process value or measuring channel is transmitted with the status BAD.
• Uncertain: device continues measuring. The process value or measuring channel istransmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value ormeasuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
• The Good option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning (W) for
diagnostic event 720• The Uncertain option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning(W) for diagnostic event 720• The Bad option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Alarm (A) for
diagnostic event 720

Status Select Event
726/
FF912_STATUS_SELEC
T7

This parameter determines the status of the process value or of the set measuring
channel in the Transducer Block when error event 726 occurs.
See also Error No./ERROR_NUMBER.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".

Index: 45
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

Options:• Bad: the process value or measuring channel is transmitted with the status BAD.
• Uncertain: device continues measuring. The process value or measuring channel istransmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value ormeasuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
• The Good option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning (W) for
diagnostic event 726• The Uncertain option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning(W) for diagnostic event 726• The Bad option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Alarm (A) for
diagnostic event 726

Endress+Hauser

101

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Status Select Event
727/
FF912_STATUS_SELEC
T8This parameter determines the status of the process value or of the set measuring
channel in the Transducer Block when error event 727 occurs.
See also Error No./ERROR_NUMBER.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".

Index: 46
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

Options:• Bad: the process value or measuring channel is transmitted with the status BAD.
• Uncertain: device continues measuring. The process value or measuring channel istransmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value ormeasuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
• The Good option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning (W) for
diagnostic event 727• The Uncertain option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning(W) for diagnostic event 727• The Bad option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Alarm (A) for
diagnostic event 727

Status Select Event
730/
FF912_STATUS_SELEC
T9This parameter determines the status of the process value or of the set measuring
channel in the Transducer Block when error event 730 occurs.
See also Error No./ERROR_NUMBER.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".

Index: 47
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

Options:• Bad: the process value or measuring channel is transmitted with the status BAD.
• Uncertain: device continues measuring. The process value or measuring channel istransmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value ormeasuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
• The Good option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning (W) for
diagnostic event 730• The Uncertain option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning(W) for diagnostic event 730• The Bad option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Alarm (A) for
diagnostic event 730

Status Select Event
731/
FF912_STATUS_SELEC
T10This parameter determines the status of the process value or of the set measuring
channel in the Transducer Block when error event 731 occurs.
See also Error No./ERROR_NUMBER.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".

Index: 48
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

Options:• Bad: the process value or measuring channel is transmitted with the status BAD.
• Uncertain: device continues measuring. The process value or measuring channel istransmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value ormeasuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
• The Good option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning (W) for
diagnostic event 731• The Uncertain option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning(W) for diagnostic event 731• The Bad option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Alarm (A) for
diagnostic event 731

102

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Diagnostic Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Status Select Event
732/
FF912_STATUS_SELEC
T11

This parameter determines the status of the process value or of the set measuring
channel in the Transducer Block when error event 732 occurs.
See also Error No./ERROR_NUMBER.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".

Index: 49
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

Options:• Bad: the process value or measuring channel is transmitted with the status BAD.
• Uncertain: device continues measuring. The process value or measuring channel istransmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value ormeasuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
• The Good option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning (W) for
diagnostic event 732• The Uncertain option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning(W) for diagnostic event 732• The Bad option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Alarm (A) for
diagnostic event 732

Status Select Event
733/
FF912_STATUS_SELEC
T12This parameter determines the status of the process value or of the set measuring
channel in the Transducer Block when error event 733 occurs.
See also Error No./ERROR_NUMBER.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".

Index: 50
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

Options:• Bad: the process value or measuring channel is transmitted with the status BAD.
• Uncertain: device continues measuring. The process value or measuring channel istransmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value ormeasuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
• The Good option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning (W) for
diagnostic event 733• The Uncertain option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning(W) for diagnostic event 733• The Bad option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Alarm (A) for
diagnostic event 733

Status Select Event
740/
FF912_STATUS_SELEC
T13

This parameter determines the status of the process value or of the set measuring
channel in the Transducer Block when error event 740 occurs.
See also Error No./ERROR_NUMBER.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".

Index: 51
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

Options:• Bad: the process value or measuring channel is transmitted with the status BAD.
• Uncertain: device continues measuring. The process value or measuring channel istransmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value ormeasuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
• The Good option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning (W) for
diagnostic event 740• The Uncertain option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Warning(W) for diagnostic event 740• The Bad option automatically sets the SELECT_ALARM_TYPE to Alarm (A) for
diagnostic event 740

Endress+Hauser

103

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

7.4

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Analog Input Block (function block)

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Static Revision/ST_REV
Display

Displays the counter for static parameters of the Analog Input Block.
The counter is incremented by one with each change of a static parameter of theAnalog Input Block. The counter counts up to 65535 and then starts again at zero.

Index: 1
Data type: usigned16
Access: read only
Tag Description/
TAG_DESC
Entry

Enter a description for the related block or the measuring point e.g. TAG number(max. 32 alphanumeric characters).

Index: 2
Data type: octet string
Access: auto, OOS
Strategy/STRATEGY
Entry
Index: 3
Data type: unsigned16
Access: auto, man, OOS

Enter user-specific value for grouping and thus faster evaluation of the blocks.
Grouping takes place by entering the same numerical value for the Strategy/
STRATEGY parameter of the block in question.
Input range:
0...65535
Factory setting:0

Alert Key/ALERT_KEY
Entry

Enter the identification number for the measuring device or for each individual block.
The control level uses this identification number to sort alarm and event messages andinitiate other processing steps.

Index: 4
Data type: unsigned8
Access: auto, man, OOS

Input range:
1...255

Block Mode/
MODE_BLK
Selection, display

The Block Mode/MODE_BLK parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four
elements. The Analog Input Block supports the "Auto" (automatic), "Man" (value andstatus of the OUT parameter can be specified directly by the operator) and OOS (out ofservice) modes.

Index: 5
Data type: DS-69
Access: auto, man, OOS

Factory setting:
0

TARGET• Change the block mode.
ACTUAL• Displays the current block mode.
PERMITTED• Displays the modes supported by the block.
NORMAL• Displays the block mode during standard operation.

104

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Block Error/
BLOCK_ERR
Display

Displays the active block error.

Index: 6
Data type: bit string
Access: read only

Possibilities:• Out of service (OOS):– The Analog Input Block is in the OOS block mode.
– The Resource Block is in the OOS block mode.
• Simulation active: DIP switch 2 "Simulation" on the electronic insert is set to "on", i.e.
simulation is possible.
– The simulation mode for the Analog Input Block is active.  ä 106, parameter
description for Simulate/SIMULATE.
– The simulation function is switched on in the Diagnostic Transducer Block.
 ä 94, parameter description for Simulation Mode/SIMULATION_MODE.
• Input failure: The input value transmitted by the Pressure or DP Flow Transducer
Block is not valid (BAD status). This could be due to the following:– The Pressure or DP Flow Transducer Block is in the OOS block mode.
– A device error is present. In the Diagnosis Transducer Block, the Alarm Status/
ALARM_STATUS parameter ( ä 95) displays an error code.  See also these
Operating Instructions, Section 12.1 "Messages".
The "Input failure" block error is relayed to downstream function blocks or highorder process control systems by means of the BAD status of the output value of the
OUT Analog Input Block.
• Block configuration error: There is a configuration error in the Analog Input Block.
This could be due to the following:– By means of the Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE parameter, a unit was selected that
does not suit the input value configured in the Channel/CHANNEL parameter.
– No valid input value was selected by means of the Channel/CHANNEL parameter.
 ä 107, parameter description for Channel/CHANNEL.
– An unsuitable linearization mode was selected by means of the Linearization
Type/L_TYPE parameter.
 ä 108, parameter description for Linearization Type/L_TYPE.
– The "Direct" linearization mode was selected by means of the Linearization Type/
L_TYPE parameter. The scalings for the Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE and Output
Scale/OUT_SCALE parameters do not match.
– If you assign the same process variable, such as "Primary value", to two Analog
Input Blocks, the same scaling values and units have to be set for both blocks.

Process Value/PV
Display
Index: 7
Data type: DS-65
Access: read only

The PV parameter is a structured parameter consisting of two elements.
VALUE• Displays the process variable used for block execution
STATUS• Displays the status of the process variable.
The unit used by the Output Scale/OUT_SCALE parameter is accepted.

Output/OUT
Display, entry
Index: 8
Data type: DS-65
Access: auto, man, OOS

The Output/OUT parameter is a structured parameter consisting of two elements.
VALUE• Displays the output value of the Analog Input Block.
STATUS• Displays the status of the Output/OUT value.
• The Output/OUT output value is also transmitted if it is outside the scaling range of
Output Scale/OUT_SCALE.
• The unit used by the Output Scale/OUT_SCALE parameter is accepted.
• If the "MAN" (manual) block mode was selected by means of the Block Mode/
MODE_BLK parameter, the output value Output/OUT and its status can be specified
manually here.

Endress+Hauser

105

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Simulation Mode/
SIMULATION_MODE
Entry, display

The Simulation Mode/SIMULATION_MODE parameter is a structured parameterconsisting of five elements. As the value and status specified here run through thecomplete algorithm, the behavior of the Analog Input Block can be checked.

Index: 9
Data type: DS-82
Access: auto, man, OOS

SIMULATE_STATUS• Enter the status for simulation.
SIMULATE_STATUS• Enter the simulation value.
TRANSDUCER_STATUS• Displays the current status of the Transducer Block which is linked to the Analog
Input Block via the CHANNEL parameter.
TRANSDUCER_VALUE• Displays the current process value of the Transducer Block which is linked to theAnalog Input Block via the CHANNEL parameter.
ENABLE_DISABLE• Switch the simulation mode on and off.
The "Simulation" DIP switch on the electronic insert must be set to "On".  See also
Operating Instructions BA00301P (Deltabar S) and BA00302P (Cerabar S) or
BA00372P (Deltapilot S), "Simulation" section.
Factory setting:
Simulation disabled (simulation mode not active)

Transducer Scale/
XD_SCALE
Entry, selection
Index: 10
Data type: DS-68
Access: man, OOS

The Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE parameter is a structured parameter consisting offour elements.
EU_100:• Enter the upper limit for the input value of the Analog Input Block.
• Factory setting: 100
EU_0:• Enter the lower limit for the input value of the Analog Input Block.
• Factory setting: 0
UNITS_INDEX:• Select the unit.
• Factory setting: %DECIMAL:• Displays the number of places after the decimal point for the input value.
• Factory setting: 2• The Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE parameter corresponds to the Primary Value
Range/PRIMARY_VALUE_RANGE parameter ( ä 56) in the Transducer Block.
• If you have selected the "Direct" option via the Linearizatin Type/L_TYPE parameter,
the settings for the Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE and Output Scale/OUT_SCALE
parameters must be identical. If this is not the case, the block goes to the OOS modeand the "Block config error" message is displayed in the Block Error/BLOCK_ERROR
parameter.

106

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Output Scale/
OUT_SCALE
Entry, display

The Output Scale/OUT_SCALE parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four
elements.

Index: 11
Data type: DS-68
Access: auto, man, OOS

EU_100:• Enter the upper limit for the output value of the AI Block OUT ( ä 105).
• Factory setting: 100
EU_0:• Enter the lower limit for the output value of the AI Block OUT.
• Factory setting: 0
UNITS_INDEX:• Select the unit.
• Factory setting: %DECIMAL:• Displays the number of places after the decimal point for the OUT output value.
• Factory setting: 2• The OUT output value is also transmitted if it is outside the scaling range. The statuschanges to BAD.
• If you have selected the "Direct" option via the Linearizatin Type/L_TYPE parameter,
the settings for the Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE and Output Scale/OUT_SCALE
parameters must be identical. If this is not the case, the block goes to the OOS modeand the "Block config error" message is displayed in the Block Error/BLOCK_ERROR
parameter.

Grant Deny/
GRANT_DENY
Selection

Grant or restrict access authorization for a fieldbus host system to the device. Thisparameter is not evaluated by Deltabar S, Cerabar S and Deltapilot S.

Index: 12
Data type: DS-70
Access: auto, man, OOS
I/O options/
IO_OPTS
Selection

Activate options for processing the input and output values of the function block.
Factory setting:No option activatedIndex: 13
Data type: bit string
Access: OOS
Status Options/
STATUS_OPTS
Selection

Specify status processing and processing of the output parameter Output/OUT.
Factory setting:No options active

Index: 14
Data type: bit string
Access: OOS
Channel/CHANNEL
Selection
Index: 15
Data type:
Access: OOS

Assign the output variables (process variables) of the "Pressure" or "Totalizer"
Transducer Blocks to an Analog Input Block as the input value.
Possibilities• 1: Primary value from the Pressure Transducer Block - a pressure, level or flow value
depending on the measuring mode selected• 2: Secondary value from the Pressure Transducer Block, here the sensor
temperature• 6: Totalizer 1 from the DP Flow Transducer Block
Factory setting:• Analog Input Block 1: Channel/CHANNEL = 1: Primary value (pressure measured
value)• Analog Input Block 2: Channel/CHANNEL = 2: Secondary value (sensor
temperature)• Analog Input Block 3: Channel/CHANNEL = 6: Totalizer 1

Endress+Hauser

107

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Linearization Type/
L_TYPE
Selection

Select the linearization mode for the input value.

Index: 16
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS

Options:• Direct: In this setting, the input value bypasses the linearization function and islooped unchanged with the same unit through the Analog Input function block.
With this option the scaling and unit of the Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE and
Output Scale/OUT_SCALE parameters must be identical. If this is not the case, theblock goes to the OOS mode and the "Block config error" message is displayed in the
Block Error/BLOCK_ERROR parameter.
• Indirect: The input value is rescaled linearly via the Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE
input scaling to the desired Output Scale/OUT_SCALE output range.
• Indirect square root: The input value is rescaled via the Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE
parameter and recalculated using a root function. It is then rescaled again to thedesired output range via the Output Scale/OUT_SCALE parameter.
Factory setting:DirectLow Cutoff/LOW_CUT
Entry

Enter the limit value for the low flow cut off. If the converted measured value is below
this limit value, the Process Value/PV parameter displays "0".

Index: 17
Data type: float
Access: auto, man, OOS

This parameter is only active if the "Low cutoff" option was activated via the I/O
Options/IO_OPTS parameter.
Input range:
Range and unit of Output Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 107)
Factory setting:0

Process Value Filter
Time/PV_FTIME
Entry

Enter the filter time constant for the 1st order digital filter. This time is required inorder for 63% of a change in the controlled variable IN to have an effect on the valueof Process Value/PV.

Index: 18
Data type: float
Access: auto, man, OOS

63 %

PV
IN
PV_FTIMEt[s]
P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-021

Factory setting:
0s
Field Value/
FIELD_VALUE
Display
Index: 19
Data type:
Access: read only108

The Field Value/FIELD_VALUE parameter is a structured parameter consisting of twoelements.
VALUE• Displays the process variables after input scaling of the Analog Input Block. The
value relates to a percentage of the input range Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE and is
replaced by the simulation value when simulation is active.
STATUS• Displays the current status.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Update Event/
UPDATE_EVT
Display

The Update Event/UPDATE_EVT parameter is a structured parameter consisting offive elements.

Index: 20
Data type: DS-73
Access: read only

ACKNOWLEDGED• This element is set to "Unacknowledged" as soon as a static parameter changes.
REPORTED• Displays the date and time when the message was generated.
TIME_STAMP• Displays the date and time when a static parameter was changed.
STATIC_REVISION• This revision counter is increased with the alarm.
RELATIVE_INDEX• Displays the altered parameter in the form of the relative index. See also this Table,"Parameter, Index" column.

Block Alarm/
BLOCK_ALM
Display, selection
Index: 21
Data type: DS-72
Access: auto, man, OOS

The Block Alarm/BLOCK_ALM parameter is a structured parameter consisting of fiveelements.
UNACKNOWLEDGED• If the "Deactivated" option was selected for the alarm that occurred by means of the
Acknowledge Option/ACK_OPTION parameter, this alarm can only be
acknowledged by means of this element.
ALARM_STATE• Use this function to display the current block condition with information on pending
configuration, hardware or system errors. The following block alarm messages are
possible with the Analog Input Block:– Simulate active– Input failure– Block config error– Out of service
TIME_STAMP• Displays the time when the alarm occurred.
SUB_CODE• Displays the reason why the alarm was reported.
VALUE• Displays the value of the corresponding parameter at the time the alarm wasreported.

Alarm Summary/
ALARM_SUM
Display, selection
Index: 22
Data type: DS-74
Access: auto; man, OOS

The Alarm Summary/ALARM_SUM parameter is a structured parameter consisting offour elements.
CURRENT• Displays the current status of the process alarms in the Analog Input Block. The
following alarms are possible: HiHiAlm, HiAlm, LoLoAlm, LoAlm and BlockAlm.
UNACKNOWLEDGED• Displays the process alarms not confirmed.
UNREPORTED• Displays the process alarms not reported.
DISABLED• Possibility of deactivating process alarms.

Endress+Hauser

109

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Acknowledge Option/
ACK_OPTION
Selection

Use this parameter to specify the process alarm to be acknowledged automatically assoon as it is detected by the fieldbus host system. If the option is activated for a process
alarm, this process alarm is acknowledged automatically by the fieldbus host system.

Index: 23
Data type: bit string
Access: auto, man, OOS

Options:• HiHiAlm: upper critical limit value alarm• HiAlm: upper limit value alarm• LoLoAlm: lower critical limit value alarm• LoAlm: lower limit value alarm• BlockAlm: block alarm
The message has to be acknowledged via the Block Alarm/BLOCK_ALM parameter,
UNACKNOWLEDGE element for process alarms for which automatic confirmation is
not active.
Factory setting:
The option is not active for any process alarm, i.e. every process alarm message mustbe acknowledged manually.

Alarm Hysteresis/
ALARM_HYS
Entry
Index: 24
Data type: float
Access: auto, man, OOS

Enter hysteresis value for the upper and lower alarm value or critical alarm value.
The hysteresis affects the following alarm or critical alarm limit values:• High High Alarm/HI_HI_ALM: upper critical alarm limit value• High Alarm/HI_ALM: upper alarm limit value• Low Alarm/LO_ALM: lower alarm limit value• Low Low Alarm/LO_LO_ALM: lower critical alarm limit value

HI_HI_LIM
HI_LIM

ALARM_HYS
ALARM_HYS

OUT
ALARM_HYS
ALARM_HYS

LO_LIM
LO_LO_LIMt
HI_HI_ALM

10t

HI_ALM10t

LO_ALM10t

LO_LO_ALM

10t
P01-xMx7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-007

Fig. 18:
Illustration of the output value Output/OUT with limit values andhysteresis
as well as the alarms High High Alarm/HI_HI_ALM, High Alarm/
HI_ALM, Low Alarm/
LO_ALM and Low Low Alarm/LO_LO_ALM

Input range:
0.0 to 50.0 % with regard to the range of the OUT_SCALE group ( ä 107)
Factory setting:
0.5 %

110

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

High High Priority/
HI_HI_PRI
Entry

Specify how the system should react if the High High Limit/HI_HI_LIM limit value( ä 111) is overshot.

Index: 25
Data type: unsigned8
Access: auto, man, OOS

Input range:• 0...15• 0: The alarm is suppressed.
• 1: The alarm is detected by the system. No notification is issued.
• 2: Reserved for block alarms.
• 3-7: Informative alarm with increasing priority,
3: Low priority, 7: High priority• 8-15: Critical alarm with increasing priority,
8: Low priority, 15: High priority
Factory setting:0

High High Limit/
HI_HI_LIM
Entry

Enter upper critical limit value.

Index: 26
Data type: float
Access: auto, man, OOS

Factory setting:+INF

High Priority/HI_PRI
EntrySpecify how the system should react if the High Limit/HI_LIM limit value (® Page ä 111) is overshot.

Index: 27
Data type: unsigned8
Access: auto, man, OOS

Input range:
Range and units of Output Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 107)

Input range:• 0...15• 0: The alarm is suppressed.
• 1: The alarm is detected by the system. No notification is issued.
• 2: Reserved for block alarms.
• 3-7: Informative alarm with increasing priority,
3: Low priority, 7: High priority• 8-15: Critical alarm with increasing priority,
8: Low priority, 15: High priority
Factory setting:0

High Limit/HI_LIM
Entry

Enter upper limit value.
Input range:
Range and units of Output Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 107)

Index: 28
Data type: float
Access: auto, man, OOS

Factory setting:+INF

Low Priority/LO_PRI
Entry

Specify how the system should react if the Low Limit/LO_LIM limit value ( ä 111)
is undershot.

Index: 29
Data type: unsigned8
Access: auto, man, OOS

Input range:• 0...15• 0: The alarm is suppressed.
• 1: The alarm is detected by the system. No notification is issued.
• 2: Reserved for block alarms.
• 3-7: Informative alarm with increasing priority,
3: Low priority, 7: High priority• 8-15: Critical alarm with increasing priority,
8: Low priority, 15: High priority
Factory setting:0

Low Limit/LO_LIM
Entry
Index: 30
Data type: float
Access: auto, man, OOS

Endress+HauserEnter lower limit value.
Input range:
Range and units of Output Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 107)
Factory setting:
–INF

111

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Low Low Priority/
LO_LO_PRI
Entry

Specify how the system should react if the Low Low Limit/LO_LO_LIM limit value( ä 112) is undershot.

Index: 31
Data type: unsigned8
Access: auto, man, OOS

Input range:• 0...15• 0: The alarm is suppressed.
• 1: The alarm is detected by the system. No notification is issued.
• 2: Reserved for block alarms.
• 3-7: Informative alarm with increasing priority,
3: Low priority, 7: High priority• 8-15: Critical alarm with increasing priority,
8: Low priority, 15: High priority
Factory setting:0

Low Low Limit/
LO_LO_LIM
Entry

Enter lower critical limit value.

Index: 32
Data type: float
Access: auto, man, OOS

Factory setting:–INF

Low Low Alarm/
LO_LO_ALM
Display, selection

Status display for the Low Low Limit/LO_LO_LIM limit value ( ä 112).

Input range:
Range and units of Output Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 107)

Index: 33
Data type: DS-71
Access: auto, man, OOS
High High Alarm/
HI_HI_ALM
Display, selection

Status display for the High High Limit/HI_HI_LIM limit value ( ä 111).

Index: 33
Data type: DS-71
Access: auto, man, OOS
High Alarm/HI_ALM
Display, selection

Status display for the High Limit/HI_LIM limit value ( ä 111).

Index: 34
Data type: DS-71
Access: auto, man, OOS
Low Alarm/LO_ALM
Display, selection

Status display for the Low Limit/LO_LIM limit value ( ä 111).

Index: 35
Data type: DS-71
Access: auto, man, OOS

112

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Fsafe_Type/FSAFE_TYPE
Selection

If the Analog Input Block receives an input value or simulation value with the status
BAD, the Analog Input Block continues working with the failsafe mode defined bymeans of this parameter.

Index: 37
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write,
OOS, MANThe following options are available by means of the Fsafe_Type/FSAFE_TYPE
parameter:• Last Good Value
The last valid value is used for further processing with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Fail Safe Value
The value specified by means of the Fsafe_Value/FSAFE_VALUE parameter is used
for further processing with the status
UNCERTAIN. See this Table, Fsafe_Type/FSAFE_TYPE parameter description.
• Wrong Value
The current value is used for further processing with the status BAD.
The failsafe mode is also activated if the "Out of service" option was selected by meansof the Block Mode/MODE_BLK parameter, "Target" element.
Factory setting:
Fail Safe Value

Fsafe_Value/FSAFE_VALUE
Entry
Index: 38
Data type: float
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN
High High Alarm
Output Discrete/
HIHI_ALM_OUT_D

Enter the value for the "Fail Safe Value" option selected by means of the Fsafe_Type/FSAFE_TYPE parameter.
See also this Table, Fsafe_Type/FSAFE_TYPE parameter description.
Factory setting:0

Digital outputs (1 or 0) for limit value monitoring. If "Process Value/PV  High High
Limit/HI_HI_LIM", the output is set to "1".

Index: 39
Data type: DS66
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN
High Alarm Output Dis- Digital outputs (1 or 0) for limit value monitoring. If "Process Value/PV High Limit/
crete/HI_ALM_OUT_D HI_LIM", the output is set to "1".
Index: 40
Data type: DS66
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN
Low Alarm Output Dis- Digital outputs (1 or 0) for limit value monitoring. If "Process Value/PV  Low Low
crete/LO_ALM_OUT_D Limit/LO_LO_LIM", the output is set to "1".
Index: 41
Data type: DS66
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN
Low Low Alarm Output
Discrete/LOLO_ALM_
OUT_D

Digital outputs (1 or 0) for limit value monitoring. If "Process Value/PV  Low Limit/
LO_LIM", the output is set to "1".

Index: 42
Data type: DS66
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN

Endress+Hauser

113

Parameter description (FF configuration program)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Select Alarm Mode/
ALARM_MODE

Facilitates alarm mode settings for the Alarm Output Discrete/ALM_OUT_D
parameter

Index: 43
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN
Alarm Output Discrete/
ALM_OUT_D

Index: 44
Data type: DS-66
Access: read, write,
AUTO, OOS, MAN

Options• Low Cutoff/LOW_CUT• HiHi or LoLo Alarm activates ALARM_OUT_D/HIHI_LOLO• Hi or Lo Alarm activates ALARM_OUT_D/HI_LO
The Alarm Output Discrete/ALM_OUT_D parameter comprises the 4 alarms (LO,
LOLO, HI, HIHI). The 3 values make it possible to view the current, activated alarm
depending on the alarm selected.
Options:• LOW_CUT alarm (default): The ALM_OUT_D output returns 1 if the LOW_CUT
function restricts the measured value to 0. Otherwise the ALM_OUT_D output is 0.
• HIHI/LOLO collective alarm: The ALM_OUT_D output returns 1 if the measured
value corresponds to the HIHI limit value or overshoots this value if the measured
value corresponds to the LOLO limit value or undershoots this value. The output
returns 0 if the measured value is between the limit values HIHI and LOLO.
• HI/LO collective alarm: The ALM_OUT_D output returns 1 if the measured value
corresponds to the HI limit value or overshoots this value if the measured value
corresponds to the LO limit value or undershoots this value. The output returns 0 if
the measured value is between the limit values HI and LO.

Block Error Description/ Detailed description of the errors that occur within the block.
BLOCK_ERR_DESC_1
Error messages:• RS_BLOCK in OOS
Index: 45• Block not scheduled
Data type: Unsigned32• Channel undefined
Access: read, AUTO,• L-Type undefined
OOS, MAN• AI / TRD unit inconsistent

114

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

8

Pressure measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Pressure measurement (via local operation
and FieldCare)• The Cerabar S and the Deltabar S are configured for the pressure measuring mode as
standard. The Deltapilot S is configured for the level measuring mode as standard. The
measuring range and the unit in which the measured value is transmitted, as well as thedigital output value of the Analog Input Block OUT, correspond to the data on the
nameplate.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P) "Pressure measurement"
section, Cerabar S (BA00302P), "Pressure measurement" section or Deltapilot S(BA00372P), "Level measurement" section.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 147, Table 2: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING MODE–  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT–  ä 157, Table 7: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Pressure".
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see–  ä 197, Table 15: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Pressure"–  ä 214, Table 27: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES"Pressure".
• You can also specify a customer-specific unit. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (060) ( ä 157).

8.1!

Selecting the measuring mode

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!

8.1.1

Local operation

The MEASURING MODE parameter is on the 1st selection level.
 ä 146, Section 11 "Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)".
The following measuring modes are available:• Pressure• Level• Flow

Endress+Hauser

115

Pressure measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

8.1.2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Selecting the measuring mode by means of the FieldCare
operating program

Selecting the measuring mode
The parameters for setting the measuring mode are displayed in the FieldCare "Measuringmode" menu:

Operating Mode-en

Fig. 19:"Measuring mode" menu

The following measuring mode settings are available:

116

Primary Value TypeLinearization

Level mode

Pressure

None

-

Flow

Root function-

Level, mass, volume

None

Level Easy Pressure

Level, mass, volume

None

Level Easy Height

Level, mass, volume, tank content in %None

Level Standard

Level, mass, volume, tank content in %Level linearized

Level Standard

Level, mass, volume, tank content in %Level combined

Level Standard

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Measuring task

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

9

Level measurement (via local operation and
FieldCare)

9.1

Overview of level measurement
Measured variable Description
options

Comment

Measured value display

The measured variable is LEVEL SELECTION:
Level easy pressure
in direct proportion to
the measured pressure.
Calibration is performedby entering two
pressure-level value
pairs.

Via OUTPUT UNIT – Calibration withreference pressure –parameter: %, level,
wet calibration, seevolume or mass ä 119,
units.
Section 9.2.1– Calibration without
reference pressure –dry calibration, see ä 121,
Section 9.2.2– Incorrect entries are
possible– Customized units are
not possible

The measured value
display and the
LEVEL BEFORE LIN.
parameter show themeasured value.

The measured variable is LEVEL SELECTION:
Level easy heightin direct proportion to
the measured pressure.
Calibration is performedby entering the density
and two height-levelvalue pairs.

Via OUTPUT UNIT – Calibration withreference pressure –parameter: %, level,
wet calibration, seevolume or mass ä 123,
units.
Section 9.3.1– Calibration without
reference pressure –dry calibration, see ä 125,
Section 9.3.2– Incorrect entries are
possible– Customized units are
not possible

The measured value
display and the
LEVEL BEFORE LIN.
parameter show themeasured value.

The measured variable is LEVEL SELECTION:
Level standard/in direct proportion to
the measured pressure. LEVEL MODE:
LinearVia LIN.
MEASURAND
parameter:– % (level)– Level– Volume– Mass– Calibration withreference pressure –wet calibration, see ä 127,
Section 9.4.1– Calibration without
reference pressure –dry calibration, see ä 129,
Section 9.4.2– Incorrect entries are
rejected by the device– Customized level,
volume and massunits are possible

The measured value
display and the
LEVEL BEFORE LIN.
parameter show themeasured value.

The measured variable is
not in direct proportion
to the measured
pressure as is the casewith tanks with a conicaloutlet, for example. A
linearization table has to
be entered for thecalibration.

Via LINd
MEASURAND
parameter:– Pressure + %– Pressure +volume– Pressure + mass

– Incorrect entries are– Calibration withrejected by the device
reference pressure:– Customized level,
semiautomatic entry
volume and massof linearization table,
units are possible
see  ä 131,
Section 9.5.1– Calibration without
reference pressure:manual entry of
linearization table, see ä 134,
Section 9.5.2.

Endress+Hauser

LEVEL SELECTION/LEVEL MODE

LEVEL SELECTION:
Level standard/
LEVEL MODE:
Pressure linearized

The measured value
display and the TANKCONTENT parametershow the measured value.

117

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Measuring task

LEVEL SELECTION/LEVEL MODE

Measured variable Description
options– Two measured
variables are requiredor– The container shape isgiven by value pairs,such as height andvolume.

LEVEL SELECTION:
Level standard/
LEVEL MODE: Heightlinearized

Via COMB.
MEASURAND
parameter:– Height + volume– Height + mass
– Height + %– %-height +volume– %-height + mass
– %-height + %The 1st measured
variable %-height orheight must be in direct
proportion to themeasured pressure. The
2nd measured variable
volume, mass or % mustnot be in direct
proportion to themeasured pressure. A
linearization table must
be entered for the 2nd
measured variable. The
2nd measured variable isassigned to the 1st
measured variable bymeans of this table.

118– Calibration withreference pressure:
wet calibration andsemiautomatic entryof linearization table,see  ä 137,
Section 9.6.1– Calibration without
reference pressure:dry calibration andmanual entry of
linearization table,see  ä 140,
Section 9.6.2.

Comment

Measured value display– Incorrect entries are
rejected by the device– Customized level,
volume and massunits are possible

The measured value
display and the TANKCONTENT parametershow the 2nd measured
value (volume, mass or%).
The LEVEL BEFORE LIN
parameter displays the
1st measured value(%-height or height).

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

9.2"Level easy pressure" level selection

9.2.1

Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration

Example:In this example, the level in a tank should be measured in m. The maximum level is 3 m. The
pressure range is set to 0-300 mbar (4.5 psi).
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled and emptied.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P) or Cerabar S (BA00302P),"Level measurement" section or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "Level measurement" section.
• The values entered for EMPTY CALIB. and FULL CALIB. must be at least 1% apart for the"Level easy pressure" level mode. The value will be rejected with a warning message if thevalues are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered
must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device
can measure correctly.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 147, Table 2: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING MODE–  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT–  ä 159, Table 8: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL
SELECTION "Level easy pressure".
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see–  ä 197, Table 16: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"–  ä 215, Table 28: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level".
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
1

Deltabar S: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andthe device filled with fluid. See Operating
Instructions BA00301P.

2

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See
Page  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT.

3

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the
MEASURING MODE parameter.

➁

300 mbar3m➀

0 mbar0m

Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE Primary ValueType
4

If necessary, select the "Level easy pressure" level
mode using the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.
Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-008

Fig. 20:
1
2

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 10.

FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE  Level Selection

Endress+Hauser

119Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Description
5

Local operation:
Select the BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

6

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

7

Select a level unit via the OUTPUT UNIT parameter,
here m for example.

8

Select the "Wet" option by means of the
CALIBRATION MODE parameter.

9

The hydrostatic pressure for the lower calibration
point is present at the device, here 0 mbar for
example.

h
[m]

➁

3

➀

0
0

300

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-011

Select the EMPTY CALIB. parameter.

Fig. 21:

Enter the level value, here 0 m for example. The
pressure value present is assigned to the lower levelvalue by confirming the value.

1
2

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 10.

To accept the value displayed, you must first switch
to the edit mode (see "Editing a value" section) andthen save the value with the "E" key.
10 The hydrostatic pressure for the upper calibration
point is present at the device, here 300 mbar (4.5psi) for example.
Select the FULL CALIB. parameter.
Enter the level value, here 3 m (9.8 ft) for example.
The pressure value present is assigned to the upper
level value by confirming the value.
To accept the value displayed, you must first switch
to the edit mode (see "Editing a value" section) andthen save the value with the "E" key.
11 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 3 m (9.8 ft).

120

1.

You can also perform calibration with reference pressure by means of the QUICK SETUP
menu.  ä 151 ff, Table 4: QUICK SETUP "Level".

2.

For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available. 
See also parameter description for OUTPUT UNIT,  ä 161.

3.

If operating via the local operation, the EMPTY CALIB. (010) ( ä 162) and FULLCALIB. (004) ( ä 162) parameters also show the pressure present at the device. For
operation using FieldCare, the pressure present at the device is displayed in the
PROCESS VALUES group.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

9.2.2

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of1000 liters (264 US gal) corresponds to a pressure of 450 mbar (6.75 psi). The minimum
volume of 0 liters corresponds to a pressure of 50 mbar (0.75 psi) since the device ismounted below the level lower-range value.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the pressure and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P) or Cerabar S (BA00302P),"Level measurement" section or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "Level measurement" section.
• The values entered for EMPTY CALIB. (010) and FULL CALIB. (004) must be at least 1 %apart for the "Level easy pressure" level mode. The value will be rejected with a warning
message if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. thevalues entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that themeasuring device can measure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero. For
information on how to perform position adjustment,  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATINGMENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 147, Table 2: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING MODE–  ä 159, Table 8: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL
SELECTION "Level easy pressure"• For a description of further relevant parameters, see–  ä 197, Table 16: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"–  ä 215, Table 28: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level".
Description
1

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the
MEASURING MODE parameter.

➁

1000 l450 mbar

Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE➀

FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE Primary Value
Type
2

0l
50 mbarIf necessary, select the "Level easy pressure" level
mode using the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.
Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION

3

Endress+Hauser

FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE  Level Selection

Fig. 22:

Local operation:
Select the BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

1
2
3
4

P01-PMC71xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-008

Calibration without reference pressure –dry calibration
See Table, Step 10.
See Table, Step 11.
See Table, Step 12.
See Table, Step 13.

121

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Description
4

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

V
[l]

5

Select a volume unit via the OUTPUT UNIT
parameter, here l (liters) for example.

6

Select the "Dry" option by means of the
CALIBRATION MODE parameter.

7Enter the volume value for the lower calibration
point via the EMPTY CALIB. parameter, here 0 l for
example.

8Enter the pressure value for the lower calibration
point via the EMPTY PRESSURE parameter, here 50
mbar (1 psi) for example.

➀

Enter the volume value for the upper calibration
point via the FULL CALIB. parameter, here 1000 l(264 US gal) for example.

Fig. 23:

9

10 Enter the pressure value for the upper calibration
point via the FULL PRESSURE parameter, here 450
mbar (7 psi) for example.

➂ 1000

1
2
3
4

0
50

450

➁

➃

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-026

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 7.
See Table, Step 8.
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 10.

11 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 US
gal).

1.

122

For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available. 
See also parameter description for OUTPUT UNIT (023),  ä 161.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

9.3"Level easy height" level selection

9.3.1

Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of1000 liters (264 US gal) corresponds to a level of 4.5 m (15 ft). The minimum volume of 0liters corresponds to a level of 0.5 m (1.6 ft) since the device is mounted below the level
lower-range value. The density of the fluid is 1 kg/dm3.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled and emptied.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P) or Cerabar S (BA00302P),"Level measurement" section or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "Level measurement" section.
• The values entered for EMPTY CALIB./FULL CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE/FULL PRESSURE
and EMPTY HEIGHT/FULL HEIGHT must be at least 1% apart for the "Level easy height"
level mode. The value will be rejected with a warning message if the values are too close
together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate
for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device can measure correctly.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 147, Table 2: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING MODE–  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT–  ä 163, Table 9: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL
SELECTION "Level easy height".
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see–  ä 197, Table 16: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"–  ä 215, Table 28: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level".
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
12

3Deltabar S: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andthe device filled with fluid. See Operating
Instructions BA00301P.

➂

1000 l4.5 m

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See
Page  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT.

➁

0l
0.5 m

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the
MEASURING MODE parameter.

➀r = 1 kg3dm

Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE Primary ValueType

P01-PMC71xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-009

Fig. 24:
1
2
3

Endress+Hauser

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Steps 10 and 11.
See Table, Step 12.
See Table, Step 13.

123

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Description
4

If necessary, select the "Level easy height" level modeusing the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.

hp[m] h = r · gLocal operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION

4.5

FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE  Level Selection➀

5

Local operation:
Select the BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

r=1

6

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

7

Select a volume unit via the OUTPUT UNIT
parameter, here l (liters) for example.

8

Select a height unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter,
here m for example.

9

Select the "Wet" option by means of the
CALIBRATION MODE parameter.

0.5
49

441

g
cm3

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-029

V[l]➂ 100010 Select a density unit via the DENSITY UNIT
parameter, here kg/dm3 for example.
11 Enter the density of the fluid using the ADJUSTDENSITY parameter, here 1 (liter) for example.
12 Enter the volume value for the lower calibration
point via the EMPTY CALIB. parameter, here 0 l for
example. (The hydrostatic pressure currently
measured is displayed as a height value, here 0.5 m(1.6 ft) for example.)
To accept the value displayed, you must first switch
to the edit mode (see "Editing a value" section) andthen save the value with the "E" key.

➁ph= ρ·g
0
0.5

4.5

h
[m]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-030

Fig. 25:
1
2
3

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Steps 10 and 11.
See Table, Step 12.
See Table, Step 13.

13 Enter the volume value for the upper calibration
point via the FULL CALIB. parameter, here 1000 l(264 US gal) for example. (The hydrostatic pressure
currently measured is displayed as a height value,
here 4.5 m (15 ft) for example.)
To accept the value displayed, you must first switch
to the edit mode (see "Editing a value" section) andthen save the value with the "E" key.
14 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 US
gal).

1.

124

For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available. 
See also parameter description for OUTPUT UNIT (023),  ä 165.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

9.3.2

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of1000 liters (264 US gal) corresponds to a level of 4.5 m (15 ft). The minimum volume of 0liters corresponds to a level of 0.5 m (1.6 ft) since the device is mounted below the level
lower-range value. The density of the fluid is 1 kg/dm3.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the height and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P) or Cerabar S (BA00302P),"Level measurement" section or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "Level measurement" section.
• The values entered for EMPTY CALIB./FULL CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE/FULL PRESSURE
and EMPTY HEIGHT/FULL HEIGHT must be at least 1% apart for the "Level easy height"
level mode. The value will be rejected with a warning message if the values are too close
together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate
for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device can measure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero. For
information on how to perform position adjustment,  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATINGMENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 147, Table 2: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING MODE–  ä 163, Table 9: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL
SELECTION "Level easy height".
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see–  ä 197, Table 16: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"–  ä 215, Table 28: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level".
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
1

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the
MEASURING MODE parameter.

➂

1000 l
4.5 m

Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE Primary Value
Type
2

➁

0l
0.5 m

If necessary, select the "Level easy height" level modeusing the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.

➀r = 1 kg3dm

Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE  Level Selection
3

Endress+Hauser

Local operation:
Select the BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

P01-PMC71xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-009

Fig. 26:
1
2
3

Calibration without reference pressure –dry calibration
See Table, Step 11.
See Table, Steps 13 and 14.
See Table, Steps 15 and 16.

125Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Description
4

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

5

Select a volume unit via the OUTPUT UNIT
parameter, here l (liters) for example.

6

Select a height unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter,
here m for example.

7

Select the "Dry" option by means of the
CALIBRATION MODE parameter.

8

Select a density unit via the DENSITY UNIT
parameter, here kg/dm3 for example.

9Enter the density of the fluid using the ADJUSTDENSITY parameter, here 1 kg/dm3 for example.

hp[m] h = r · g
4.5

➀
r=1

0.5
49

441

g
cm3

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-029

10 Enter the volume value for the lower calibration
point via the EMPTY CALIB. parameter, here 0 l(liters) for example.

V[l]

11 Enter the height value for the lower calibration point
via the EMPTY HEIGHT parameter, here 0.5 mbar
(1.6 ft) for example.

➃ 1000

12 Enter the volume value for the upper calibration
point via the FULL CALIB. parameter, here 1000 l(liters) (264 US gal) for example.
13 Enter the height value for the upper calibration point
via the FULL HEIGHT parameter, here 4.5 m (15 ft)
for example.
14 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (liters)(264 US gal).

➁Fig. 27:
1
2
3
4
5

1.

126

p
h= ρ·g
0
0.5

4.5

➂

➄

h
[m]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-032

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Steps 8 and 9.
See Table, Step 10.
See Table, Step 11.
See Table, Step 12.
See Table, Step 13.

For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available. 
See also parameter description for OUTPUT UNIT (023),  ä 165.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

9.4"Level standard" level selection,"Linear" level mode

9.4.1

Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration

Example:In this example, the level in a tank should be measured in m. The maximum level is 3 m (9.8ft). The pressure range is set to 0-300 mbar (4.5 psi).
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled and emptied.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P) or Cerabar S (BA00302P),"Level measurement" section or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "Level measurement" section.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 147, Table 2: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING MODE–  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT–  ä 167, Table 10: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL
SELECTION "Level standard"–  ä 171, Table 11: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVELMODE "Linear".
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see–  ä 197, Table 16: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"–  ä 215, Table 28: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level".
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
1

Deltabar S: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andthe device filled with fluid. See Operating
Instructions BA00301P.

2

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See
Page  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT.

3

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the
MEASURING MODE parameter.

➁

300 mbar3m➀

0 mbar0m

Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE Primary ValueType
4

If necessary, select the "Level standard" level modeusing the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.
Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-008

Fig. 28:
1
2

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 11.
See Table, Step 12.

FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE  Level Selection

Endress+Hauser

127

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Description
5

Local operation:
Select the BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

6

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

7

Select the "Linear" option by means of the LEVELMODE parameter.

8

Select the "Level" option by means of the LIN.
MEASURAND parameter.

9

Select a level unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter,
here m for example.

10 Select the "Wet" option by means of the
CALIBRATION MODE parameter.
11 The pressure for the lower calibration point ispresent at the device, here 0 mbar for example.

h
[m]

➁

3

➀

0
0

300

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-011

1
2

See Table, Step 11.
See Table, Step 12.

Select the EMPTY CALIB. parameter.
Enter the level value, here 0 m for example. The
pressure value present is assigned to the lower levelvalue by confirming the value.
12 The pressure for the upper calibration point ispresent at the device, here 300 mbar (4.5 psi) for
example.
Select the FULL CALIB. parameter.
Enter the level value, here 3 m (9.8 ft) for example.
The pressure value present is assigned to the upper
level value by confirming the value.
14 Result:
The corresponding pressure value has been assigned
to the lower and upper level value. The device isready for level measurement.

128

1.

You can also perform calibration with reference pressure by means of the QUICK SETUP
menu.  ä 151 ff, Table 4: QUICK SETUP "Level".

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter descriptions for PRESS.
ENG. UNIT (060) ( ä 168), HEIGHT UNIT (708) ( ä 171), UNIT VOLUME (313)( ä 172) and MASS UNIT (709) ( ä 173).

3.

For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available.
 ä 171 ff.

4.

The EMPTY PRESSURE (710) ( ä 174) and FULL PRESSURE (711) ( ä 175)
parameters display the pressure values belonging to the EMPTY CALIB. and FULLCALIB. parameters.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

9.4.2

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in m3. The maximum volume is 5
m3 and the maximum height is 4 m (13 ft). The density of the fluid is 1 kg/dm3. The device
is mounted below the level lower-range value.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the tank volume, tank height and density of the fluid
are known.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P) or Cerabar S (BA00302P),"Level measurement" section or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "Level measurement" section.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero. For
information on how to perform position adjustment,  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATINGMENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 147, Table 2: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING MODE–  ä 167, Table 10: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL
SELECTION "Level standard"–  ä 171, Table 11: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVELMODE "Linear".
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see–  ä 197, Table 16: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"–  ä 215, Table 28: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level".
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
1

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the
MEASURING MODE parameter.
Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE

➂

4m

➁ V = 5 m3

FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE Primary Value
Type

➃

➀

–0.5 mr = 1 kg3dm

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-003

Fig. 29:
1
2
3
4

Endress+Hauser

Calibration without reference pressure –dry calibration
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 10.
See Table, Step 11.
See Table, Step 12.

129

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Description
2

If necessary, select the "Level standard" level modeusing the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.
Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE  Level Selection

3

Local operation:
Select the BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

4

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

5

Select the "Linear" option by means of the LEVELMODE parameter.

6

Select the "Volume" option by means of the LIN.
MEASURAND parameter.

7

Select a volume unit via the UNIT VOLUME
parameter, here m3 for example.

8

Select the "Dry" option by means of the
CALIBRATION MODE parameter.

9Enter the value for density via the ADJUST DENSITY
parameter, here 1 kg/dm3 for example.

10 Enter the tank volume via the TANK VOLUME
parameter, here 5 m3 for example.
11 Enter the tank height via the TANK HEIGHT
parameter, here 4 m (13 ft) for example.
12 Enter the level offset via the ZERO POSITION
parameter, here –0.5 m (-1.6 ft) for example.
13 Result:
The device is ready for level measurement

130

1.

For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available.
 ä 171 ff.

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter descriptions for PRESS.
ENG. UNIT (060) ( ä 168), HEIGHT UNIT (708) ( ä 171), UNIT VOLUME (313)( ä 172) and MASS UNIT (709) ( ä 173).

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

9.5"Level standard" level selection,"Pressure linearized" level mode

9.5.1

Semiautomatic entry of the linearization table

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank with a conical outlet should be measured in m3.
Prerequisite:• The tank can be filled. The linearization characteristic must rise continuously.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P) or Cerabar S (BA00302P),"Level measurement" section or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "Level measurement" section.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 147, Table 2: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING MODE–  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT–  ä 167, Table 10: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL
SELECTION "Level standard"–  ä 171, Table 11: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVELMODE "Linear"–  ä 200, Table 18: GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU SETTINGS 
LINEARIZATION – Local operation–  ä 203, Table 19: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION – FieldCare• For a description of further relevant parameters, see–  ä 197, Table 16: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"–  ä 215, Table 28: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level".
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
1

2

Deltabar S: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andthe device filled with fluid. See Operating
Instructions BA00301P.

V
[m3]
3.5

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See
Page  ä 151, Table 6: OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT.
Carry out basic setup:3

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the
MEASURING MODE parameter.
Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING
MODE

0
0

350

p
[mbar]

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-002

FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE Primary ValueType
4

If necessary, select the "Level standard" level modeusing the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.
Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE  Level Selection

Endress+Hauser

131

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Description
5

Local operation:
Select the BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

6

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

7

Select the "Pressure linearized" option by means of
the LEVEL MODE parameter. See also Point 3 in thefollowing note.

8

Select the "Pressure and volume" option by means of
the LINd. MEASURAND parameter.

9

Select a volume unit via the UNIT VOLUME
parameter, here m3 for example.

10 Select the HYDR. PRESS MIN. parameter.
Enter the minimum hydrostatic pressure to be
expected, here 0 mbar for example.
11 Select the HYDR. PRESS MAX parameter.
Enter the maximum hydrostatic pressure to be
expected, here 350 mbar for example.

V
[m3]
➃ 3.5

➄

➂

0
0

➀
Fig. 30:
1
2
3
4
5

350

➁

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-015

Semiautomatic entry of the linearization table
See Table, Step 10.
See Table, Step 11.
See Table, Step 13.
See Table, Step 14.
See Table, Steps 15 to 19.

Carry out linearization:
12 Change the function group.
Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION OPERATINGMENU  SETTINGS  LINEARIZATION
FieldCare:
Menu path: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS LINEARIZATION
13 Select the TANK CONTENT MIN parameter.
Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected,
here 0 m3 for example.
14 Select the TANK CONTENT MAX parameter .
Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected,
here 3.5 m3 for example. See also Point 4 in thefollowing note.
15 Local operation:
Select the "Editor table" option by means of the
TABLE SELECTION parameter.
16 Select the "Semiautomatic" option by means of the
LIN. EDIT MODE parameter.
17 Select the "New table" option by means of the EDITORTABLE parameter.
18 Enter the linearization table (min. 2 points, max.
32 points).
Fill the tank to the height of the 1st point.
LINE-NUMB: enter the value of the corresponding
point.
X-VAL.: The hydrostatic pressure present isdisplayed.
The X-VAL. displayed is saved by confirming the Yvalue. See following line, Y-VAL.
Y-VAL.: Enter the volume value, here 0 m3 forexample, and confirm the value.

132

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Description
19 Local operation:
If you want to enter another point for the
linearization table, select the "Next point" option andenter the point as described in Step 18.
If you want to finish entering the values and activate
the linearization table, select the "Accept input table"
option.
FieldCare:
You can enter further points for the linearizationtable as explained in Step 18. Once all the points
have been entered, the table must be activated bymeans of the TAB. ACTIVATE parameter.
20 Where necessary scale the OUT value of the Analog
Input Block, see Page  ä 104 parameter
descriptions. For this purpose, equate XD SCALE andOUT SCALE or the OUT value with the measured
value.
21 Result:
The linearization table has been entered and thedevice is ready for level measurement.

Endress+Hauser

1.

For this level mode, the measured variables %, volume and mass are available.
 ä 179 ff.

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter descriptions for PRESS.
ENG. UNIT (060) ( ä 168), HEIGHT UNIT (708) ( ä 177), UNIT VOLUME (313)( ä 180) and MASS UNIT (709) ( ä 181).

3.

Once you have selected the "Pressure linearized" level mode, the warning message"W710 Set span too small. Not allowed." can appear. At this stage, the linearization tablealready consists of two points as standard. It could be the case that the 2nd value, andthus the highest X-VAL. of the linearization table, is smaller than the minimum span
permitted ( MINIMUM SPAN (591),  ä 212). The message disappears as soon as
the highest X-VALUE is greater than the minimum span and the table entered is active.

4.

Once you have entered the maximum tank contents to be expected for TANK CONTENT
MAX., the alarm "A719 Y-Val of lin. table out of edit limits" can appear. At this stage,
the linearization table already consists of two points as standard. It could be the casethat the 2nd value, and thus the highest Y-VALUE of the linearization table, is greaterthan the value entered for TANK CONTENT MAX. The message disappears as soon as
no Y-VALUE is greater than the value for TANK CONTENT MAX. and the table enteredis active.

133

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

9.5.2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Manual entry of the linearization table

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank with a conical outlet should be measured in m3.
Prerequisite:• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the points for the linearization table are known.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P), Cerabar S (BA00302P), "Levelmeasurement" section or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "Level measurement" section.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero. For
information on how to perform position adjustment,  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATINGMENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT–  ä 159, Table 8: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL
SELECTION "Level easy pressure"–  ä 179, Table 12: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVELMODE "Pressure linearized"–  ä 200, Table 18: GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU SETTINGS 
LINEARIZATION – Local operation–  ä 203, Table 19: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION – FieldCare• For a description of further relevant parameters, see–  ä 197, Table 16: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"–  ä 215, Table 28: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level".
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!

134

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Description
1

Perform calibration as per Section 9.5.1, Steps 3 to
11.

V
[m3]
3.5

Carry out linearization:
2

Change the function group.
Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION OPERATINGMENU  SETTINGS  LINEARIZATION
FieldCare:
Menu path: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS LINEARIZATION

30
0P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-002

V
[m3]
➃ 3.5

Select the TANK CONTENT MAX parameter .
Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected,
here 3.5 m3 for example. See also Point 3 in thefollowing note.

5

Select the "Editor table" option by means of the
TABLE SELECTION parameter.

6

Select the "Manual" option by means of the LIN. EDIT
MODE parameter.

7

Select the "New table" option by means of the EDITORTABLE parameter.

8

➄

➂

Enter the linearization table (min. 2 points, max.
32 points).
LINE-NUMB: Confirm value displayed.
X-VAL.: enter the pressure value and confirm.
Y-VAL.: Enter the volume value, here 0 m3 forexample, and confirm.

9p[mbar]

Select the TANK CONTENT MIN parameter.
Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected,
here 0 m3 for example.

4

350

0
0

➀
Fig. 31:
1
2
3
4
5

350

p

➁ [mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-015

Manual entry of the linearization table
See Section 9.5.1, Table, Step 10.
See Section 9.5.1, Table, Step 11.
See Table, Step 3.
See Table, Step 4.
See Table, Steps 5 to 9.

Local operation:
If you want to enter another point for the
linearization table, select the "Next point" option andenter the point as described in Step 8.
If you want to finish entering the values and activate
the linearization table, select the "Accept input table"
option.
FieldCare:
You can enter further points for the linearizationtable as explained in Step 8. Once all the points havebeen entered, the table must be activated by meansof the TAB. ACTIVATE parameter.

10 Where necessary scale the OUT value of the Analog
Input Block, see Page  ä 104 parameter
descriptions. For this purpose, equate XD SCALE andOUT SCALE or the OUT value with the measured
value.
11 Result:
The linearization table has been entered and thedevice is ready for level measurement.

1.

Endress+Hauser

For this level mode, the measured variables %, volume and mass are available.
 ä 179 ff.

135

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

136

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter descriptions for PRESS.
ENG. UNIT (060) ( ä 168), HEIGHT UNIT (708) ( ä 177), UNIT VOLUME (313)( ä 180) and MASS UNIT (709) ( ä 181).

3.

Once you have selected the "Pressure linearized" level mode, the warning message"W710 Set span too small. Not allowed." can appear. At this stage, the linearization tablealready consists of two points as standard. It could be the case that the 2nd value, andthus the highest X-VAL. of the linearization table, is smaller than the minimum span
permitted ( MINIMUM SPAN (591),  ä 212). The message disappears as soon as
the highest X-VALUE is greater than the minimum span and the table entered is active.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

9.6"Height linearized" level mode

9.6.1

Wet calibration and semiautomatic entry of the linearization
table

Example:In this example, the height and the volume should be measured at the same time.
Prerequisite:• The tank can be filled. The linearization characteristic must rise continuously.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P), Cerabar S (BA00302P), "Levelmeasurement" section or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "Level measurement" section.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT–  ä 167, Table 10: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL
SELECTION "Level standard"–  ä 184, Table 13: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVELMODE "Height linearized"–  ä 200, Table 18: GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU SETTINGS 
LINEARIZATION – Local operation–  ä 203, Table 19: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION – FieldCare• For a description of further parameters, see–  ä 197, Table 16: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"–  ä 215, Table 28: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level".
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
1

Deltabar S: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andthe device filled with fluid. See Operating
Instructions BA00301P.

2

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See
Page  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT.
Perform calibration for the 1st measured
variable:

3

➁➃

➀➂

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the
MEASURING MODE parameter.
Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING
MODE

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-004

FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE Primary ValueType
4

If necessary, select the "Level standard" level modeusing the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.
Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE  Level Selection

Endress+Hauser

137

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Description
5

Local operation:
Select the BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

6

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

7

Select the "Height linearized" option by means of the
LEVEL MODE parameter.

8

Select the "Height + volume" option by means of the
COMB. MEASURAND parameter.

9

Select the unit for the 1st measured value via the
HEIGHT UNIT parameter, here m for example.

h
[m]

➁➃ 3

➀➂ 0

10 Select the unit for the 2nd measured variable via the
UNIT VOLUME parameter, here m3 for example.
Fig. 32:
11 Select the LEVEL MIN parameter.
Enter the minimum level to be expected, here 0 m
for example.

1
2
3
4

0

300

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-017

Calibrating the 1st measured variable
See Table, Step 11.
See Table, Step 12.
See Table, Step 14.
See Table, Step 15.

12 Select the LEVEL MAX parameter.
Enter the maximum level to be expected, here 3 m
for example. See also Point 3 in the following note.
13 Select the "Wet" option via the CALIBRATION MODE
parameter (calibration mode for the 1st measured
variable).
14 The pressure for the lower calibration point ispresent at the device, here 0 mbar for example.
Select the EMPTY CALIB. parameter.
Enter the level value, here 0 m for example. The
pressure value present is assigned to the lower levelvalue by confirming the value.
15 The pressure for the upper calibration point ispresent at the device, here 300 mbar (4.5 psi) for
example.
Select the FULL CALIB. parameter.
Enter the level value, here 3 m (9.8 ft) for example.
The pressure value present is assigned to the upper
level value by confirming the value.
16 Result:
The calibration for the 1st measured variable iscarried out.
Perform linearization (calibration for the 2nd
measured variable)
17 Change the function group.
Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION OPERATINGMENU  SETTINGS  LINEARIZATION
FieldCare:
Menu path: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS LINEARIZATION
18 Select the TANK CONTENT MIN parameter.
Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected,
here 0 m3 for example.
19 Select the TANK CONTENT MAX parameter .
Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected,
here 5 m3 for example.

138

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Description
20 Select the "Editor table" option by means of the
TABLE SELECTION parameter.

V
[m3]
5

21 Select the "Semiautomatic" option by means of the
LIN. EDIT MODE parameter.
22 Select the "New table" option by means of the EDITORTABLE parameter.
23 Enter the linearization table (min. 2 points, max.
32 points).

0Fill the tank to the height of the 1st point.

0

h
[m]

3

LINE-NUMB: Confirm value displayed.
X-VAL.: The hydrostatic pressure present ismeasured and converted to the corresponding leveland displayed.
The X-VAL. displayed is saved by confirming the Yvalue. See following line, Y-VAL.

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-005

V
[m3]
➅ 5

Y-VAL.: Enter the volume value, here 0 m3 forexample, and confirm the value.
24 Local operation
If you want to enter another point for the
linearization table, select the "Next point" option andenter the point as described in Step 23. If you wantto finish entering the values and activate thelinearization table, select the "Accept input table"
option.
FieldCare:
You can enter further points for the linearizationtable as explained in Step 23. Once all the points
have been entered, the table must be activated bymeans of the TAB. ACTIVATE parameter.
25 Result:– The linearization table has been entered.
– The measured value display and the TANKCONTENT
parameter display the 2nd measured value (herethe volume).
– The LEVEL BEFORE LIN parameter displays the
1st measured value (here the height). See also
Point 5 in the following note.

Endress+Hauser

➆

➄

0
0

3

h
[m]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-018

Fig. 33:
5
6
7

Calibrating the 2nd measured variable
See Table, Step 18.
See Table, Step 19.
See Table, Steps 20 to 24.

1.

For this level mode, the measured variables "height + %", "height + volume", "height +mass", "%-height + %", "%-height + volume" and "%-height + mass" are available.
 ä 180 ff.

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter descriptions for PRESS.
ENG. UNIT (060) ( ä 168), HEIGHT UNIT (708) ( ä 184), UNIT VOLUME (313)( ä 185) and MASS UNIT (709) ( ä 186).

3.

Once you have entered the maximum level to be expected for LEVEL MAX., the alarm"A707 X-Val of lin. table out of edit limits" can appear. At this stage, the linearizationtable already consists of two points as standard. It could be the case that the 2nd value,
and thus the highest X-VALUE of the linearization table, is greater than the maximum
level entered. The message disappears as soon as the highest X-VALUE is greater thanthe maximum level and the table entered is active.

4.

You can use the MENU DESCRIPTOR (416) parameter ( ä 208) to specify whichmeasured value should be displayed on the local operation.

139

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

9.6.2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Dry calibration and manual entry of the linearization table

Example:In this example, the height and the volume should be measured at the same time.
Prerequisite:• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the points for the linearization table are known.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P), Cerabar S (BA00302P), "Levelmeasurement" section or Deltapilot (BA00372P), "Level measurement" section.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero. For
information on how to perform position adjustment,  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATINGMENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT–  ä 167, Table 10: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL
SELECTION "Level standard"–  ä 184, Table 13: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVELMODE "Height linearized"–  ä 200, Table 18: GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU SETTINGS 
LINEARIZATION – Local operation–  ä 203, Table 19: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION – FieldCare• For a description of further parameters, see–  ä 197, Table 16: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"–  ä 215, Table 28: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level".
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
Perform calibration for the 1st measured
variable:1

Perform calibration as per Section 9.6.1, Steps 1 to
12.

2

Select the "Dry" option via the CALIBRATION MODE
parameter (calibration mode for the 1st measured
variable).

3

Select a density unit via the DENSITY UNIT
parameter, here kg/dm3 for example.

4Enter the density of the fluid via the ADJUSTDENSITY parameter, here 1.0 for example.

5

If necessary, enter a level offset via the ZEROPOSITION parameter, here 0 m for example.

6

Result:
The calibration for the 1st measured variable iscarried out.

V
[m3]
5

0
0

3

h
[m]

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-005

Perform linearization (calibration for the 2nd
measured variable)
7

Change the function group.
Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION OPERATINGMENU  SETTINGS  LINEARIZATION
FieldCare:
Menu path: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS LINEARIZATION

140

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Description
8

Select the TANK CONTENT MIN parameter.

V
[m3]
➅ 5

Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected,
here 0 m3 for example.
9

Select the TANK CONTENT MAX parameter .
Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected,
here 5 m3 for example.

➆

10 Select the "Editor table" option by means of the
TABLE SELECTION parameter.
11 Select the "Manual" option by means of the LIN. EDIT
MODE parameter.

➄

12 Select the "New table" option by means of the EDITORTABLE parameter.
13 Enter the linearization table (min. 2 points, max.
32 points).
LINE-NUMB: Confirm value displayed.
X-VAL.: enter the height value and confirm.

0
0

3

h
[m]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-018

Fig. 34:
5
6
7

Calibrating the 2nd measured variable
See Table, Step 8.
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Steps 10 to 14.

Y-VAL.: Enter the volume value, here 0 m3 forexample, and confirm.
14 Local operation
If you want to enter another point for the
linearization table, select the "Next point" option andenter the point as described in Step 13.
If you want to finish entering the values and activate
the linearization table, select the "Accept input table"
option.
FieldCare:
You can enter further points for the linearizationtable as explained in Step 13. Once all the points
have been entered, the table must be activated bymeans of the TAB. ACTIVATE parameter.
15 Result:– The linearization table has been entered.
– The measured value display and the TANKCONTENT parameter display the 2nd measured
value (here the volume).
– The LEVEL BEFORE LIN. parameter displays the
1st measured value (here the height). See also
Point 3 in the following note.

Endress+Hauser

1.

For this level mode, the measured variables "height + %", "height + volume", "height +mass", "%-height + %", "%-height + volume" and "%-height + mass" are available.
 ä 180 ff.

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter descriptions for PRESS.
ENG. UNIT (060) ( ä 168), HEIGHT UNIT (708) ( ä 184), UNIT VOLUME (313)( ä 185) and MASS UNIT (709) ( ä 186).

3.

You can use the MENU DESCRIPTOR (416) parameter ( ä 208) to specify whichmeasured value should be displayed on the local operation.

141

Flow measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

10

Flow measurement (via local operation and
FieldCare)

10.1

Calibration

Example:In this example, a volume flow should be measured in m3/h.
• The "Flow measurement" measuring mode is only available for the Deltabar S differential
pressure transmitter.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P), "Flow measurement" section.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT–  ä 192 ff, Table 14: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Flow".
• For a description of further parameters, see–  ä 198, Table 17: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Flow"–  ä 216, Table 29: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Flow".
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
1

Before configuring the device for your application,
the pressure piping must be cleaned and the device
filled with fluid. See Operating Instructions
BA00301P.

2

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See
Page  ä 155, Table 6: OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT.

3

Select the "Flow" measuring mode via the
MEASURING MODE parameter.

V[m3/h]➀ 6000Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING
MODE
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE Primary Value
Type
4

142

Local operation:
Select the BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

0
0

400

p

➁ [mbar]

P01-xMD7xxx-05-xx-xx-xx-010

Fig. 35:
1
2

Flow measurement calibration
See Table, Step 7.
See Table, Step 8.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Flow measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Description
5

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

6

Select the "Volume operat. cond." option by means of
the FLOW-MEAS. TYPE parameter.

7

Select a flow unit via the UNIT FLOW parameter,
here m3/h for example.

8

Select the MAX. FLOW parameter.
Enter the maximum flow value of the primarydevice, here 6000 m3/h for example. See also thelayout sheet of the primary device.

9

Select the MAX PRESS. FLOW parameter.
Enter the maximum pressure, here 400 mbar (6 psi)for example. See also the layout sheet of the primarydevice.

10 Result:
The device is configured for flow measurement.

Endress+Hauser

1.

You can also perform calibration by means of the QUICK SETUP menu.  ä 153 ff,
Table 5: QUICK SETUP "Flow".

2.

By means of the FLOW-MEAS. TYPE parameter, you can choose between the following
flow types:– Volume operat. cond. (volume under operating conditions)– Gas norm. cond. (norm volume under norm conditions in Europe: 1013.25 mbar and273.15 K (0 °C))
– Gas std. cond. (standard volume under standard conditions in USA: 1013.25 mbar
(14.7 psi) and 288. 15 K (15 °C/59 °F))
– Mass3.

Depending on the flow type selected, you can choose between various units. You canalso specify a customer-specific unit.
See parameter descriptions for PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060) ( ä 193), UNIT FLOW (391)( ä 194), NORM FLOW UNIT (661) ( ä 195), STD. FLOW UNIT (660) ( ä 195)
and MASS FLOW UNIT (571) ( ä 195).

4.

In the lower measuring range, small flow quantities (creepages) can lead to large
fluctuations in the measured value. You can activate low flow cut-off via the LOW FLOW
CUT-OFF (442) parameter ( ä 199).

143

Flow measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

10.2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Totalizer

Example:In this example, the volume flow should be totalized and displayed in the unit m3E3.
Negative flows should be added to the flow rate.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 206 ff, Table 20: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS TOTALIZER SETUP–  ä 216 ff, Table 29: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Flow"• Totalizer 1 can be reset. Totalizer 2 cannot be reset.
Description
1

Calibrate the device in accordance with Section 10.1.

2

Change the function group.
Local operation:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION OPERATINGMENU SETTINGS TOTALIZER SETUP
FieldCare:
Menu path: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS 
TOTALIZER SETUP

3

Select a flow unit via the TOTALIZER 1 UNIT
parameter, here m3 E3 for example.

4

Use the NEG. FLOW TOT. 1 parameter to specify the
totalizing mode for negative flows, here the "Positive"
option for example.

5

Reset totalizer 1 to zero via the RESET TOTALIZER
parameter.

6

Result:The TOTALIZER 1 and TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW
parameters display the totalized volume flow.

• You can also specify a customer-specific unit. See parameter descriptions for
TOTALIZER 1 UNIT (398), (662), (664), (666) ( ä 206) and TOTALIZER 2 UNIT (399),(663), (665), (667) ( ä 207).
• The TOTALIZER 1 and TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW parameters display the totalized flow valueof the first totalizer. The TOTALIZER 2 and TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOW parameters display the
totalized flow value of the second totalizer.
 ä 216 ff, PROCESS VALUES function group.
• You can use the MENU DESCRIPTOR (416) parameter ( ä 208) to specify whichmeasured value should be displayed on the local operation.

144

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

10.2.1

Flow measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)

Resetting totalizer 1 automatically

By means the Analog Alarm Block

Discrete Output
Block
CHANNEL = 2

OUT_DAnalog Alarm
Block

CAS_IN_D

Analog Input Block 3
CHANNEL = 6
L_TYPE = Direct

OUT_ALM

HI_HI_LIM
HI_HI_ALMOUTINDP Flow
Transducer BlockTOTALIZER_1_
VALUE/
SUMMENZ. 1

With the aid of the Analog Alarm and Discrete Output Block, totalizer 1 in the DP Flow
Transducer Block can be reset automatically.

P01-xxxxxxxx-02-xx-xx-en-002

The DP Flow Transducer Block is connected to an Analog Input Block by means of theCHANNEL parameter (CHANNEL = 6). In the Analog Alarm Block, the HI_HI_LIM
parameter is used to set a limit value at which the totalizer should be reset to zero. As soon
as this limit value is overshot, the Analog Alarm Block transmits an alarm value to thedownstream Discrete Output Block. The latter changes its output from 0 to 1 and thus resets
the totalizer in the DP Flow Transducer Block to 0. The output of the Analog Alarm Blockchanges back to 0.
By means the Analog Input Block

Discrete Output
Block
CHANNEL = 2

OUT_DAnalog Input Block 3
CHANNEL = 6
L_TYPE = Direct

HIHI_ALM_OUT_DINDP Flow
Transducer BlockTOTALIZER_1_
VALUE/TOTALIZER 1

With the aid of Analog Input and Discrete Output Block, totalizer 1 in the DP Flow
Transducer Block can be reset automatically.

P01-xxxxxxxx-02-xx-xx-en-004

The DP Flow Transducer Block is connected to an Analog Input Block by means of theCHANNEL parameter (CHANNEL = 6). In the Analog Input Block, the HI_HI_LIM parameteris used to set a limit value at which the totalizer should be reset to zero. As soon as this limit
valu is overshot, the Analog Input Block tranmits an alarm value to the downstream Discrete
Output Block. The latter changes its output from 0 to 1 and thus resets the totalizer in the
DP Flow Transducer Block to 0. The output of the Analog Input Block changes back to 0.

Endress+Hauser

145

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

11

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and
FieldCare)• The following tables list all the parameters as per the menu structure. Each tablecorresponds to a function group in the menu tree. The overall menu structure is illustrated
in Section 13.1.
• The menu structure for local operation and FieldCare are slightly different. The differences
mainly affect the MEASURING MODE parameter and the LINEARIZATION function group.
• In FieldCare, additional parameters are displayed. These parameters are marked
accordingly.
• The menu path is indicated in the header of each table. You can use this path to get to theparameters in question.
• The menu has a different structure depending on the measuring mode selected. Thismeans that some function groups are only displayed for one measuring mode, e.g. the"LINEARIZATION" function group for the "Level" measuring mode. If certain requirements
have to be met for a function group, these are listed in the first row of the table.
• Some parameters are only displayed if other parameters are appropriately configured. For
example, the EMPTY CALIB. parameter is not displayed in the Quick Setup menu ("Level"measuring mode) unless the "Linear" option was selected for the LEVEL MODE parameterand the "Wet" option was selected for the CALIBRATION MODE parameter. There is acomment in the parameter description here stating: Note: prerequisite: LEVEL MODE =Linear and CALIBRATION MODE = Wet.
• Parameter names are written in upper case in the text.
• In the "Parameter name" column, the unique identification number (ID) of the parameteris indicated in brackets. This ID only appears on the local operation.

Measured value

1
GROUP SELECTION

1LANGUAGE

1
MEASURING MODE

2
MEASURING MODEQUICK SETUPOPERATING MENU

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication
Pressure

Level

Flow
P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-en-079

Fig. 36:

1st selection level in menu, LANGUAGE ( ä 146, Table 1: GROUP SELECTION LANGUAGE – Local operation) and
MEASURING MODE ( ä 147, Table 2: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING MODE)

Table 1: GROUP SELECTION LANGUAGE – Local operation
Parameter name

Description

LANGUAGE (079)
Display

The onsite display is available in English. The assignment of the English parameternames to the German parameter names is provided in  Chap. 2 "Parameter
description of local operation and FieldCare". Needless to say, the device can also be
operated in 6 languages (de, en, fr, es, jp, ch) via the DTM or EDD.
• In FieldCare, the LANGUAGE parameter is arranged in the DISPLAY functiongroup.
• Select the menu language for FieldCare using the "Language button" in theconfiguration window. Select the menu language for the FieldCare frame via the"Extra" menu "Options" "Display" "Language".
Factory setting:English146

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Measured value

1
GROUP SELECTION

12

MEASURING MODE

MEASURING MODE

1LANGUAGE

Pressure

Level

Flow

QUICK SETUP

Pressure

OPERATING MENU

Level

Flow

Level Easy Pressure

Level Easy Height

1
LEVEL SELECTION

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication

Level Easy Pressure

Level Easy Height

Level Standard

Level Standard

P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-en-135

Fig. 37:"Level" measuring mode, LEVEL SELECTION parameter

Table 2: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING MODE
Parameter name

Description

MEASURING MODE (389)
Selection

Select the measuring mode.
The operating menu is structured according to the selected measuring mode.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified inthe "Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary,reconfigured!

‣• When the measuring mode is changed, no conversion takes place. The device
has to be recalibrated if the measuring mode is changed.
• The MEASURING MODE parameter is displayed in FieldCare in the QUICKSETUP menus and in the BASIC SETUP function group (OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP).
Options:• Pressure• Level• Deltabar S: Flow
Factory setting:• Cerabar S and Deltabar S: Pressure• Deltapilot S: Level

Endress+Hauser

147

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 2: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING MODE
Parameter name

Description

LEVEL SELECTION (020)
Selection

Select the level mode.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level• In the "Level easy pressure" and "Level easy height" level modes, the values
entered are not tested as extensively as in the "Level standard" level mode. The
values entered for EMPTY CALIB./FULL CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE/FULL
PRESSURE and EMPTY HEIGHT/FULL HEIGHT must be at least 1% apart for the"Level easy pressure" and "Level easy height" level modes. The value will berejected with a warning message if the values are too close together. Further
limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate for thesensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device can measurecorrectly.
For an overview of the different level modes and types,  ä 117, Section 9.1"Overview of level measurement".
• The "Level easy pressure" and "Level easy height" level modes comprise fewer
parameters than the "Level standard" mode and are used to quickly and easily
configure a level application.
• Customer-specific units of level, volume and mass or a linearization table may
only be entered in the "Level standard" level mode.
Options:• Level easy pressure
Specify two pressure-level value pairs for this level mode. The pressure
measured value is converted directly to the unit which is selected via the
OUTPUT UNIT (023) parameter ( ä 161). The two calibration modes, "Wet"and "Dry", are available.
– Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the caseof two different levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is
assigned to the pressure measured at this point in time.
– Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, you specify twopressure-level value pairs via the EMPTY CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE, FULLCALIB. and FULL PRESSURE parameters. Parameter descriptions  ä 162
ff.
• Level easy height
For this level mode, specify a height unit, the density and two height-level value
pairs. The pressure measured value is converted to a height value using thedensity entered and the height unit. The two calibration modes, "Wet" and "Dry",
are available.
– Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the caseof two different levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is
assigned to the converted height value.
– Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, you specify twoheight-level value pairs via the EMPTY CALIB., EMPTY HEIGHT, FULL CALIB.
and FULL HEIGHT parameters. Parameter descriptions  ä 166 ff.
• Level standard
Once you have selected this level mode, you can use the LEVEL MODE (718)parameter ( ä 169) to choose between "Linear", "Pressure linearized" and"Height linearized".
Factory setting:
Level easy pressure For LEVEL SELECTION = "Level easy pressure"  ä 159, Table 8: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC
SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level easy pressure".
 For LEVEL SELECTION = "Level easy height"  ä 163, Table 9: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC
SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level easy height".
 For LEVEL SELECTION = "Level standard"  ä 167, Table 10: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC
SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level standard".

148

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Measured value

1
GROUP SELECTION

1LANGUAGE

12

MEASURING MODE

MEASURING MODEQUICK SETUP

Pressure
Deltabar S,
Cerabar S – gauge pressure sensors,
Deltapilot S

OPERATING MENU

Level

Flow

Cerabar S – absolut pressure sensors

POS. ZERO ADJUSTPOS. INPUT VALUEDAMPING VALUE

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication
P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-en-080

Fig. 38:

Quick Setup menu for the "Pressure" measuring mode

Table 3: QUICK SETUP "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

This menu displays the most important parameters for the "Pressure" measuring mode.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Pressure
Note:
See also–  ä 157 ff, Table 7: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Pressure"–  ä 197, Table 15: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Pressure"–  ä 214 ff, Table 27: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Pressure"–  ä 115 ff, Section 8 "Pressure measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)".
MEASURING MODE
Selection

Select the measuring mode.
The operating menu is structured according to the selected measuring mode.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified inthe "Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary,reconfigured!

‣

When the measuring mode is changed, no conversion takes place. The digital
output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer displays the same value as
the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE. The device has to be recalibrated if
the measuring mode is changed.  See also  ä 115, Section 8 "Pressure
measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)".
Options:• Pressure• Level• Deltabar S: Flow
Factory setting:• Cerabar S and Deltabar S: Pressure• Deltapilot S: Level

Endress+Hauser

149

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 3: QUICK SETUP "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

POS. ZERO ADJUST (685)
Entry

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known.
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
for example, when the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does
not display zero.
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Correct the MEASURED VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the"Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure
present.
– MEASURED VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) bywhich the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
Prerequisite:• This parameter is displayed for Deltabar S, Cerabar S with gauge pressure
sensors or Deltapilot S.
Options:• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
0.0

POS. INPUT VALUE (563)
Entry

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known. To correct the pressure difference, youneed a reference measurement value (e.g. from a reference device).
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
for example, when the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does
not display zero or the desired value.
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi)
– For the POS. INPUT VALUE parameter, specify the desired set point for the
MEASURED VALUE, e.g. 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi).
(The following applies: MEASURED VALUEnew = POS. INPUT VALUE)– MEASURED VALUE (after entry for POS. INPUT VALUE) = 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi)
– The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset)
by which the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
The following applies: CALIB. OFFSET = MEASURED VALUEold – POS. INPUTVALUE,
here: CALIB. OFFSET= 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi) - 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi) = - 1.5 mbar(-0.0225 psi)
Prerequisite:• This parameter is displayed for Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensors.
Factory setting:
0.0

DAMPING VALUE (274)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the local
operation, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to achange in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specification

150

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

MEASURED VALUEQUICK SETUP

Pressure

PROFILE VIEW

Flow

Level

Deltabar S,
Cerabar S – Gaugepressure sensors

Cerabar S – Absolutpressure sensors

POS. ZERO ADJUSTPOS. INPUT VALUE

1, 2

3
EMPTY CALIB.

FULL CALIB.

1) LEVEL MODE = "Linear"and CALIBRATION MODE = "dry"2) LEVEL MODE = "Pressure Linearized"
3) LEVEL MODE = "LInear"or "Height Linearized" andCALIBRATION MODE = "wet"

DAMPING VALUE
P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-en-001

Fig. 39:

Quick Setup menu for the "Level" measuring mode

Table 4: QUICK SETUP "Level"
Parameter name

Description

This menu displays the most important parameters for the "Level" measuring mode.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level
Note:
See also–  ä 167 ff, Table 10: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level
standard" to Table 13: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Heightlinearized"–  ä 197 ff, Table 16: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"–  ä 200 ff, Table 18: GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION – Local
operation and Table 19: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION – FieldCare–  ä 215 ff, Table 28: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level"–  ä 117 ff, Section 9 "Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)".
MEASURING MODE
Selection

Select the measuring mode.
The operating menu is structured according to the selected measuring mode.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified inthe "Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary,reconfigured!

‣

When the measuring mode is changed, no conversion takes place. The digital
output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer displays the same value as
the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE. The device has to be recalibrated if
the measuring mode is changed.  See also  ä 117 ff, Section 9 "Levelmeasurement (via local operation and FieldCare)".
Options:• Pressure• Level• Deltabar S: Flow
Factory setting:• Cerabar S and Deltabar S: Pressure• Deltapilot S: Level
LEVEL SELECTION (020)
Selection

Select the level mode.
Parameter description,  ä 148.
Factory setting:
Level easy pressure

Endress+Hauser

151

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 4: QUICK SETUP "Level"
Parameter name

Description

POS. ZERO ADJUST (685)
Entry

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known.
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
when the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display
zero.
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Correct the MEASURED VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the"Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure
present.
– MEASURED VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) bywhich the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
Prerequisite:• This parameter is displayed for Deltabar S, Cerabar S with gauge pressure
sensors and Deltapilot S.
Options:• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
0.0

POS. INPUT VALUE (563)
Entry

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known. To correct the pressure difference, youneed a reference measurement value (e.g. from a reference device).
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
when the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display
zero or the desired value.
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi)
– For the POS. INPUT VALUE parameter, specify the desired set point for the
MEASURED VALUE, e.g. 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi).
(The following applies: MEASURED VALUEnew = POS. INPUT VALUE)– MEASURED VALUE (after entry for POS. INPUT VALUE) = 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi)
– The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset)
by which the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
The following applies: CALIB. OFFSET = MEASURED VALUEold – POS. INPUTVALUE,
here: CALIB. OFFSET= 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi) - 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi) = - 1.5 mbar(-0.0225 psi)
Prerequisite:• This parameter is displayed for Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensors.
Factory setting:
0.0

EMPTY CALIB. (314)/
(010)
Entry

Enter the level value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
The container is either empty or part full. By entering a value for this parameter,
you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device.
Prerequisite:• LEVEL SELECTION = Level easy pressure ( ä 148),
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet ( ä 161)
• LEVEL SELECTION = Level standard ( ä 148),
LEVEL MODE= Linear ( ä 169),
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet ( ä 174)
For this parameter, the local operation shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the "+"- or "–" key before confirming with the "E" key. This applies
also if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
0.0

152

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 4: QUICK SETUP "Level"
Parameter name

Description

FULL CALIB. (315)/(004)
EntryEnter the level value for the upper calibration point (container full).
The container is either completely or almost full. By entering a value for thisparameter, you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device.
Prerequisite:• LEVEL SELECTION = Level easy pressure ( ä 148),
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet ( ä 161)
• LEVEL SELECTION = Level standard ( ä 148),
LEVEL MODE= Linear ( ä 169),
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet ( ä 174)
For this parameter, the local operation shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the "+"- or "–" key before confirming with the "E" key. This applies
also if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
100.0

DAMPING VALUE (247)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the local
operation, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to achange in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specification

MEASURED VALUEQUICK SETUP

Pressure

Level

Flow

POS. ZERO ADJUSTMAX FLOW

MAX. PRESS. FLOWDAMPING VALUE
P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-en-002

Fig. 40:

Quick Setup menu, "Flow" measuring mode (differential pressure transmitter Deltabar S only)

Table 5: QUICK SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

This menu displays the most important parameters for the "Flow" measuring mode.
Prerequisite:• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter• MEASURING MODE = FlowNote:
See also–  ä 192 ff, Table 14: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Flow"–  ä 198 ff, Table 17: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Flow"–  ä 206 ff, Table 20: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS TOTALIZER SETUP–  ä 142 ff, Section 10 "Flow measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)".

Endress+Hauser

153

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 5: QUICK SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

MEASURING MODE
Selection

Select the measuring mode.
The operating menu is structured according to the selected measuring mode.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified inthe "Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary,reconfigured!

‣

When the measuring mode is changed, no conversion takes place. The digital
output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer displays the same value as
the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE. The device has to be recalibrated if
the measuring mode is changed.  ä 142, Section 10 "Flow measurement (vialocal operation and FieldCare)".
Options:• Pressure• Level• Deltabar S: Flow
Factory setting:• Cerabar S and Deltabar S: Pressure• Deltapilot S: Level
POS. ZERO ADJUST (685)
Entry

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known.
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
when the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display
zero.
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Correct the MEASURED VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the"Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure
present.
– MEASURED VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) bywhich the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
Options• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
0.0

MAX. FLOW (311)
EntryEnter maximum flow of primary device.
See also the layout sheet of the primary device. The maximum flow is assigned tothe maximum pressure which you enter via MAX PRESS. FLOW.
Factory setting:
1.0

MAX PRESS. FLOW (634)
EntryEnter maximum pressure of primary device.
 See layout sheet of primary device. This value is assigned to the maximum flow
value (see MAX. FLOW).
Factory setting:High sensor limit ( see PRESS. SENS HILIM,  ä 212)

DAMPING VALUE (247)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the local
operation, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to achange in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specification

154

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

MEASURED VALUEQUICK SETUPOPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENTDISPLAY

BASIC SETUP

EXTENDED SETUP

POS. ZERO ADJUSTPOS. INPUT VALUECALIB. OFFSET

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-en-003

Fig. 41:POSITION ADJUSTMENT function group

Table 6: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT
Parameter name

Description

Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when the container is empty,
the measured value does not display zero. Deltabar S, Cerabar S and Deltapilot S offer three different ways of
performing a position adjustment.
Recommendation:• The pressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured pressure need not be known.
– POS. ZERO ADJUST: Deltabar S or Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensors or Deltapilot S.
– POS. INPUT VALUE: Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensors.
• The pressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured pressure is known.
– CALIB. OFFSET: Deltabar S, Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensors, Cerabar S with absolute pressure
sensors or Deltapilot S.
POS. ZERO ADJUST (685)
Entry

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known.
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Correct the MEASURED VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the"Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure
present.
– MEASURED VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) bywhich the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
Options• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
0.0

Endress+Hauser

155

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 6: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT
Parameter name

Description

POS. INPUT VALUE (563)
Entry

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known. To correct the pressure difference, youneed a reference measurement value (e.g. from a reference device).
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi)
– For the POS. INPUT VALUE parameter, specify the desired set point for the
MEASURED VALUE, e.g. 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi).
(The following applies: MEASURED VALUEnew = POS. INPUT VALUE)– MEASURED VALUE (after entry for POS. INPUT VALUE) = 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi)
– The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset)
by which the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
The following applies: CALIB. OFFSET = MEASURED VALUEold – POS. INPUTVALUE,
here: CALIB. OFFSET= 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi) - 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi) = - 1.5 mbar(-0.0225 psi)
Factory setting:
0.0

CALIB. OFFSET (319)
Entry

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure is known. (A reference pressure is not present at the device.)
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Via the CALIB. OFFSET parameter, enter the value by which the MEASUREDVALUE should be corrected. To correct the MEASURED VALUE to 0.0 mbar, youmust enter the value 2.2 here.
(The following applies: MEASURED VALUE new = MEASURED VALUEold –CALIB. OFFSET)– MEASURED VALUE (after entry for calib. offset) = 0.0 mbar
Factory setting:
0.0

MEASURED VALUEQUICK SETUPOPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENTDISPLAY

BASIC SETUP

EXTENDED SETUP

Level

Pressure

PRESS. ENG. UNIT*

CUSTOMER UNIT P

*

Flow

marked with an asterisk "*"* Parameters
are not always displayed. The display
depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

CUST. UNIT FACT. P

DAMPING VALUE

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-en-004

Fig. 42:

156

BASIC SETUP function group for the "Pressure" measuring modeEndress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 7: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Pressure
Note:
See also–  ä 149, Table 3: QUICK SETUP "Pressure"–  ä 197, Table 15: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Pressure"–  ä 214 ff, Table 27: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Pressure"–  ä 115 ff, Section 8 "Pressure measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)".
MEASURING MODE
Selection

Select the measuring mode.
The operating menu is structured according to the selected measuring mode.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified inthe "Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary,reconfigured!

‣

When the measuring mode is changed, no conversion takes place. The digital
output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer displays the same value as
the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE. The device has to be recalibrated if
the measuring mode is changed.  ä 115, Section 8 "Pressure measurement (vialocal operation and FieldCare)".
Options:• Pressure• Level• Deltabar S: Flow
Factory setting:Pressure
PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060)
Selection

Select the pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.
Options• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg
• Torr• g/cm2, kg/cm2• lb/ft2• atm• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2• User unit, see also the following parameter descriptions for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT. FACT. P.
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter descriptions for XD SCALE, OUT SCALE and OUT
value.
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per orderspecifications

Endress+Hauser

157

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 7: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific pressure unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT. FACT. P
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local
operation. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to
five. For example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2"
would be displayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The
slash counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317)
EntryEnter the conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa i 1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

DAMPING VALUE (247)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the local
operation, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to achange in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specification

158

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Measured value

1
GROUP SELECTION

1LANGUAGE

OPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENT

PressureDISPLAY

BASIC SETUP

EXTENDED SETUP

Level

Flow

Level Easy Pressure

Level Easy Height

Level Standard

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT P*

CUST. UNIT FACT. P*

OUTPUT UNIT

CALIBRATION MODE

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication*

Parameters marked with an asterisk "*"are not always displayed. The display
depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

Wet

Dry

EMPTY CALIB.

EMPTY CALIB.

FULL CALIB.

EMPTY PRESSURE

FULL CALIB.

FULL PRESSUREDAMPING VALUE

P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-en-136

Fig. 43:

BASIC SETUP function group for the "Level" measuring mode and "Level easy pressure" level selection

Table 8: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level easy pressure"
Parameter name

Description

The following parameters are displayed if you have selected the "Level easy pressure" option for the LEVEL
SELECTION parameter. Specify two pressure-level value pairs for this level mode. The two calibration modes,"Wet" and "Dry", are available.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level ( ä 147).
• LEVEL SELECTION = Level easy pressure ( ä 148.)

Endress+Hauser

159

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 8: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level easy pressure"
Parameter name

Description

PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060)
Selection

Select the pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.
Options• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg
• Torr• g/cm2, kg/cm2• lb/ft2• atm• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2• User unit, see also the following parameter descriptions for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT. FACT. P.
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter descriptions for XD SCALE, OUT SCALE and OUT
value.
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per orderspecifications

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific pressure unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT. FACT. P
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local
operation. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to
five. For example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2"
would be displayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The
slash counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317)
EntryEnter the conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa i 1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

160

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 8: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level easy pressure"
Parameter name

Description

OUTPUT UNIT (023)
Selection

Select the unit for the measured value display and the MEASURED VALUE
parameter ( ä 215).
The selected unit is used only to describe the measured value. This means thatwhen selecting a new output unit, the measured value is not converted.
Example:• Current measured value: 0.3 ft• New output unit: m• New measured value: 0.3 m (9.8 ft)
Options• %• mm, cm, dm, m• ft, inch
• cm3, dm3, m3,m3 E3• l, hl• ft3, ft3 E3• gal, bbl, Igal
• g, kg, t• lb, ton, oz
Factory setting:%

CALIBRATION MODE
(008)
Selection

Select the calibration mode.
Options:• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the case of
two different levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is
assigned to the pressure measured at this point in time. ( See also this table,parameter descriptions for EMPTY CALIB. and FULL CALIB.)• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, you specify twopressure-level value pairs via the following parameters: EMPTY CALIB., EMPTYPRESSURE, FULL CALIB. and FULL PRESSURE.
Factory setting:
Wet

EMPTY CALIB. (010)
EntryEnter the level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower calibration point(empty container).
The container is either empty or part full. By entering a value for this parameter,
you assign a level, volume, mass or percentage value to the pressure present at thedevice. The unit is selected via the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( ä 161).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
For this parameter, the local operation shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the "+"- or "–" key before confirming with the "E" key. This applies
also if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
0.0

Endress+Hauser

161

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 8: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level easy pressure"
Parameter name

Description

FULL CALIB. (004)
EntryEnter the height, volume or mass value for the upper calibration point (containerfull).
The container is either completely or almost full. By entering a value for thisparameter, you assign a height, volume or mass value to the pressure present at
the device. The unit is selected via the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( ä 161).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
For this parameter, the local operation shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the "+"- or "–" key before confirming with the "E" key. This applies
also if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
100.0

EMPTY CALIB. (010)
EntryEnter the level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower calibration point(empty container).
The values entered for the EMPTY CALIB. and EMPTY PRESSURE parameters form
the pressure-level value pair for the lower calibration point. The unit is selected via
the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( ä 161).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

EMPTY PRESSURE (011)
EntryEnter the pressure value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
See also EMPTY CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

FULL CALIB. (004)
EntryEnter the height, volume, mass or percentage value for the upper calibration point(container full).
The values entered for the FULL CALIB. and FULL PRESSURE parameters form thepressure-level value pair for the upper calibration point. The unit is selected via the
OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( ä 161).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
100.0

FULL PRESSURE (005)
EntryEnter the pressure value for the upper calibration point (container full).
See also FULL CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
100.0

DAMPING VALUE (247)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the local
operation, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to achange in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specification

162

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Measured value

1
GROUP SELECTION

1LANGUAGE

OPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENT

PressureDISPLAY

BASIC SETUP

EXTENDED SETUP

Level

Flow

Level Easy Pressure

Level Easy Height

Level Standard

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT P

CUST. UNIT FACT. P**

OUTPUT UNIT

HEIGHT UNIT

CALIBRATION MODE

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication
Parameters marked with an asterisk "*"are not always displayed. The display
depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

Wet

Dry

DENSITY UNITDENSITY UNIT

ADJUST DENSITYADJUST DENSITYEMPTY CALIB.

EMPTY CALIB.

FULL CALIB.

EMPTY HEIGHTFULL CALIB.

FULL HEIGHTDAMPING VALUE

P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-en-137

Fig. 44:BASIC SETUP function group for "Level" measuring mode and "Level easy height" level selection

Table 9: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level easy height"
Parameter name

Description

The following parameters are displayed if you have selected the "Level easy height" option for the LEVEL
SELECTION parameter. For this level mode, specify a height unit, the density and two height-level value pairs.
The pressure measured value is converted to a height value using the density entered and the height unit. The
two calibration modes, "Wet" and "Dry", are available.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level ( ä 147).
• LEVEL SELECTION = Level easy height ( ä 148.)

Endress+Hauser

163

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 9: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level easy height"
Parameter name

Description

PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060)
Selection

Select the pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.
Options• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg
• Torr• g/cm2, kg/cm2• lb/ft2• atm• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2• User unit, see also the following parameter descriptions for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT. FACT. P.
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter descriptions for XD SCALE, OUT SCALE and OUT
value.
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per orderspecifications

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific pressure unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT. FACT. P
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local
operation. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to
five. For example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2"
would be displayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The
slash counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317)
EntryEnter the conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa i 1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

164

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 9: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level easy height"
Parameter name

Description

OUTPUT UNIT (023)
Selection

Select the unit for the measured value display and the MEASURED VALUE
parameter ( ä 215).
The selected unit is used only to describe the measured value. This means thatwhen selecting a new output unit, the measured value is not converted.
Example:• Current measured value: 0.3 ft• New output unit: m• New measured value: 0.3 m (9.8 ft)
Options• %• mm, cm, dm, m• ft, inch
• cm3, dm3, m3,m3 E3• l, hl• ft3, ft3 E3• gal, bbl, Igal
• g, kg, t• lb, ton, oz
Factory setting:%

HEIGHT UNIT (003)
Selection

Select the height unit. The measured pressure is converted to the chosen height
unit using the DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY parameters.
Options:
• mm
• cm
• dm
• m
• inch• ft
Factory setting:m

CALIBRATION MODE
(008)
Selection

Select the calibration mode.
Options:• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. The measured
pressure is converted to the chosen height unit using the HEIGHT UNIT,DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY parameters. In the case of two different
levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is assigned to theconverted height value.
• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, you specify twoheight-level value pairs via the EMPTY CALIB., EMPTY HEIGHT, FULL CALIB.
and FULL HEIGHT parameters.
Factory setting:Dry

DENSITY UNIT (001)
Selection

Select the density unit. The measured pressure is converted to a height using theHEIGHT UNIT, DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY parameters.
Options:• g/cm3• kg/dm3• kg/m3• US lb/in3• US lb/ft3
Factory setting:kg/dm3

ADJUST DENSITY (007)
Entry

Enter the density of the fluid. The measured pressure is converted to a height using
the HEIGHT UNIT, DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY parameters.
Factory setting:
1.0

Endress+Hauser

165

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 9: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level easy height"
Parameter name

Description

EMPTY CALIB. (010)
EntryEnter the level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower calibration point(empty container).
The container is either empty or part full. The measured pressure is converted to aheight value using the HEIGHT UNIT, DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY
parameters and displayed. By means of the parameter EMPTY CALIB., you assign alevel, volume, mass or percentage value to the height value. The unit is selected via
the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( ä 165).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
For this parameter, the local operation shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the "+"- or "–" key before confirming with the "E" key. This applies
also if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
0.0

FULL CALIB. (004)
EntryEnter the level, volume, mass or percentage value for the upper calibration point(full container).
The container is either completely or almost full. The measured pressure isconverted to a height value using the HEIGHT UNIT, DENSITY UNIT and ADJUSTDENSITY parameters and displayed. By means of the parameter FULL CALIB., you
assign a level, volume, mass or percentage value to the height value. The unit isselected via the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( ä 165).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
For this parameter, the local operation shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the "+"- or "–" key before confirming with the "E" key. This applies
also if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
100.0

EMPTY CALIB. (010)
EntryEnter the level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower calibration point(empty container).
The values entered for the EMPTY CALIB. and EMPTY HEIGHT parameters form
the height-level value pair for the lower calibration point. The unit is selected via
the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( ä 165).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

EMPTY HEIGHT (009)
EntryEnter the height value for the lower calibration point (container empty). The unit isselected via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter ( ä 165).
See also EMPTY CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

FULL CALIB. (004)
EntryEnter the level, volume, mass or percentage value for the upper calibration point(full container).
The values entered for the FULL CALIB. and FULL HEIGHT parameters form theheight-level value pair for the upper calibration point. The unit is selected via the
OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( ä 165).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
100.0

166

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 9: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level easy height"
Parameter name

Description

FULL HEIGHT (006)
EntryEnter the value for the upper calibration point (container full). The unit is selected
via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter ( ä 165).
See also FULL CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:Upper range limit (URL) is converted to a unit of height

DAMPING VALUE (247)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the local
operation, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to achange in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specification

MEASURED VALUEQUICK SETUPOPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENT

PressureDISPLAY

BASIC SETUP

EXTENDED SETUP

Flow

Level

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

marked with an asterisk "*"* Parameters
are not always displayed. The display

CUSTOMER UNIT P*

CUST. UNIT FACT. P*

depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.
LEVEL MODE

LinearPressure Linearized

Height Linearized

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-en-005

Fig. 45:

BASIC SETUP function group for the "Level" measuring mode, depending on the setting for the LEVEL MODEparameter, ä 170,  Fig. 46 BASIC SETUP function group for the "Level" measuring mode and "Linear" level mode ä 179,  Fig. 48 BASIC SETUP function group for the "Level" measuring mode and "Pressure linearized" level mode ä 183,  Fig. 49 BASIC SETUP function group for the "Level" measuring mode and "Height linearized" level mode.

Table 10: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level standard"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level
Note:
See also–  ä 171 ff, Table 11: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear" toTable 13: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height linearized" – contd–  ä 197 ff, Table 16: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"–  ä 200 ff, Table 18: GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION – Local
operation–  ä 215 ff, Table 28: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level"–  ä 117 ff, Section 9 "Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)".

Endress+Hauser

167

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 10: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level standard"
Parameter name

Description

MEASURING MODE
Selection

Select the measuring mode.
The operating menu is structured according to the selected measuring mode.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified inthe "Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary,reconfigured!

‣

When the measuring mode is changed, no conversion takes place. The digital
output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer displays the same value as
the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE. The device has to be recalibrated if
the measuring mode is changed.  ä 117, Section 9 "Level measurement (via local
operation and FieldCare)".
Options:• Pressure• Level• Deltabar S: Flow
Factory setting:Pressure (Deltabar S, Cerabar S)
Factory setting:
Deltabar S, Cerabar S = Pressure
Deltapilot S = Level easy pressure
PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060)
Selection

Select the pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.
Options:• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg
• Torr• g/cm2, kg/cm2• lb/ft2• atm• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2• User unit, see also the following parameter descriptions for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT. FACT. P.
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter descriptions for XD SCALE, OUT SCALE and OUT
value.
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per orderspecifications

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific pressure unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT. FACT. P
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local
operation. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to
five. For example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2"
would be displayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The
slash counts as one character.
Factory setting:________

168

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 10: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level standard"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317)
EntryEnter the conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa i 1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

LEVEL MODE (718)
Selection

Select level mode.
Options:• Linear: The measured variable (level, volume, mass or %) is in direct proportion
to the measured pressure.  ä 171 ff, Table 11.
• Pressure linearized: The measured variable (volume, mass or %) is not in direct
proportion to the measured pressure such as in the case of containers with aconical outlet. For the calibration, enter a linearization table with at least 2 andnot more than 32 points.  ä 179 ff, Table 12: OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Pressure linearized".
• Height linearized: Select this level mode if you require two measured variables orif the container shape is given with value pairs, e.g. height and volume.
The following combinations are possible:– Height + volume– Height + mass
– Height + %– %-height + volume– %-height + mass
– %-height + %Perform two calibrations for this level mode. First for the measured variableheight or %-height like for the "Linear" option and then for the measured
variable volume, mass or % like for the "Pressure linearized" option.  ä 184 ff,
Table 13: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVELMODE "Height linearized".
Factory setting:LinearFor LEVEL MODE = Linear,  ä 171 ff, Table 11: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Linear".
For LEVEL MODE = Pressure linearized,  ä 179 ff, Table 12: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC
SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Pressure linearized".
For LEVEL MODE = Height linearized,  ä 184 ff, Table 13: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC
SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height linearized".

Endress+Hauser

169

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

MEASURED VALUEQUICK SETUPOPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENT

PressureDISPLAY

BASIC SETUP

EXTENDED SETUP

Level

Flow

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT P*

CUST. UNIT FACT. P*

LEVEL MODE

Pressure Linearized

Height Linearized

HeightVolumeMass

HEIGHT UNIT

VOLUME UNITMASS UNIT

LinearLIN. MEASURAND%*

CUSTOMER UNIT V*

CUSTOMER UNIT M**

CUST. UNIT FACT. V*

CUST. UNIT FACT. M*

CUSTOMER UNIT H

CUST. UNIT FACT. H

CALIBRATION MODE

wet

dry

EMPTY CALIB.

DENSITY UNITEMPTY PRESSURE

ADJUST DENSITYFULL CALIB.

TANK VOLUME*

FULL PRESSURETANK HEIGHT*HEIGHT UNIT**

ADJUSTED DENSITY**
CUST. UNIT FACT. H
CUSTOMER UNIT H*

Parameters marked with an asterisk "*"are not always displayed. The display
depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

100% POINT*

ZERO OFFSETDAMPING VALUE

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-en-006

Fig. 46:

170

BASIC SETUP function group for the "Level" measuring mode and "Linear" level modeEndress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 11: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

The following parameters are displayed if you selected the "Linear" option for the LEVEL MODE parameter. For
this level mode, the measured variable (level, volume, mass or %) is in direct proportion to the measured
pressure.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level• LEVEL MODE = Linear ( ä 169)
Note:
See also–  ä 167 ff, Table 10: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level
standard" – general–  ä 197 ff, Table 16: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"–  ä 215 ff, Table 28: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level"–  ä 117 ff, Section 9 "Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)".
LIN. MEASURAND (804)Selection

Select the measured variable.
Options:• Level• Volume• Mass• % (level)
Factory setting:% (level)

HEIGHT UNIT (708)
Selection

Select the level unit.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Level
Options:
• mm
• cm
• dm
• m
• inch• ft• User unit, see also the following parameter descriptions for CUSTOMER UNIT
H and CUST. UNIT. FACT. H.
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter descriptions for XD SCALE, OUT SCALE and OUT
value.
Factory setting:m

CUSTOMER UNIT H (706)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific level unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT. FACT. H.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Level, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local
operation. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to
five. For example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2"
would be displayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The
slash counts as one character.
Factory setting:________

Endress+Hauser

171

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 11: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705) Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific level unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT H.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Level, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 m i 1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT H: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. H: 2
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0
UNIT VOLUME (313)
Selection

Select the volume unit.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume
Options:
• l
• hl
• cm3
• dm3
• m3
• m3 E3• ft• ft3 E3
• gal
• Igal• bbl• User unit, see also the following parameter descriptions for CUSTOMER UNIT
V and CUST. UNIT. FACT. V
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter descriptions for XD SCALE, OUT SCALE and OUT
value.
Factory setting:m3

CUSTOMER UNIT V (608)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific volume unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT. FACT. V
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, UNIT VOLUME = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local
operation. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to
five. For example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2"
would be displayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The
slash counts as one character.
Factory setting:________

172

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 11: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607) Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific volume unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m3".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT V.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, UNIT VOLUME = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.01 m3 i 1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT V: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. V: 100– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
MASS UNIT (709)
Selection

Select the mass unit.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass
Options:
• g
• kg
• t
• oz
• lb
• ton
• User unit, see also the following parameter descriptions for CUSTOMER UNIT
M and CUST. UNIT. FACT. M
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter descriptions for XD SCALE, OUT SCALE and OUT
value.
Factory setting:kg

CUSTOMER UNIT M (704)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific mass unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT. FACT. M.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local
operation. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to
five. For example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2"
would be displayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The
slash counts as one character.
Factory setting:________

Endress+Hauser

173

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 11: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703) Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific mass unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "kg".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT M.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 10 kg i 1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT M: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. M: 0.1– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
CALIBRATION MODE
(392)
Selection

Select the calibration mode.
Options:• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. Thiscalibration mode requires two pressure-level value pairs to be entered. In thecase of two different levels, the level value is entered and the pressure measured
at this moment is assigned to the level value. See also the following
parameter description for EMPTY CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE, FULL CALIB. and
FULL PRESSURE.
• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration which you can carry out even if thedevice is not mounted or the container is empty.
– For the "Level" measured variable, the density of the fluid ( ä 175, ADJUSTDENSITY) must be entered.
– For the "Volume" measured variable, the density of the fluid and the tankvolume and tank height must be entered ( ä 175, ADJUST DENSITY, TANKVOLUME and TANK HEIGHT).
– For the "Mass" measured variable, the tank volume and the tank height must
be entered ( ä 176, TANK VOLUME and TANK HEIGHT). The density mustalso be entered in the case of a zero point shift (level offset) ( ä 175,
ADJUST DENSITY).
– For the "%" measured variable, the density of the fluid must be entered and alevel assigned to the 100 % point ( ä 175 and  ä 178, ADJUST DENSITY
and 100% POINT).
If the measurement should not start at the mounting location of the device, alevel offset must be entered ( ä 178, ZERO POSITION).
Factory setting:
Wet

EMPTY CALIB. (314)
EntryEnter the level value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
The container is either empty or part full. By entering a value for this parameter,
you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device. See also
EMPTY PRESSURE.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:
0.0

EMPTY PRESSURE (710)
Display

Displays the pressure value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
See also EMPTY CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:
0.0

174

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 11: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

FULL CALIB. (315)
Entry

Enter the level value for the upper calibration point (container full).
The container is either completely or almost full. By entering a value for thisparameter, you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device. 
See also FULL PRESSURE.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:
100.0

FULL PRESSURE (711)
Display

Displays the pressure value for the upper calibration point (container full).
See also FULL CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:High sensor limit ( see PRESS. SENS HILIM,  ä 212)

ADJUSTED DENSITY (810)Display

Displays the density calculated from the upper and lower level point.

DENSITY UNIT (812)
Selection

Select the density unit.

Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet, LIN. MEASURAND = Level

Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Level, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = % (level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Options:• g/cm3• kg/dm3• kg/m3• US lb/in3• US lb/ft3
Factory setting:kg/dm3

ADJUST DENSITY (316)
EntryEnter the density of the fluid.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Level, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = % (level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:1000.0Endress+Hauser

175

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 11: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

UNIT VOLUME (313)
Selection

Select the volume unit.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume
Options:
• l
• hl
• cm3
• dm3
• m3
• m3 E3• ft• ft3 E3
• gal
• Igal• bbl• User unit, see also the following parameter descriptions for CUSTOMER UNIT
V and CUST. UNIT. FACT. V
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter descriptions for XD SCALE, OUT SCALE and OUT
value.
Factory setting:m3

CUSTOMER UNIT V (608)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific volume unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT. FACT. V
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, UNIT VOLUME = User unit
Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local
operation. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to
five. For example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2"
would be displayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The
slash counts as one character.
Factory setting:________

CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607) Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific volume unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m3".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT V.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, UNIT VOLUME = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.01 m3 i 1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT V: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. V: 100– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
TANK VOLUME (858)
EntryEnter the tank volume.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
1.0 m3176

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 11: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

HEIGHT UNIT (708)
Selection

Select the level unit.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = % (level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Options:
• mm
• dm
• cm
• m
• inch• ft• User unit, see also the following parameter descriptions for CUSTOMER UNIT
H and CUST. UNIT. FACT. H.
Factory setting:m

CUSTOMER UNIT H (706)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific level unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT. FACT. H.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = % (level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local
operation. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to
five. For example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2"
would be displayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The
slash counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705) Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific level unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT H.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = % (level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 m i 1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT H: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. H: 2
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0
TANK HEIGHT (859)
EntryEnter the tank height.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
1.0 m

Endress+Hauser

177

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 11: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

100% POINT (813)
EntryEnter the level value for the 100% point.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = % (level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Example:– The 100 %-point should correspond to 4 m.
– Select the "m" unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter.
– Enter the value "4" for this parameter (100% POINT).
Factory setting:
1.0

ZERO POSITION (814)
EntryEnter the value for level offset.
If the measurement should not start at the mounting location of the device, e.g. forcontainers with a sump, carry out zero point shift (level offset).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

➀
➁

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-001

Fig. 47:
1
2

DAMPING VALUE (247)
Entry

Zero point shift
Device is mounted above the level lower-range value: a positive value has to be enteredfor ZERO POSITION.
Device is mounted below the level lower-range value: a negative value has to be enteredfor ZERO POSITION.

Enter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the local
operation, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to achange in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specification

178

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

MEASURED VALUEQUICK SETUP

MANUFACTURER VIEWOPERATING MENUSETTINGSDISPLAYPOSITION ADJUSTMENT

BASIC SETUP

Pressure

EXTENDED SETUP

Flow

Level
PRESS. ENG. UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT P*

CUST. UNIT FACT. P*

LEVEL MODE

LinearPressure Linearized

Height Linearized

LINd MEASURAND

Pressure and volume Pressure and ground
VOLUME UNIT

marked with an asterisk "*"* Parameters
are not always displayed. The display
depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

% of Level

MASS UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT V*

CUSTOMER UNIT M*

CUST. UNIT FACT. V*

CUST. UNIT FACT. M*

HYDR. PRESS MIN.

HYDR. PRESS MAX.

DAMPING VALUE
P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-en-007

Fig. 48:

BASIC SETUP function group for the "Level" measuring mode and "Pressure linearized" level mode, continue calibration
with LINEARIZATION function group  ä 200 ff.

Table 12: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Pressure linearized"
Parameter name

Description

The following parameters are displayed if you selected the "Pressure linearized" option for the LEVEL MODE
parameter. For this level mode, the measured variable (volume, mass or %) is not in direct proportion to themeasured pressure. For the calibration, enter a linearization table with at least 2 and not more than 32 points.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level• LEVEL MODE = Pressure linearized ( ä 169).
Note:
See also–  ä 167 ff, Table 10: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level
standard" – general–  ä 197 ff, Table 16: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"–  ä 200 ff, Table 18: GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION – Local
operation and Table 19: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION – FieldCare–  ä 215 ff, Table 28: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level"–  ä 117 ff, Section 9 "Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)".

Endress+Hauser

179

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 12: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Pressure linearized"
Parameter name

Description

LINd. MEASURAND. (805) Select the measured variable.
Selection
Options:• Pressure and volume• Pressure and mass
• Pressure and %Factory setting:Pressure and %UNIT VOLUME (313)
Selection

Select the volume unit.
Prerequisite:• LINd. MEASURAND. = Pressure and volume
Options:
• l
• hl
• cm3
• dm3
• m3
• m3 E3• ft• ft3 E3
• gal
• Igal• bbl• User unit, see also the following parameter descriptions for CUSTOMER UNIT
V and CUST. UNIT. FACT. V
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter descriptions for XD SCALE, OUT SCALE and OUT
value.
Factory setting:m3

CUSTOMER UNIT V (608)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific volume unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT. FACT. V.
Prerequisite:• LINd. MEASURAND. = Pressure and volume,
UNIT VOLUME = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local
operation. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to
five. For example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2"
would be displayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The
slash counts as one character.
Factory setting:________

180

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 12: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Pressure linearized"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607) Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific volume unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m3". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT V.
Prerequisite:• LINd. MEASURAND. = Pressure and volume,
UNIT VOLUME = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.01 m3 i 1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT V: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. V: 100– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
MASS UNIT (709)
Selection

Select the mass unit.
Prerequisite:• LINd. MEASURAND. = Pressure and mass
Options:
• g
• kg
• t
• oz
• lb
• ton
• User unit, see also the following parameter descriptions for CUSTOMER UNIT
M and CUST. UNIT. FACT. M
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter descriptions for XD SCALE, OUT SCALE and OUT
value.
Factory setting:kg

CUSTOMER UNIT M (704)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific mass unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT. FACT. M.
Prerequisite:• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and mass,
MASS UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local
operation. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to
five. For example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2"
would be displayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The
slash counts as one character.
Factory setting:________

Endress+Hauser

181

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 12: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Pressure linearized"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703) Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific mass unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "kg". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT M.
Prerequisite:• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and mass,
MASS UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 10 kg i 1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT M: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. M: 0.1– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
HYDR. PRESS MIN. (773)
EntryEnter the minimum hydrostatic pressure to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum hydrostaticpressure to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:
0.0

HYDR. PRESS MAX. (774)
EntryEnter the maximum hydrostatic pressure to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum hydrostaticpressure to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:High sensor limit ( see PRESS. SENS HILIM,  ä 212)

DAMPING VALUE (247)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the local
operation, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to achange in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specification

182

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

MEASURED VALUEQUICK SETUPOPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENT

PressureDISPLAY

BASIC SETUP

EXTENDED SETUP

Flow

Level
PRESS. ENG. UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT P*

CUST. UNIT FACT. P*

LEVEL MODE

LinearPressure Linearized

Height Linearized

COMB. MEASURAND

Height+...

%-Height+...

HEIGHT UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT H*

CUST. UNIT FACT. H*...+Volume...+Mass

VOLUME UNITMASS UNIT...+%

CUSTOMER UNIT V*

CUSTOMER UNIT M*

CUST. UNIT FACT. V*

CUST. UNIT FACT. M*

LEVEL MINLEVEL MAXCALIBRATION MODE

marked with an asterisk "*"* Parameters
are not always displayed. The display
depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

wet

dry

EMPTY CALIB.

DENSITY UNITEMPTY PRESSURE

ADJUST DENSITYFULL CALIB.

HEIGHT UNIT*

FULL PRESSURECUSTOMER UNIT H*

ADJUSTED DENSITY

CUST. UNIT FACT. H*

DENSITY UNIT

100% POINT**

ZERO POSITIONDAMPING VALUE

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-en-009

Fig. 49:

Endress+Hauser

BASIC SETUP function group for the "Level" measuring mode and "Height linearized" level mode, continue calibration with
LINEARIZATION function group  ä 200 ff.

183

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 13: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height linearized"
Parameter name

Description

The following parameters are displayed if you selected the "Height linearized" option for the LEVEL MODE
parameter.
Select this level mode if you require two measured variables or if the container shape is given with value pairs,e.g. height and volume.
The following combinations are possible:• Height + volume• Height + mass
• Height + %• %-height + volume• %-height + mass
• %-height + %The 1st measured variable (%-height or height) must be in direct proportion to the measured pressure. The 2nd
measured variable (volume, mass or %) must not be in direct proportion. A linearization table has to be entered
for the 2nd measured variable. The 2nd measured variable is assigned to the 1st measured variable by means of
this table.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level• LEVEL MODE = Height linearized ( ä 169).
Note:
See also–  ä 167 ff, Table 10: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL SELECTION "Level
standard" – general–  ä 197 ff, Table 16: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"–  ä 200 ff, Table 18: GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION – Local
operation and Table 19: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION – FieldCare–  ä 215 ff, Table 28: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level"–  ä 117 ff, Section 9 "Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)".
COMB. MEASURAND(806)
Selection

Select the measured variable.
Options:• Height and volume• Height and mass
• Height and %• %-height and volume• %-height and mass
• %-height and %Factory setting:%-height and %HEIGHT UNIT (708)
Selection

Select the level unit for the 1st measured variable.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and volume, height and mass or height and %Options:
• mm
• dm
• cm
• m
• inch• ft• User unit, see also the following parameter descriptions for CUSTOMER UNIT
H and CUST. UNIT. FACT. H.
Factory setting:m

184

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 13: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height linearized"
Parameter name

Description

CUSTOMER UNIT H (706)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific level unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT. FACT. H.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and volume, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and mass, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and %, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local
operation. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to
five. For example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2"
would be displayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The
slash counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705) Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific level unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT H.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and volume, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and mass, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and %, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 m i 1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT H: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. H: 2
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0
UNIT VOLUME (313)
Selection

Select the volume unit for the 2nd measured value.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and volume or %-height and volume
Options:
• l
• hl
• cm3
• dm3
• m3
• m3 E3• ft• ft3 E3
• gal
• Igal• bbl• User unit, see also the following parameter descriptions for CUSTOMER UNIT
V and CUST. UNIT. FACT. V
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter descriptions for XD SCALE, OUT SCALE and OUT
value.
Factory setting:m3

Endress+Hauser

185

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 13: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height linearized"
Parameter name

Description

CUSTOMER UNIT V (608)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific volume unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT. FACT. V.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and volume, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and volume,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local
operation. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to
five. For example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2"
would be displayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The
slash counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607) Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific volume unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m3". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT V.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and volume, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and volume,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.01 m3 i 1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT V: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. V: 100– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
MASS UNIT (709)
Selection

Select the mass unit for the 2nd measured value.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and mass or %-height and mass
Options:
• g
• kg
• t
• oz
• lb
• ton
• User unit, see also the following parameter descriptions for CUSTOMER UNIT
M and CUST. UNIT. FACT. M
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter descriptions for XD SCALE, OUT SCALE and OUT
value.
Factory setting:kg

186

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 13: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height linearized"
Parameter name

Description

CUSTOMER UNIT M (704)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific mass unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT. FACT. M.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and mass, MASS UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and mass, MASS UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local
operation. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to
five. For example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2"
would be displayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The
slash counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703) Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific mass unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "kg". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT M.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and mass, MASS UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and mass, MASS UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 10 kg i 1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT M: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. M: 0.1– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
LEVEL MIN (755)
EntryEnter the minimum level to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum level to be
expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:
0.0

LEVEL MAX (712)
EntryEnter the maximum level to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum level to be
expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:
100.0

Endress+Hauser

187

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 13: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height linearized"
Parameter name

Description

CALIBRATION MODE
(392)
Selection

Select the calibration mode for the calibration of the 1st measured variable.
Options:• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling the container. This calibration mode
requires two pressure-level value pairs to be entered. In the case of two different
levels, the level value is entered and the pressure measured at this moment is
assigned to the level value.
See also the following parameter description for EMPTY CALIB., EMPTYPRESSURE, FULL CALIB. and FULL PRESSURE.
• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration which you can carry out even if thedevice is not mounted or the container is empty.
– For the "Level" measured variable, the density of the fluid ( ä 189, ADJUSTDENSITY) must be entered.
– For the "%" measured variable, the density of the fluid must be entered and alevel assigned to the 100 % point ( ä 189, ADJUST DENSITY and 100%
POINT).
If the measurement should not start at the mounting location of the device, alevel offset must be entered ( ä 191, ZERO POSITION).
If you change to dry calibration after a wet calibration, the density must be enteredcorrectly via the ADJUST DENSITY and PROCESS DENSITY parameters.  ä 198.
Factory setting:
Wet

EMPTY CALIB. (314)
EntryEnter the level value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
The container is either empty or part full. By entering a value for this parameter,
you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device. See also
EMPTY PRESSURE.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:
0.0

EMPTY PRESSURE (710)
Display

Displays the pressure value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
See also EMPTY CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

FULL CALIB. (315)
Entry

Enter the level value for the upper calibration point (container full).
The container is either completely or almost full. By entering a value for thisparameter, you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device. 
See also FULL PRESSURE.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:
100.0

FULL PRESSURE (711)
Display

Displays the pressure value for the upper calibration point (container full).
See also FULL CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:High sensor limit ( see PRESS. SENS HILIM,  ä 212)

ADJUSTED DENSITY (810)Display188

Displays the density calculated from the upper and lower level point.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Wet• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Wet• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 13: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height linearized"
Parameter name

Description

DENSITY UNIT (812)
Selection

Select the density unit.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Options:• g/cm3• kg/dm3• kg/m3• US lb/in3• US lb/ft3
Factory setting:kg/dm3

ADJUST DENSITY (316)
EntryEnter the density of the fluid.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
1.0

HEIGHT UNIT (708)
Selection

Select the level unit.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Options:
• mm
• dm
• cm
• m
• inch• ft• User unit, see also the following parameter descriptions for CUSTOMER UNIT
H and CUST. UNIT. FACT. H.
Factory setting:m

Endress+Hauser

189

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 13: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height linearized"
Parameter name

Description

CUSTOMER UNIT H (706)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific level unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT. FACT. H.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local
operation. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to
five. For example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2"
would be displayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The
slash counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705) Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific level unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT H.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 m i 1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT H: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. H: 2
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0
100% POINT (813)
EntryEnter the level value for the 100% point.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = %-height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Example:– The 100 %-point should correspond to 4 m (13 ft).
– Select the "m" unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter.
– Enter the value "4" for this parameter (100% POINT).
Factory setting:
1.0

190

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 13: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height linearized"
Parameter name

Description

ZERO POSITION (814)
EntryEnter the value for level offset.
If the measurement should not start at the mounting location of the device, e.g. forcontainers with a sump, carry out zero point shift (level offset).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry➀➁

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-001

Fig. 50:
1
2

Zero point shift
Device is mounted above the level lower-range value: a positive value has to be enteredfor ZERO POSITION.
Device is mounted below the level lower-range value: a negative value has to be enteredfor ZERO POSITION.

Factory setting:
0.0
DAMPING VALUE (247)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the local
operation, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to achange in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specification

Endress+Hauser

191

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

MEASURED VALUEQUICK SETUPOPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENTDISPLAY

BASIC SETUP

Level

Pressure

EXTENDED SETUP

Flow
PRESS. ENG. UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT P*

CUST. UNIT FACT. P*

LEVEL MODE

Volume p. cond.

Vol. norm cond.

Vol. std. cond.

Mass

UNIT FLOWNORM FLOW UNIT

STD. FLOW UNITMASS FLOW UNIT**
CUST. UNIT. FACT. F
CUSTOMER UNIT F.

marked with an asterisk "*"* Parameters
are not always displayed. The display
depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

MAX. PRESS. FLOWMAX FLOWDAMPING VALUE

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-en-010

Fig. 51:

BASIC SETUP function group for the "Flow" measuring mode

Table 14: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = FlowNote:
See also–  ä 153, Table 5: QUICK SETUP "Flow"–  ä 198, Table 17: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Flow"–  ä 206, Table 20: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS TOTALIZER SETUP–  ä 216, Table 29: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Flow"–  ä 142 ff, Section 10 "Flow measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)".

192

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 14: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

MEASURING MODE
Selection

Select the measuring mode.
The operating menu is structured according to the selected measuring mode.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified inthe "Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary,reconfigured!

‣

When the measuring mode is changed, no conversion takes place. The digital
output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer displays the same value as
the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE. The device has to be recalibrated if
the measuring mode is changed.  ä 142, Section 10 "Flow measurement (vialocal operation and FieldCare)".
Options:• Pressure• Level• Deltabar S: Flow
Factory setting:Pressure
PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060)
Selection

Select the pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.
Options:• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg
• Torr• g/cm2, kg/cm2• lb/ft2• atm• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2• User unit, see also the following parameter descriptions for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT. FACT. P
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter descriptions for XD SCALE, OUT SCALE and OUT
value.
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per orderspecifications

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific pressure unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT. FACT. P
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local
operation. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to
five. For example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2"
would be displayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The
slash counts as one character.
Factory setting:________

Endress+Hauser

193

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 14: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317)
EntryEnter the conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa i 1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

FLOW-MEAS. TYPE (640)
Selection

Select the flow type.
Options:• Volume operat. cond. (volume under operating conditions)• Gas norm. cond. (norm volume under norm conditions in Europe: 1013.25 mbar
and 273.15 K (0 °C))
• Gas std. cond. (standard volume under standard conditions in USA: 1013.25
mbar (14.7 psi) and 288.15 K (15 °C/59 °F))
• Mass
Factory setting:
Volume operat. cond.

UNIT FLOW (391)
Selection

Select volume flow unit.
When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a flow mode (FLOW-MEAS. TYPE). When theflow mode is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• FLOW-MEAS. TYPE = Volume operat. cond.
Options:• m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/day• l/s, l/min, l/h• hl/s, hl/min, hl/day• ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/day• ACFS, ACFM, ACFH, ACFD
• ozf/s, ozf/min• US Gal/s, US Gal/min, US Gal/h, US Gal/day• Imp. Gal/s, Imp. Gal/min, Imp. Gal/h• bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/day• User unit, see also this table, parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT F
and CUST. UNIT. FACT. F
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter descriptions for XD SCALE, OUT SCALE and OUT
value.
Factory setting:
m3/s

194

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 14: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

NORM FLOW UNIT (661)
Selection

Select the norm volume flow unit.
When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a flow mode (FLOW-MEAS. TYPE). When theflow mode is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• FLOW-MEAS. TYPE = Gas norm conditions
Options:• Nm3/s, Nm3/min, Nm3/h, Nm3/day• User unit, see also this table, parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT F
and CUST. UNIT. FACT. F
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter descriptions for XD SCALE, OUT SCALE and OUT
value.
Factory setting:
Nm3/s

STD. FLOW UNIT (660)
Selection

Select the standard volume flow unit.
When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a flow mode (FLOW-MEAS. TYPE). When theflow mode is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• FLOW-MEAS. TYPE = Gas std. conditions
Options:• Sm3/s, Sm3/min, Sm3/h, Sm3/day• SCFS, SCFM, SCFH, SCFD
• User unit, see also this table, parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT F
and CUST. UNIT. FACT. F
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter descriptions for XD SCALE, OUT SCALE and OUT
value.
Factory setting:
Sm3/s

MASS FLOW UNIT (571)
Selection

Select the mass flow unit.
When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a flow mode (FLOW-MEAS. TYPE). When theflow mode is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• FLOW-MEAS. TYPE = Mass p. cond.
Options:• g/s, kg/s, kg/min, kg/min, kg/h
• t/s, t/min, t/h, t/day• oz/s, oz/min• lb/s, lb/min, lb/h
• ton/s, ton/min, ton/h, ton/day• User unit, see also the following parameter descriptions for CUSTOMER UNIT
F and CUST. UNIT. FACT. F
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the local operation or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter descriptions for XD SCALE, OUT SCALE and OUT
value.
Factory setting:kg/sEndress+Hauser

195

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 14: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

CUSTOMER UNIT F (610)
Entry

Enter text (unit) for customer-specific flow unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT. FACT. F.
Prerequisite:• UNIT FLOW = User unit
• NORM FLOW UNIT = User unit
• STD. FLOW UNIT = User unit
• MASS FLOW UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local
operation. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to
five. For example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2"
would be displayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The
slash counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. F (609)
EntryEnter the conversion factor for a customer-specific flow unit. The conversion factor
must be entered in relation to an appropriate SI unit, e.g.
m3/s for the "Volume operat. cond." flow mode. See also CUSTOMER UNIT F.
Prerequisite:• UNIT FLOW = User unit
• NORM FLOW UNIT = User unit
• STD. FLOW UNIT = User unit
• MASS FLOW UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "bucket/h".
– MEASURED VALUE =0.01 m3/s i 3600 bucket/h– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT F: bucket/h– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. F: 360000– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 3600 bucket/hFactory setting:
1.0

MAX. FLOW (311)
EntryEnter maximum flow of primary device.
See also the layout sheet of the primary device. The maximum flow is assigned
to the maximum pressure which you enter via MAX PRESS. FLOW.
Factory setting:
1.0

MAX PRESS. FLOW (634)
EntryEnter maximum pressure of primary device.
 See layout sheet of primary device. This value is assigned to the maximum flow
value (see MAX. FLOW).
Factory setting:High sensor limit ( see PRESS. SENS HILIM,  ä 212)

DAMPING VALUE (247)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the local
operation, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to achange in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specification

196

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

MEASURED VALUEQUICK SETUPOPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENT

marked with an asterisk "*"* Parameters
are not always displayed. The display
depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

DISPLAY

BASIC SETUP

EXTENDED SETUP

Pressure

Level

Flow

TEMP. EING. UNIT

TEMP. EING. UNIT

TEMP. EING. UNITDENSITY UNIT

LOW FLOW CUT-OFF

ADJUST DENSITYSET LRVPROCESS DENSITYSET URV
P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-en-011

Fig. 52:

EXTENDED SETUP function groupfor the "Pressure" measuring mode  ä 197, Table 15: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Pressure"for the "Level" measuring mode  ä 197, Table 16: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"
for the "Flow" measuring mode  ä 198, Table 17: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Flow"

Table 15: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Pressure
Note:
See also  ä 115 ff, Section 8 "Pressure measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)".

‣TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318)Selection

Select the unit for the temperature measured values.
See also PCB TEMPERATURE ( ä 211) and SENSOR TEMP. ( ä 215).
Options:
• °C
• °F
• K
• R
Factory setting:°C

Table 16: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level
Note:
See also  ä 117 ff, Section 9 "Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)".

‣TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318)Selection

Select the unit for the temperature measured values.
See also PCB TEMPERATURE ( ä 211) and SENSOR TEMP. ( ä 215).
Options:
• °C
• °F
• K
• R
Factory setting:°C

Endress+Hauser

197

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 16: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"
Parameter name

Description

DENSITY UNIT
(001)/(812)
Selection

Select the density unit.
Options:• g/cm3• kg/dm3• kg/m3• US lb/in3• US lb/ft3
Factory setting:kg/dm3

ADJUST DENSITY(007)/(316)
EntryEnter the density of the fluid.
LIN. MEASURAND: "% (Level)", "Mass" and "Volume" and COMB. MEASURAND:
If you change to dry calibration after a wet calibration using the CALIBRATION
MODE parameter ( ä 174 or  ä 188), the density for the ADJUST DENSITY
and PROCESS DENSITY parameters must be entered correctly before changing thecalibration mode. If the pressure falls with increasing levels (LIN. MEASURED:
volume), such as in the case of a residual volume measurement, a negative value
must be entered for this parameter.
Factory setting:
1.0

PROCESS DENSITY(025)/(811)
EntryEnter a new density value for density correction. The calibration was carried out
with the medium water, for example. Now the container is to be used for anotherfluid with another density. The calibration is corrected appropriately by entering
the new density value in the PROCESS DENSITY parameter.
LIN. MEASURAND: "% (Level)", "Mass" and "Volume" and COMB. MEASURAND:
If you change to dry calibration after a wet calibration using the CALIBRATION
MODE parameter ( ä 174 or  ä 188), the density for the ADJUST DENSITY
and PROCESS DENSITY parameters must be entered correctly before changing thecalibration mode. If the pressure falls with increasing levels (LIN. MEASURED:
volume), such as in the case of a residual volume measurement, a negative value
must be entered for this parameter.
Factory setting:
1.0

Table 17: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = FlowNote:
See also  ä 142 ff, Section 10 "Flow measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)".

‣198

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 17: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318)Selection

Select the unit for the temperature measured value.
See also PCB TEMPERATURE ( ä 211) and SENSOR TEMP. ( ä 216).
Options:
• °C
• °F
• K
• R
Factory setting:°C

LOW FLOW CUT-OFF(442)
Selection

Switch the "low flow cut-off" function on and off.
In the lower measuring range, small flow quantities (creepages) can lead to large
fluctuations in the measured value. Switching on this function stops these flow
quantities from being recorded. See also SET. L. FL. CUT-OFF.
Options:• Off• On
Factory setting:
Off

SET. L. FL. CUT-OFF (332)
EntryEnter the switch-off point of low flow cut-off.
The hysteresis between the switch-on point and the switch-off point is always 1 %of the end flow value. See also LOW FLOW CUT-OFF.
Prerequisite:• LOW FLOW CUT-OFF = On
Input range:
Switch-off point: 0 to 50 % of end flow value (MAX. FLOW).

➀

➁

Q
Q max

Q
Q max
6%
5%

0%

Δp

0%

Δp
P01-PMD7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-000

Factory setting:
5 % (of end flow value)

Endress+Hauser

199

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Measured value

1
GROUP SELECTION

1LANGUAGE

OPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENTDISPLAY

LINEARIZATION

Level measuringmode only

TANK CONTENT MINTANK CONTENT MAX

TABLE SELECTION

Editor Table

Measuring Table

LIN. EDIT MODE

MEASURING TABLEEDITOR TABLE

MEASURING TABLEEDITOR TABLEEDITOR TABLE

1) Display via on-site display only
TANK DESCRIBTION
P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-en-091

Fig. 53:

LINEARIZATION function group for local operation

Table 18: GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION – Local operation
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level ( ä 147).
• LEVEL MODE = Pressure linearized or height linearized ( ä 169).
Note:– See also  ä 117 ff, Section 9 "Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)".
TANK CONTENT MIN
(759)
Entry

Enter the minimum tank contents to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum tank content tobe expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:
0.0

TANK CONTENT MAX
(713)
Entry

Enter the maximum tank contents to be expected.
The input limits for the subsequent calibration (editing limits) are derived from thevalue entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum tankcontent to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:
100.0

TABLE SELECTION (808)Selection

Select table.
The device works with a measuring and an editor table. The measuring table isused to calculate the measured value. To make sure measuring also runs properly
when entering a new table, there is another table, the editor table, for entering
new values.
Options:• View meas. table• Editor table
Factory setting:View meas. table

200

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 18: GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION – Local operation
Parameter name

Description

LIN. EDIT MODE (397)
Selection

Select the entry mode for the linearization table.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Options:• Manual:
The container neither has to be filled nor emptied for this entry mode. Enter thevalue pairs for the linearization table.
• Semiautomatic:
The container is filled or emptied in stages in this entry mode. The device
automatically records the hydrostatic pressure. The associated volume, mass or%-value is entered.
Factory setting:
ManualEDITOR TABLE (809)
Selection

Select table.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Options:• New table:
Enter a new linearization table.
• Edit measure table:
The measuring table is loaded as an editor table so that changes can be made. 
See also TAB. SELECTION• Continue edit:
Edit an editor table that already exists. See also EDITOR TABLE (770)
Factory setting:
New table

Enter table in the "Semiautomatic" editing mode.
EDITOR TABLE
Entry ("Semiautomatic" edit A linearization table must have at least 2 points and may not have more than
32 points. A point consists of LINE-NUMB, X-VAL. and Y-VAL. For this editingmode)
mode, the container is filled or emptied in stages.
– LINE-NUMB (549)
Example: Enter point for LEVEL MODE = Pressure linearized– Y-VAL. (551)– LINE-NUMB: Confirm value displayed.
– Y-VAL.: depending on the setting in the LINd. MEASURAND parameter, enterthe volume, mass or % value.
– X-VAL.: The hydrostatic pressure present is displayed and saved by confirming
the Y-value.
Example: Enter point for LEVEL MODE = Height linearized– LINE-NUMB: Confirm value displayed.
– Y-VAL.: depending on the setting in the COMB. MEASURAND parameter, enterthe volume, mass or % value.
– X-VAL.: The hydrostatic pressure present is measured. Depending on the settingin the COMB. MEASURAND parameter, the measured pressure is converted to alevel unit or a % and displayed. The value is saved by confirming the Y-value.
Factory setting:
LINE-NUMB = 1, X-VAL. = 0.0, Y-VAL. = 0.0

Endress+Hauser

201

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 18: GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION – Local operation
Parameter name

Description

EDITOR TABLE
Entry ("Manual" edit mode)Enter the table in the "Manual" editing mode.
A linearization table must have at least 2 points and may not have more than
32 points. A point consists of an index, X-value and Y-value. The container neither
has to be filled nor emptied for this editing mode.

– LINE-NUMB (549)– Y-VAL. (551)– X-VAL. (550)

Example: Enter point for LEVEL MODE = Pressure linearized– LINE-NUMB: Confirm value displayed.
– X-VAL.: enter pressure value.
– Y-VAL.: depending on the setting in the LINd. MEASURAND parameter, enter
the related volume, mass or % value.
Example: Enter point for LEVEL MODE = Height linearized– LINE-NUMB: Confirm value displayed.
– X-VAL.: The hydrostatic pressure present is measured. Depending on the settingin the COMB. MEASURAND parameter, enter a level value or % value.
– Y-VAL.: depending on the setting in the COMB. MEASURAND parameter, enter
the related volume, mass or % value.
Factory setting:
LINE-NUMB = 1, X-VAL. = 0.0, Y-VAL. = 0.0

EDITOR TABLE (770)
Selection

Select the function for the editor table.
Options:• Next point: enter next point.
• Last input point: skip back to previous point to correct a mistake for example.
• Accept input table: save editor table as measuring table. This overwrites the oldmeasuring table.
• Abort: save values entered up to this point for the editor table and display next
parameter. The editor table is not activated as a measuring table.
• Insert point: see example below.
• Delete point: the current point is deleted. See example below.
Example: Add point, in this case between the 4th and 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the EDITOR TABLE/LINE NUMB parameter.
– Confirm current X and Y values with Enter.
– Using the EDITOR TABLE (770) parameter, select the option "Insert point".
– Point 5 is displayed for the EDITOR TABLE/LINE NUMB parameter. Enter newvalues for the X-VAL and Y-VAL parameters.
Example: Delete point, in this case the 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the EDITOR TABLE/LINE NUMB parameter.
– Using the EDITOR TABLE (770) parameter, select the option "Delete point".
– The 5th point is deleted. All of the following points are pushed up one number
i.e. following deletion, the 6th point becomes Point 5.
Factory setting:
Next point

MEASURING TABLE (549)
Display

A point of the linearization table saved (measuring table) appears on the display.
The parameter first displays the first point of the linearization table. By entering aline number, you can directly display the corresponding point in the linearizationtable.

MEASURING TABLE (717)
Selection

Select the function for the measuring table.
Options:• Next point: view next point of the measuring table.
• Last input point: view previous point of the measuring table.
• Abort: cancel measuring table display. Display next parameter.
Factory setting:
Next point

TANK DESCRIPTION (815)
Entry

202

Enter tank description. (max. 32 alphanumeric characters)
Factory setting:________________________________

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Measured value

QUICK SETUPOPERATING MENUSETTINGSDISPLAYPOSITION ADJUSTMENT

LINEARIZATION

Level measuringmode only

TANK CONTENT MINTANK CONTENT MAX

TABLE SELECTION

Editor Table

Measuring Table

LIN. EDIT MODE

LINE-NUMB.

EDITOR TABLE

ACTIV LIN. TAB. X

LINE-NUMB.

ACTIV LIN. TAB. Y

X-VAL

Y-VAL

EDITOR TABLETANK DESCRIPTION
P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-en-099

Fig. 54:

LINEARIZATION function group for FieldCare

Table 19: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION – FieldCare
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level ( ä 147).
• LEVEL MODE = Pressure linearized or height linearized ( ä 169).
Note:– See also  ä 117 ff, Section 9 "Level measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)".
TANK CONTENT MIN
Entry

Enter the minimum tank contents to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum tank content tobe expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:
0.0

TANK CONTENT MAX
EntryEnter the maximum tank contents to be expected.
The input limits for the subsequent calibration (editing limits) are derived from thevalue entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum tankcontent to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:
100.0

TABLE SELECTION
Selection

Select table.
The device works with a measuring and an editor table. The measuring table isused to calculate the measured value. To make sure measuring also runs properly
when entering a new table, there is another table, the editor table, for entering
new values.
Options:• View meas. table• Editor table
Factory setting:View meas. table

Endress+Hauser

203

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 19: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION – FieldCare
Parameter name

Description

LIN. EDIT MODE
Selection

Select the entry mode for the linearization table.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Options:• Manual:
The container neither has to be filled nor emptied for this entry mode. Enter thevalue pairs for the linearization table.
• Semiautomatic:
The container is filled or emptied in stages in this entry mode. The device
automatically records the hydrostatic pressure. The associated volume, mass or%-value is entered.
Factory setting:
ManualEDITOR TABLE
Selection

Select table.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Options:• New table:
Enter a new linearization table.
• View meas. table:
View the measuring table saved and change points if necessary.
• Continue edit:
Edit an editor table that already exists.
FieldCare:• If you select the "View meas. table" option, the saved measuring table is loaded in
FieldCare. Use the "Lin.-Tab." window to the view the entire table, change values
if necessary and write the modified table to the device.
• If you change a value via the X-VAL. or Y-VAL. parameters, the table in the "LinTab." window is not updated. To view the table saved in the device, this tablemust first be read out of the device.
Factory setting:
New table

LINE-NUMB
Entry

Enter the line number for the linearization table. A linearization table must have atleast 2 points and may not have more than 32 points.
• TABLE SELECTION = View meas. table
Via this parameter you can select the point of the linearization table whichshould be displayed.
• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Enter a point via the LINE-NUMB, X-VAL. and Y-VAL. parameters.
See also this table, parameter description for LIN. EDIT MODE, X-VAL.
("Manual" entry mode), X-VAL. ("Semiautomatic" entry mode) and Y-VAL.
In FieldCare, you can enter a complete linearization table in one go, and view it, via
the "Lin.-Tab." window.

X-VAL. ("Manual" entry
mode)
Entry

Enter the pressure value for the linearization table.
See also LIN. EDIT MODE, LINE-NUMB and Y-VAL.

X-VAL. ("Semiautomatic"
entry mode)
DisplayIn the "Semiautomatic" entry mode, the container is filled or emptied in stages. The
X-VAL. displays the measured hydrostatic pressure.

Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table

Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
FieldCare:
The X-VAL. is saved by confirming the Y-value.
See also LIN. EDIT MODE, LINE-NUMB and Y-VAL.

204

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 19: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION – FieldCare
Parameter name

Description

Y-VAL.
Entry

Enter the volume, mass or %-value belonging to the X-VAL. for the linearizationtable.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Depending on the setting in the LINd. MEASURAND or COMB. MEASURAND
parameters, enter a volume, mass or %-value here.
See also this table, parameter description for LIN. EDIT MODE, LINE-NUMB, XVAL. ("Manual" entry mode), X-VAL. ("Semiautomatic" entry mode).

EDITOR TABLE
Selection

Select the function for the editor table.
Options:• Next point: no function• Last input point: no function• Accept input table: save editor table as measuring table. This overwrites the oldmeasuring table.
• Abort: save values entered up to this point for the editor table and display next
parameter. The editor table is not activated as a measuring table.
• Insert point: see example below.
• Delete point: the current point is deleted. See example below.
Example: Add point, in this case between the 4th and 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the LINE NUMB parameter.
– Using the EDITOR TABLE parameter, select the "Insert point" option.
– Point 5 is displayed for the LINE NUMB parameter. Enter new values for the XVAL and Y-VAL parameters.
Example: Delete point, in this case the 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the LINE NUMB parameter.
– Using the EDITOR TABLE parameter, select the "Delete point" option.
– The 5th point is deleted. All of the following points are pushed up one number
i.e. following deletion, the 6th point becomes Point 5.
Factory setting:
Next point

ACTIV LIN. TAB. X
Display

An X-value of the linearization table already saved appears on the display.
You can select a point of the linearization table via the LINE-NUMB parameter.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = View meas. table
In FieldCare, you can view the entire saved table in the "Tables" window.

ACTIV LIN. TAB. Y
Display

A Y-value of the linearization table already saved appears on the display.
You can select a point of the linearization table via the LINE-NUMB parameter.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = View meas. table
In FieldCare, you can view the entire saved table in the "Tables" window.

TANK DESCRIPTION
Entry

Endress+HauserEnter tank description. (max. 32 alphanumeric characters)
Factory setting:________________________________

205

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

MEASURED VALUEQUICK SETUPOPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENTDISPLAY

Flow measuringmode only

TOTALIZER SETUPTOTALIZER 1 UNIT

TOT. 1 USER UNIT*

FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 1*

NEG. FLOW TOT. 1

RESET TOTALIZER 1

TOTALIZER 2 UNIT

Parameters marked with an asterisk "*"* arenot always displayed. The display
depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

TOT. 2 USER UNIT*

FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 2*

NEG. FLOW TOT. 2

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-en-013

Fig. 55:

TOTALIZER SETUP function group

Table 20: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS TOTALIZER SETUP
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = FlowNote:
See also  ä 142 ff, Section 10 "Flow measurement (via local operation and FieldCare)".

‣TOTALIZER 1 UNIT
(398), (662), (664), (666)
Selection

Select the unit for totalizer 1.
Depending on the setting in the FLOW-MEAS. TYPE parameter ( ä 194) thisparameter offers a list of volume, norm volume, standard volume and mass units.
When a new volume or mass unit is selected, totalizer-specific parameters areconverted and displayed with the new unit within a unit group. When the flowmode is changed, the totalizer value is not converted.
The index and the 3-digit ID number depends on the FLOW-MEAS. TYPE selected:– Index 102: TOTALIZER 1 UNIT (general)– Index 156 (398): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Volume operat. cond."– Index 168 (662): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Mass"– Index 170 (664): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Gas. std. cond."– Index 172 (666): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Gas. norm cond."
Factory setting:m3

206

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 20: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS TOTALIZER SETUP
Parameter name

Description

TOT. 1 USER UNIT (627)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific unit for totalizer 1.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
FACT. U.U.TOTAL.1.
Prerequisite:• TOTALIZER 1 UNIT = User unit
Only the first five characters are shown on the local operation. For example, if thecustomer-specific unit "crates" was selected, only "crate" would be displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the local
operation. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to
five. For example if the customer-specific unit "crates/m2" was selected, "crate/m2"
would be displayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The
slash counts as one character.
Factory setting:________

FACT. U.U. TOTAL. 1 (329) Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific unit for totalizer 1.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to an appropriate SI unit, e.g. m3
for the "Volume operat. cond." FLOW-MEAS. TYPE. See also TOT. 1 USER UNIT.
Prerequisite:• TOTALIZER 1 UNIT = User unit
Example: You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE =1 m3 i 100 buckets– Entry TOT. 1 USER UNIT: bucket– Enter FACT. U.U. TOTAL. 1: 100– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 100 buckets
Factory setting:
1.0
NEG. FLOW TOT. 1 (400)Selection

Specify the way of counting negative flows for totalizer 1.

positive flow

negative flow

Inc. on. neg. flow

Total increases

Total increases

Dec. on neg. flow

Total increases

Total decreases

Stop on neg. flow

Total increases

Total remains constant

Options

P01-xMD7xxxx-16-xx-xx-en-003

Factory setting:
Inc. on neg. flow
RESET TOTALIZER1 (331)Selection

You reset totalizer 1 to zero with this parameter.
Options:• Abort (do not reset)• Reset
Factory setting:
Abort

TOTALIZER 2 UNIT
(399), (663), (665), (667)
Selection

Select the unit for totalizer 2.
See also TOTAL 1. UNIT.
The index depends on the FLOW-MEAS. TYPE selected:– Index 103: TOTALIZER 2 UNIT (general)– Index 157 (399): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Volume operat. cond."– Index 169 (663): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Mass"– Index 171 (665): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Gas. std. cond."– Index 173 (667): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Gas. norm cond."
Factory setting:m3

Endress+Hauser

207

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 20: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS TOTALIZER SETUP
Parameter name

Description

TOT. 2 USER UNIT (628)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific unit for totalizer 2.
See also TOT. 1 USER UNIT.
Prerequisite:• TOTALIZER 2 UNIT = User unit
Factory setting:________

FACT. U.U. TOTAL 2 (330) Enter the conversion factor for a customer-specific unit for totalizer 2.
Selection
See also FACT. U.U.TOTAL.1.
Prerequisite:• TOTALIZER 2 UNIT = User unit
Factory setting:
1.0
NEG. FLOW TOT. 2 (416)Selection

Specify the way of counting negative flows for totalizer 2.
See NEG. FLOW TOT. 1.
Factory setting:
Inc. on neg. flow

MEASURED VALUEQUICK SETUPOPERATING MENUSETTINGSDISPLAYMENU DESCRIPTION

MAIN DATA FORMATALTERNATE DATALANGUAGEDISPLAY CONTRAST

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-en-014

Fig. 56:DISPLAY group

Table 21: OPERATING MENU DISPLAY
Parameter name

Description

MENU DESCRIPTOR (416)Selection

Specify the contents for the main line of the local operation in the measuringmode.
See also Operating Instructions BA00301P (Deltabar S) and BA00302P(Cerabar S) or BA00372P (Deltapilot S), "Local operation" section.
Options:• Primary value (PV)• Main measured value (%)• Pressure• Flow• Level• Tank content• Temperature• Error number• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2
The selection depends on the measuring mode chosen.
Factory setting:Primary value (PV)208

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 21: OPERATING MENU DISPLAY
Parameter name

Description

MAIN DATA FORMAT(688)
Selection

Specify the number of places after the decimal point for the value displayed in themain line.
See also Operating Instructions BA00301P (Deltabar S), BA00302P (Cerabar S)
or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "Local operation" section.
Options:• Auto• x.x• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx
Factory setting:
Auto

ALTERNATE DATA (423)
Selection

Switch on the "Alternating display" mode.
In this display mode, the local operation alternates between the following
measured values depending on the measuring mode selected.
– Pressure: primary value (PV) or main measured value (%) (MEASURED VALUE),
pressure (PRESSURE) and temperature (TEMP. SENSOR)– Level: primary value (PV) or main measured value (%) (MEASURED VALUE),
pressure (PRESSURE) and temperature (TEMP. SENSOR)– Flow: primary value (PV) or main measured value (%) (MEASURED VALUE),
pressure (PRESSURE), temperature (TEMP. SENSOR), totalizer 1 (TOTALIZER 1)
and totalizer 2 (TOTALIZER 2)
Options:• Off• On
Factory setting:OffLANGUAGE
Display

The onsite display is available in English. The assignment of the English parameternames to the German parameter names is provided in  Chap. 2 "Parameter
description of local operation and FieldCare". Needless to say, the device can also be
operated in 6 languages (de, en, fr, es, jp, ch) via the DTM or EDD.
• Select the menu language for FieldCare using the "Language button" in theconfiguration window. Select the menu language for the FieldCare frame via the"Extra" menu "Options" "Display" "Language".
Factory setting:EnglishDISPLAY CONTRAST (339) Adjust contrast of local operation.
Entry
You specify the contrast of the display with a number. Changes are only accepted as
single steps, i.e. to change the value from "8" to "4", you need to save four times. You
can also adjust the contrast of the display by means of the keys on the electronic
insert or at the device.
 See also Operating Instructions BA00301P (Deltabar S) and BA00302P(Cerabar S) or BA00372P (Deltapilot S), "Function of the operating keys" section.
Input range:
4 to 13, 4: contrast weaker (brighter), 13: contrast stronger (darker).
Factory setting:8

Endress+Hauser

209

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

MEASURED VALUEQUICK SETUPOPERATING MENUSETTINGS

TRANSMITTERINFO

TRANSMITTER DATAPROCESS CONNECTIONSENSOR DATAFF DATADEVICE SERIAL No

Pmax PROC. CONN.

SENSOR SER. NO.

DEVICE ID

ELECTR. SERIAL No

PROC. CONN TYPE

PRESS. SENS LOLIM

DEVICE REVISION

PD-TAG

MAT. PROC. CONN. +PRESS. SEN. HILIM

DD REVISION

DEVICE DESIGN

MAT. PROC. CONN. –MINIMUM SPAN

DEVICE ADRESSHARDWARE REV.

SEAL TYPESENSOR MEAS. TYPESOFTWARE VERSION

MAT. MEMBRANECONFIG RECORDERFILLING FLUIDPCB TEMPERATURE

Tmin SENSOR

ALLOWED MIN. TEMP

Tmax SENSOR

ALLOWED MAX. TEMPSENSOR H/WARE REV.

DIP STATUS

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-en-015

Fig. 57:

TRANSMITTER INFO groupfor the TRANSMITTER DATA function group  ä 210, Table 23: OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO 
TRANSMITTER DATA
for the PROCESS CONNECTION function group  ä 211, Table 24: OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO 
PROCESS CONNECTION
for the SENSOR DATA function group  ä 212, Table 25: OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO SENSOR DATA
for the FF DATA function group ä 213, Table 26: OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO FF DATA

Table 23: OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO TRANSMITTER DATA

210

Parameter name

Description

DEVICE SERIAL No (354)
Display

Displays the serial number of the device (11 alphanumeric characters).

ELECTR. SERIAL No (386)Display

Displays the serial number of the main electronics (11 alphanumeric characters).

PD-TAG (57)

Set tag number for the device.

DEVICE DESIGN. (350)
Display

Displays the device designation and the order code.

HARDWARE REV. (266)
Display

Displays the revision number of the main electronics e.g. V02.00.00

SOFTWARE VERSION(264)
Display

Displays the software version
e.g.: V 03.00.00

CONFIG RECORDER (352)
Display

Displays the configuration counter.
This counter is increased by one with each change to a parameter or group. The
counter counts up to 65535 and then starts again at zero. Changes in theparameters of the DISPLAY function group do not increase the counter.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 23: OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO TRANSMITTER DATA
Parameter name

Description

PCB TEMPERATURE (357) Displays the measured temperature of the main electronics.
Display
ALLOWED MIN. TEMP
(358)
Display

Displays the lower temperature limit of the main electronics.

ALLOWED MAX. TEMP
(359)
Display

Displays the upper temperature limit of the main electronics.

DIP STATUS (363)
Display

Displays the status of DIP switch 1 on the electronic insert.
You can lock or unlock parameters relevant to the measured value with DIP switch
1. If operation is locked by means of the INSERT PIN No. parameter, you can only
unlock operation again by means of this parameter. (INSERT PIN NO, see Page ä 219.)
 See also Operating Instructions BA00301P (Deltabar S) or BA00302P (CerabarS) or BA00372P (Deltapilot S), "Locking/unlocking operation" section.
Display:• On (locking switched on)• Off (locking switched off)
Factory setting:
Off (locking switched off)

Table 24: OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO PROCESS CONNECTION
Parameter name

Description

Pmax PROC. CONN. (570)
Entry

For entering and displaying the maximum permitted pressure of the processconnection.
Factory setting:In accordance with nameplate data (See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar
S (BA00301P), Cerabar S (BA00302P) or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "Nameplates"
section)

PROC. CONN. TYPE (482)
Selection

Endress+Hauser

For selecting and displaying the process connection type.
Options:• Not used
• Unknown• Special• Oval flange• Thread female• Thread male
• Flange• Remote seal

211

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 24: OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO PROCESS CONNECTION
Parameter name

Description

MAT. PROC. CONN. +(360)
Selection

For selecting and displaying the material of the process connection (P+).
See also parameter description for MAT. PROC. CONN. Options:• Not used
• Unknown• Special• Steel• 304 st. steel• 316 st. steel• Alloy C• Monel• Tantalum• Titanium• PTFE (Teflon)• 316L st. steel• PVC• Inconel• PVDF• ECTFE
Factory setting:As per order specifications

MAT. PROC. CONN. - (361) For selecting and displaying the material of the process connection (P–).
Selection
See also parameter description for MAT. PROC. CONN. +Prerequisite:• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter
SEAL TYPE (362)
Selection

For selecting and displaying the material of the process seal.
Options:• Not used
• Unknown• Special• FKM Viton• NBR• EPDM• Urethane• IIR• Kalrez• FKM Viton oxyg
• CR
• MVQ
• PTFE glass• PTFE graphite• PTFE oxygen• Copper• Copper f. oxygen
Factory setting:As per order specifications

Table 25: OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO SENSOR DATA

212

Parameter name

Description

SENSOR SER. No. (250)Display

Displays the serial number of the sensor (11 alphanumeric characters).

PRESS. SENS LOLIM (484)Display

Displays the lower measuring limit of the sensor.

PRESS. SENS HILIM (485)Display

Displays the upper measuring limit of the sensor.

MINIMUM SPAN (591)
Display

Displays the smallest possible span.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 25: OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO SENSOR DATA
Parameter name

Description

SENSOR MEAS.TYPE (581) • Deltabar S = Differential
Display• Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensors = Relative• Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensors = Absolute• Deltapilot S = Relative
Displays the sensor type.
MAT. MEMBRANE (365)
Display

Displays the material of the process isolating diaphragm.

FILLING FLUID (366)
Display

Displays the filling fluid.

Tmin SENSOR (368)
Display

Displays the lower nominal temperature limit of the sensor.

Tmax SENSOR (369)
Display

Displays the upper nominal temperature limit of the sensor.

SENS H/WARE REV (487)
Display

Displays the revision number of the sensor hardware.
e.g.: 1

Factory setting:As per version in the order code
See also Technical Information TI00382P (Deltapilot S), TI00383P (Cerabar S)
or TI00416P (Deltapilot S), "Ordering information" section.

Table 26: OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO FF DATA
Parameter name

Description

DEVICE ID (987)
Display

The DEVICE ID is the unique device ID in the control system or the FF bus. It
consists of the manufacturer ID (452B48), device type number and device serial
number.
Examples:Deltabar S: 452B481009-6B032A0109D
Deltapilot S: 452B48100B-6B032A0109E
Cerabar S: 452B481007-6B032A0109F

Endress+Hauser

DEVICE REVISION (986)
Display

Displays the revision or version of a complete device (HW+SW) within a device
type.

DD REVISION (985)
Display

Displays the DD version initially certified.

DEVICE ADDRESS (984)Display

Displays the device address currently configured and valid.
The factory setting is 247.

213

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

MEASURED VALUEQUICK SETUPOPERATING MENUSETTINGSPROCESS INFOPROCESS VALUEFUNCTION BLOCKSSENSOR DATA

Pressure

Level

Flow

AI 1 OUT Value

COUNTER P > Pmax

MEASURED VALUEMEASRED VALUE

MEASURED VALUEAI 2 OUT Value

COUNTER P < Pmin

PRESSURE

PRESSURE

PRESSURE

AI 3 OUT Value

MAX. MEAS. PRESS.

CORRECTED PRESS.

CORECTED PRESS.

CORECTED PRESS.

AI 4 OUT Value

MIN. MEAS. PRESSSENSOR PRESSURESENSOR PRSSURESENSOR PRSSURE

AI 5 OUT Value

COUNTER T > Tmax

SENSOR TEMP.

SENSOR TEMP.

SENSOR TEMP.

AI 6 OUT Value

COUNTER T < Tmin

MEAS. VAL. TREND

MEAS. VAL. TREND

MEAS. VAL. TREND

MAX. MEAS. TEMP.

LEVL BEFORE LIN

TOTALIZER 1

MIN. MEAS. TEMP.

TANK CONTENTTOTAL. 1 OVERFLOWPCB COUNT: T > Tmax

TOTALIZER 2PCB CONUT T < Tmin

TOTALIZER 2PCB MAX. TEMP.

TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOWPCB MIN. TEMP.

RESET PEAKHOLD

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-en-016

Fig. 58:

PROCESS INFO groupfor the PROCESS VALUES function group "Pressure" measuring mode  ä 214, Table 27: OPERATING MENU 
PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Pressure"for the PROCESS VALUES function group "Level" measuring mode  ä 215, Table 28: OPERATING MENU 
PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level"
for the PROCESS VALUES function group "Flow" measuring mode  ä 216, Table 29: OPERATING MENU 
PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Flow"for the FUNCTION Blocks function group  ä 216, Table 30: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO Function Blocks
for the PEAKHOLD function group  ä 217, Table 31: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO  PEAK HOLD INDICATOR

Table 27: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Pressure
MEASURED VALUE (679)
Display214

Displays the measured value
In the "Pressure" measuring mode, this value corresponds to the PRESSURE
parameter.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 27: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

PRESSURE (301)
Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor recalibration, position adjustment anddamping. This value corresponds to the MEASURED VALUE parameter in the"Pressure" measuring mode.
Transducer Block
Pressure
SensorSensortrim

Positionadjustment

Damping

P

Level

PV

Analog
Input
Block

Flow
SENSOR
PRESSURE

CORRECTED PRESSURE
PRESS.
P01-xMD7xxxx-05-xx-xx-en-000

CORRECTED PRESS. (434)Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim and position adjustment andbefore damping. See also PRESSURE diagram.

SENSOR PRESSURE (584)
Display

Displays the measured pressure before sensor trim, position adjustment anddamping.  See also PRESSURE diagram.

SENSOR TEMP. (367)
Display

Displays the temperature currently measured in the sensor. This can deviate fromthe process temperature.

MEAS. VAL. TREND (378)
Display

Displays the trend of the primary value of the Transducer Block.
Possibilities: increasing, decreasing, constant

Table 28: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level
MEASURED VALUE (679)
Display

Displays the measured value
In the "Level" measuring mode with "Linear" or "Pressure linearized" level mode, thisvalue corresponds to the LEVEL BEFORE LIN.
In the "Level" measuring mode with "Height linearized" level mode, this value
corresponds to the TANK CONTENT parameter.

PRESSURE (301)
Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor recalibration, position adjustment anddamping. This value corresponds to the MEASURED VALUE parameter in the"Pressure" measuring mode.
Transducer Block
Pressure
SensorSensortrim

Positionadjustment

Damping

P

Level

PV

Analog
Input
Block

Flow
SENSOR
PRESSURE

CORRECTED PRESSURE
PRESS.
P01-xMD7xxxx-05-xx-xx-en-002

Endress+Hauser

CORRECTED PRESS. (434)Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim and position adjustment andbefore damping. See also PRESSURE diagram.

SENSOR PRESSURE (584)
Display

Displays the measured pressure before sensor trim, position adjustment anddamping.  See also PRESSURE diagram.

SENSOR TEMP. (367)
Display

Displays the temperature currently measured in the sensor. This can deviate fromthe process temperature.

MEAS. VAL. TREND (378)
Display

Displays the trend of the primary value of the Transducer Block.
Possibilities: increasing, decreasing, constant215

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 28: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level"
Parameter name

Description

LEVEL BEFORE LIN (050)
Display

Displays the level value prior to linearization.
Prerequisite:• LEVEL MODE = Linear or height linearized
Depending on the setting for the LIN. MEASURAND or COMB. MEASURAND
parameter, this parameter displays the current level in % or in a unit of level.

TANK CONTENT (370)
Display

Displays the level value after linearization.
Prerequisite:• LEVEL MODE = Pressure linearized or height linearized
Depending on the settings for the LINd. MEASURAND or COMB. MEASURAND
parameter, the current tank content is displayed in % or in a unit of volume or
mass. This value corresponds to the MEASURED VALUE.

Table 29: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Flow
MEASURED VALUE (679)
Display

Displays the measured value
In the "Flow" measuring mode, this value corresponds to the SUPPRESSED FLOW
parameter.

PRESSURE (301)
Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor recalibration, position adjustment anddamping. This value corresponds to the MEASURED VALUE parameter in the"Pressure" measuring mode.
Transducer Block
Pressure
SensorSensortrim

Positionadjustment

Damping

P

PV

Level

Analog
Input
Block

Flow
SENSOR
PRESSURE

CORRECTED PRESSURE
PRESS.
P01-xMD7xxxx-05-xx-xx-en-003

CORRECTED PRESS. (434)Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim and position adjustment andbefore damping. See also PRESSURE diagram.

SENSOR PRESSURE (584)
Display

Displays the measured pressure before sensor trim, position adjustment anddamping.  See also PRESSURE diagram.

SENSOR TEMP. (367)
Display

Displays the temperature currently measured in the sensor. This can deviate fromthe process temperature.

MEAS. VAL. TREND (378)
Display

Displays the trend of the primary value of the Transducer Block.
Possibilities: increasing, decreasing, constant

SUPPRESSED FLOW (375)
Display

Displays the current flow. Depending on the flow mode selected(FLOW-MEAS. TYPE), a volume flow, mass flow, standard volume flow orcorrected volume flow is displayed.

TOTALIZER 1 (652)
Display

Displays the total flow value of totalizer 1. You can reset the value with the RESETTOTALIZER 1 parameter. The TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW parameter displays theoverflow.
Example: The value 123456789 m3 is displayed as follows:– TOTALIZER 1: 3456789 m3– TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW: 12 E7

TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW(655)
Display216

Displays the overflow value of totalizer 1.
See also TOTALIZER 1.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 29: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

TOTALIZER 2 (657)
Display

Displays the total flow value of totalizer 2. You cannot reset totalizer 2. The TOTAL.
2 OVERFLOW parameter displays the overflow.
See also example for TOTALIZER 1.

TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOW(658)
Display

Displays the overflow value of totalizer 2.
See also TOTALIZER 2 and example for TOTALIZER 1.

Table 30: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO Function Blocks
Parameter name

Description

AI 1 OUT Value (983)
Display

The current values are displayed for instantiated analog inputs, with theirindividual units and status.
The first line displays the AI text. The second line displays the current value for theparameter and the unit. The third line displays the status of the value.

AI 2 OUT Value (982)
Display

The following list indicates the status and the related text of the AI OUT value:
StatusAI 3 OUT Value (981)
Display

Bad
Uncertain
Good non-cascaded
Good cascaded

Text
=
=
=
=

BAD
UNCERTAIN
GOOD
GOOD

Note:
• When delivered:– Two AI Blocks are preinstantiated for Cerabar S and Deltapilot S– Three AI Blocks are preinstantiated for Deltabar S• Up to three additional AI Blocks are instantiated.

Table 31: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO  PEAK HOLD INDICATOR

Endress+Hauser

Parameter name

Description

COUNTER: P > Pmax (380)Display

Displays the overpressure counter of the sensor
The limit value is: upper nominal pressure limit of sensor + 10 % of upper
nominal pressure limit of sensor. You can reset this counter by means of the
RESET PEAKHOLD parameter.

MAX. MEAS. PRESS. (383)
Display

Displays the highest measured pressure value (peak hold indicator). You canreset this indicator by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD parameter.

COUNTER P < Pmin (467)
Display

Displays the vacuum pressure counter of the sensor
The limit value is: lower nominal pressure limit of sensor – 10 % of upper
nominal pressure limit of sensor. You can reset this counter by means of the
RESET PEAKHOLD parameter.

MIN. MEAS. PRESS. (469)
Display

Displays the lowest measured pressure value (peak hold indicator). You canreset this indicator by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD parameter.

COUNTER: T > Tmax (404)Display

Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of the sensor has
been overshot. You can reset this counter by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD
parameter.

MAX. MEAS. TEMP. (471)
Display

Displays the highest measured temperature in the sensor (peak hold indicator).
You can reset this indicator by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD parameter.

COUNTER:T < Tmin (472)
Display

Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of the sensor has
been undershot. You can reset this counter by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD
parameter.

MIN. MEAS. TEMP. (474)
Display

Displays the lowest measured temperature in the sensor (peak hold indicator).
You can reset this indicator by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD parameter.

PCB COUNT: T > Tmax (488)
Display

Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of theelectronics has been overshot.

217

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 31: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO  PEAK HOLD INDICATOR
Parameter name

Description

PCB MAX. TEMP. (490)
Display

Displays the highest electronics temperature measured.

PCB COUNT:T < Tmin (492)
Display

Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of theelectronics has been undershot.

PCB MIN. TEMP. (494)Display

Displays the lowest electronics temperature measured.

RESET PEAKHOLD (382)
Selection

This parameter lists all the peak hold indicator parameters that can be reset.
You can select the peak hold indicators you want to reset.
Options:• None• Max. pressure• Min. pressure• Pmax history• Pmin history• Max. temp.
• Min. temp.
• Tmax history• Tmin history• Reset all
Factory setting:
None

MEASURED VALUEQUICK SETUPOPERATING MENUSETTINGSOPERATIONDIAGNOSTICSSIMUALTION MODEMESSAGES

USER LIMITSSIMULATION MODE

ALARM STATUS

Pmin ALARM WINDOWOPERATING HOURSLAST DIAG. CODE

Pmax ALARM WINDOWINSERT PIN NO

ACK. ALARM MODE

Tmin ALARM WINDOWHistoROM AVAIL.

RESET ALL ALARMS

Tmax ALARM WINDOWENTER RESET CODEERROR NO.

SELSECT ALARMTYPE

ALARM DELAY

ALARM DISPL. TIME

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-en-017

Fig. 59:218

OPERATION and DIAGNOSTICS groupfor the OPERATION group  ä 219, Table 32: OPERATING MENU OPERATION
for the SIMULATION function group  ä 220, Table 33: OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS SIMULATION
for the MESSAGES function group  ä 221, Table 34: OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS MESSAGES
for the USER LIMITS function group  ä 223, Table 35: OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS USER LIMITSEndress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 32: OPERATING MENU OPERATION
Parameter name

Description

ENTER RESET CODE (047)
Entry

Reset parameters completely or partially to factory values or delivery status.
See also Operating Instructions BA00301P (Deltabar S) or BA00302P(Cerabar S) or BA00372P (Deltapilot S), "Factory setting" (reset) section.
Factory setting:
0

OPERATING HOURS (409)
Display

Displays the hours of operation. This parameter cannot be reset.

INSERT PIN NO (048)
Entry

For entering a code to lock or unlock operation.
• The-symbol on the local operation indicates that operation is locked.
Parameters which refer to how the display appears, e.g. LANGUAGE andDISPLAY CONTRAST, can still be altered.
• If operation is locked by means of the DIP switch, you can only unlock operation
again by means of the DIP switch. If operation is locked by means of remote
operation e.g. FieldCare, you can only unlock operation again using remote
operation.
 See also Operating Instructions BA00301P (Deltabar S) or BA00302P (CerabarS) or BA00372P (Deltapilot S), "Locking/unlocking operation" section.
Options:• Lock: Enter the number 0.
• Unlock: Enter the number 2457.
Factory setting:
2457

HistoROM AVAIL. (831)
Display

Indicates whether the optional HistoROM®/M-DAT memory module is connectedto the electronic insert.
See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P), Cerabar S(BA00302P) or Deltapilot S (BA00372P) "HistoROM®/M-DAT (optional)" section.
Options:• Yes (HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert)• No (HistoROM®/M-DAT is not attached to the electronic insert)

DOWNLOAD SELECT(014)
Selection

Select download function from HistoROM to device. The option selected has noeffect on an upload from the device to the HistoROM.
Prerequisite:• A HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert(HistoROM AVAIL. = Yes)
Options:• Configuration copy: With this option, all parameters apart from the
TRANSMITTER SERIAL No, DEVICE DESIGNATION and the parameters of the
POSITION ADJUSTMENT and PROCESS CONNECTION group are overwritten.
• Device replacement: With this option, all parameters except for TRANSMITTERSERIAL No, DEVICE DESIGNATION and the parameters of the POSITION
ADJUSTMENT and PROCESS CONNECTION group are overwritten.
• Electronics replace: With this option, all parameters except for the parameters of
the POSITION ADJUSTMENT group are overwritten.
Factory setting:Configuration copy (if HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert)

HistoROM CONTROL (832) For selecting the direction for copying the data.
Selection
See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00301P), Cerabar S(BA00302P) or Deltapilot S (BA00372P), "HistoROM®/M-DAT (optional)" section.
Prerequisite:• A HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert(HistoROM AVAIL. = Yes)
Options:• Abort• HistoROM Device• Device HistoROM
Factory setting:Abort (if HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert)

Endress+Hauser

219

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 33: OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS SIMULATION
Parameter name

Description

SIMULATION MODE (413) Switch on simulation and select simulation type.
Selection
Any simulation running is switched off if the measuring mode or level mode ischanged.
Options:• None• Pressure, see also this table, parameter description for SIM. PRESSURE.
• Flow (only differential pressure transmitter), see also this table, parameter
description for SIM. FLOW VALUE.
• Level, see also this table, parameter description for SIM. LEVEL.
• Tank content, see also this table, parameter description for SIM. TANK CONT.
• Alarm/warning, see also this table, parameter description for SIM. ERRORNO.
Transducer Block– Simulation value level– Simulation value tank content

Pressure
SensorSensortrim

Positionadjustment

Damping

P

PV

Level

Analog
Input
Block

Flow
Simulation value pressure
Simulationvalue flow
P01-xMD7xxxx-05-xx-xx-en-004

Factory setting:
NoneSIM. PRESSURE (414)
EntryEnter the simulation value.
See also SIMULATION MODE.
Prerequisite:• SIMULATION MODE = Pressure
Factory setting:Current pressure measured valueSIM. FLOW VALUE (639)
EntryEnter the simulation value.
See also SIMULATION MODE.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Pressure and SIMULATION MODE = Flow
• MEASURING MODE = Flow and SIMULATION MODE = Flow

SIM. LEVEL (714)
EntryEnter the simulation value.
See also SIMULATION MODE.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level and SIMULATION MODE = Level

SIM. TANK CONT. (715)
EntryEnter the simulation value.
See also SIMULATION MODE.
Prerequisites:• MEASURING MODE = Level, LEVEL MODE = Pressure linearized and
SIMULATION MODE = Tank content• MEASURING MODE = Level, LEVEL MODE = Height linearized and
SIMULATION MODE = Tank content

220

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 33: OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS SIMULATION
Parameter nameSIM. ERROR NO. (476)
Entry

Description
A fault condition that is actually present cannot be simulated.
Enter the message number.
See also SIMULATION MODE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.1 "Messages", "Code" table
column.
Prerequisite:• SIMULATION MODE = Alarm/warning
Factory setting:
613 (simulation active)

Table 34: OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS MESSAGESParameter name

Description

ALARM STATUS (046)
Display

Displays the current message present. See also these Operating Instructions,
Section 12.1 "Messages" and Section 12.4 "Confirming messages".
Local operation• The measured value display shows the message with the highest priority.
• The ALARM STATUS parameter shows all the messages in descending order ofpriority. You can scroll through all the messages present with the O or S key.
FieldCare• The ALARM STATUS parameter shows the message with the highest priority.

LAST DIAG. CODE (564)
Display

Displays the last message that occurred and was eliminated.
• Local operation: you can scroll through the last 15 messages with the O or S key.
• FieldCare: the last message appears on the display.
• Use the RESET ALL ALARMS parameter to delete the messages listed in the
LAST DIAG. CODE parameter.

ACK. ALARM MODE (401) Switch on the acknowledge alarm mode.
Selection
See also ACK. ALARM.
Options:• On• Off
Factory setting:
Off
ACK. ALARM (500)
Selection

Acknowledge the alarm.
Prerequisite:• ACK. ALARM MODE = On
Options:• Abort• Confirm
The cause of the alarm must be eliminated, the message must be acknowledged via
the ACK. ALARM parameter and, where applicable, the ALARM DISPL. TIME( ä 222) has to have elapsed before the device starts measuring again following
an alarm.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.4 "Confirming messages".
Factory setting:
Abort

RESET ALL ALARMS (603) Use this parameter to reset all the alarms of the LAST DIAG. CODE parameter.
Selection
Options:• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
Abort

Endress+Hauser

221

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table 34: OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS MESSAGESParameter name

Description

ERROR NO.
Entry

For "Error"-type messages, you can decide whether the device should behave as in
the event of an alarm (A) or as in the event of a warning (W). Enter thecorresponding message number for this parameter. See also SELECTALARMTYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.1 "Messages" and Section 12.3
"Response of outputs to errors".

SELECT ALARMTYPE(595) – Entry(600) – Selection
Selection

For "Error"-type messages, you can decide whether the device should behave as in
the event of an alarm (A) or as in the event of a warning (W). See also ERROR
No.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.3 "Response of outputs toerrors".
Options:• Alarm (A): the process variable in question is transmitted with the status BAD.
• Warning (W): device continues measuring
Local operation:
1. Enter the corresponding message number for ERROR No. field.
2. Select "Alarm" or "Warning" option.
FieldCare:
1. Enter the corresponding message number via the ERROR No. parameter.
2. Use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to select the "Alarm" or "Warning"
option.

ALARM DELAY (336)
EntryEnter the alarm response time for all "Error"-type messages.
There is no alarm if the cause of the error is eliminated within the alarm delay
time.
Input range:
0 to 100 s
Factory setting:
0.0 s

ALARM DISPL. TIME (480) Enter the alarm delay time for all "Error"-type messages. Once the cause of the error
Entry
is rectified, the alarm display time starts running.
The following applies if the setting for ACK. ALARM MODE = On:
If an alarm appears and the alarm display time elapses before the alarm has been
acknowledged, the message is cleared once it has been acknowledged.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.4 "Confirming messages".
Input range:
0 to 999.9 s
Factory setting:
0.0 s

222

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter description (local operation and FieldCare)

Table 35: OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS USER LIMITSParameter name

Description

Pmin ALARM WINDOW
(332)
Entry

Customer-specific process monitoring – enter lower pressure limit.
You can use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to enter how the device responds
if the operating pressure undershoots the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.1 "Messages", Table, code E730
and Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".
Factory setting:
Low sensor limit •1.1
(For the low sensor limit, see PRESS. SENS LOLIM.)

Pmax ALARM WINDOW
(333)
Entry

Customer-specific process monitoring – enter upper pressure limit.
You can use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to enter how the device responds
if the operating pressure undershoots the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.1 "Messages", Table, code E731
and Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".
Factory setting:High sensor limit • 1.1(For the high sensor limit, see PRESS. SENS HILIM.)

TminALARM WINDOW
(334)
Entry

Customer-specific process monitoring – enter lower temperature limit.
You can use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to enter how the device responds
if the operating pressure undershoots the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.1 "Messages" Table, code E732
and Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".
Factory setting:Lower sensor temperature application limit – 10 K
(For the lower temperature application limit, see Tmin SENSOR)

Tmax ALARM WINDOW
(335)
Entry

Customer-specific process monitoring – enter upper temperature limit.
You can use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to enter how the device responds
if the operating pressure undershoots the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 12.1 "Messages" Table, code E733
and Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".
Factory setting:Upper sensor temperature application limit +10 K(For the upper temperature application limit, see Tmax SENSOR)

Endress+Hauser

223

Troubleshooting

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

12

Troubleshooting

In this chapter the parameter text as well as the parameter name are indicated.
In FF configuration programs only the parameter text is displayed (exeption: in the NI-FBUS
configurator you can select if the parameter text or the parameter name is displayed).
Linearization/LINEARIZATION
Parametertext

Parametername
P01-xxxxxxxx-07-xx-xx-en-001

12.1

Messages

The following table lists all the messages that can occur. The device makes a distinction
between the message types "Alarm", "Warning" and "Error". For "Error"-type messages, you canenter whether the device should react as in the event of an alarm or as in the event of awarning. See the "Error type" column and Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors".
Message display:• Local operation:– The measured value display shows the message with the highest priority.
See the "Priority" column.
– The Alarm Status/ALARM_STATUS parameter shows all the messages present indescending order of priority. You can scroll through all the messages pending using the
S or O key.
• FieldCare:
The Alarm Status/ALARM_STATUS parameter shows the message with the highest
priority.
See the "Priority" column.
• Diagnostic Transducer Block (FF configuration program):
The Alarm Status/ALARM_STATUS parameter displays the message with the highest
priority. This parameter is displayed in the MESSAGES group in the Diagnostic Transducer
Block or in FieldCare. See also Section 12.3 "Response of outputs to errors". Every message
is also output as per the FOUNDATION Fieldbus Specification by means of the Transducer
Error/XD_ERROR and Block Error/BLOCK_ERROR parameters in the Pressure, Service andDP Flow Transducer Block.
Numbers are given for these parameters in the following table which are explained ä 229.
• If the device detects a defect in the local operation during initialization, special error
messages are generated. For the error messages,  ä 228, Section 12.1.1 "Local
operation error messages".
• For support and further information, please contact Endress+Hauser Service.

224

Endress+Hauser

Diagnostic CodeXD_ERROR Value Bit

XD_ERROR Text

BLOCK_ERROR Value Bit

BLOCK_ERROR Text

PRIMARY_VALUE(Status is set according toOperating Mode)

PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE(Operating Mode)

TRANSDUCER Status
Propagation(Impacted CHANNEL
selection)

Troubleshooting

Error type

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Alarm

747

17

General Error

0

Other

BAD_SENSOR_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

707

18

Calibration Error

0

Other

BAD_NON_SPECIFIC

Level

Primary Value(1)

711

18

Calibration Error

0

Other

BAD_NON_SPECIFIC

Level, Flow

Primary Value(1)Totalizer 1 (6)

713

18

Calibration Error

0

Other

BAD_NON_SPECIFIC

Level

Primary Value(1)

721

18

Calibration Error

0

Other

BAD_NON_SPECIFIC

Level

Primary Value(1)

722

18

Calibration Error

0

Other

BAD_NON_SPECIFIC

Level

Primary Value(1)

723

18

Calibration Error

0

Other

BAD_NON_SPECIFIC

Flow

Primary Value(1)Totalizer 1 (6)

741

18

Calibration Error

0

Other

BAD_NON_SPECIFIC

Level

Primary Value(1)

719

19

Configuration
Error

0

Other

BAD_NON_SPECIFIC

Level

Primary Value(1)

750

18

Calibration Error

0

Other

BAD_NON_SPECIFIC

Pressure, Level, Flow

Primary Value(1)Pressure(3)Maximum Pressure(4)Counter P > Pmax(5)Totalizer 1 (6)

122

20

Electronics Failure

7

Sensor Failure BAD_SENSOR_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

101

20

Electronics Failure

0

Other

BAD_SENSOR_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

716

20

Electronics Failure

0

Other

BAD_SENSOR_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

725

20

Electronics Failure

0

Other

BAD_SENSOR_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

704

20

Electronics Failure

7

Sensor Failure BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

703

20

Electronics Failure

0

Other

BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

705

20

Electronics Failure

0

Other

BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

737

20

Electronics Failure

0

Other

BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

738

20

Electronics Failure

0

Other

BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

739

20

Electronics Failure

0

Other

BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

742

20

Electronics Failure

0

Other

BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

744

20

Electronics Failure

0

Other

BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, FlowAll

Endress+Hauser

225

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Error type

Diagnostic CodeXD_ERROR Value Bit

XD_ERROR Text

BLOCK_ERROR Value Bit

BLOCK_ERROR Text

PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE(Operating Mode)

TRANSDUCER Status
Propagation(Impacted CHANNEL
selection)

PRIMARY_VALUE(Status is set according toOperating Mode)

Troubleshooting

Alarm

743

20

Electronics Failure

7

Sensor Failure BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

748

20

Electronics Failure

7

Sensor Failure BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

113

20

Electronics Failure

0

Other

BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

728

20

Electronics Failure

0

Other

BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

729

20

Electronics Failure

0

Other

BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

736

20

Electronics Failure

0

Other

BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

110

23

Data Integrity
Error

0

Other

BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

130

23

Data Integrity
Error

0

Other

BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

131

23

Data Integrity
Error

0

Other

GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

None

132

23

Data Integrity
Error

0

Other

BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Flow

Totalizer 1 (6)

133

23

Data Integrity
Error

0

Other

GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

None

135

23

Data Integrity
Error

0

Other

BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

121

23

Data Integrity
Error

0

Other

BAD_DEVICE_FAILURE

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

226

Endress+Hauser

BLOCK_ERROR Text

17

General Error

0

Other

– BAD_NON_SPECIFIC– STATUS_UNCERTAIN– GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

Primary Value(1)Pressure(3)Maximum Pressure(4)Counter P > Pmax(5)Totalizer 1 (6)

120

17

General Error

0

Other

– BAD_NON_SPECIFIC– STATUS_UNCERTAIN– GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

Primary Value(1)Pressure(3)Maximum Pressure(4)Counter P > Pmax(5)Totalizer 1 (6)

717

17

General Error

0

Other

– BAD_NON_SPECIFIC– STATUS_UNCERTAIN– GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

718

17

General Error

0

Other

– BAD_NON_SPECIFIC– STATUS_UNCERTAIN– GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

720

17

General Error

0

Other

– BAD_NON_SPECIFIC– STATUS_UNCERTAIN– GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

Sensor Temperature(2)

715

17

General Error

7

Sensor Failure – BAD_NON_SPECIFIC– STATUS_UNCERTAIN– GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

Sensor Temperature(2)

726

20

Electronics Failure

7

Sensor Failure – BAD_NON_SPECIFIC– STATUS_UNCERTAIN– GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

740

20

Electronics Failure

7

Sensor Failure – BAD_NON_SPECIFIC– STATUS_UNCERTAIN– GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

727

20

Electronics Failure

7

Sensor Failure – BAD_NON_SPECIFIC– STATUS_UNCERTAIN– GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

730

19

Configuration
Error

0

Other

GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

None

731

19

Configuration
Error

0

Other

GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

None

732

19

Configuration
Error

0

Other

GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

None

733

19

Configuration
Error

0

Other

GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

None

Endress+Hauser

TRANSDUCER Status
Propagation(Impacted CHANNEL
selection)

BLOCK_ERROR Value Bit

115

PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE(Operating Mode)XD_ERROR Text

PRIMARY_VALUE(Status is set according toOperating Mode)XD_ERROR Value Bit

Alarm/
Warning

Troubleshooting

Diagnostic CodeError type

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

227

Diagnostic CodeXD_ERROR Value Bit

XD_ERROR Text

BLOCK_ERROR Value Bit

BLOCK_ERROR Text

PRIMARY_VALUE(Status is set according toOperating Mode)

PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE(Operating Mode)

TRANSDUCER Status
Propagation(Impacted CHANNEL
selection)

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Error type

Troubleshooting

Warning

106

17

General Error

0

Other

STATUS_UNCERTAIN

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

134

17

General Error

0

Other

GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

None

116

17

General Error

0

Other

– BAD_NON_SPECIFIC– STATUS_UNCERTAIN– GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

701

17

General Error

0

Other

UNCERTAIN_CONFIG_ERROR Pressure, Level, Flow

All

745

17

General Error

0

Other

STATUS_UNCERTAIN

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

613

17

General Error

0

Other

UNCERTAIN_SIM

Pressure, Level, Flow

Primary Value(1)Maximum Pressure(4)Counter P > Pmax(5)Totalizer 1 (6)

702

17

General Error

0

Other

GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

None

710

18

Calibration Error

0

Other

GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

None

602

19

Configuration
Error

0

Other

UNCERTAIN_CONFIG_ERROR Level

Primary Value(1)

604

19

Configuration
Error

0

Other

UNCERTAIN_CONFIG_ERROR Level

Primary Value(1)

746

20

Electronics Failure

0

Other

STATUS_UNCERTAIN

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

102

23

Data Integrity
Error

0

Other

GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

Maximum Pressure(4)Counter P > Pmax(5)

700

23

Data Integrity
Error

0

Other

STATUS_UNCERTAIN

Pressure, Level, Flow

All

706

23

Data Integrity
Error

0

Other

GOOD

Pressure, Level, Flow

None

12.1.1

Local operation error messages

If the device detects a defect in the local operation during initialization, the following error
messages can be displayed:
Message

MeasureInitialization, VU Electr. Defect A110

Exchange local operation.

Initialization, VU Electr. Defect A114
Initialization, VU Electr. Defect A281
Initialization, VU Checksum Err. A110
Initialization, VU Checksum Err. A112
Initialization, VU Checksum Err. A171

228

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic Error
Code
type
101

110

Alarm

Alarm

Troubleshooting

12.2

Overview of diagnostic events

12.2.1

Failure (F)Message/
description
F>Sensor electronic
EEPROM error

F>Checksum error in
EEPROM:configuration segment

XD_
BLOCK_ Cause
ERROR
ERROR
Value Bit Value Bit

MeasurePriority20– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.
This message normally only
appears briefly.

– Wait a few minutes.
– Restart the device. Perform
reset (Code 62).
– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

19– Sensor defect.

– Replace sensor.

– The supply voltage is
disconnected when writing.

– Reestablish supply voltage.
Perform reset if necessary(code 7864) and recalibrate
the device.

– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.

– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate sources ofdisturbance.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

23

0

0

6

113

Alarm

F>ROM failure intransmitter electronic

200– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

1

121

Alarm

F>Checksum error infactory segment of
EEPROM230– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

5

122

Alarm

F>Sensor notconnected

20

7– Cable connection sensor –main electronics
disconnected.

– Check cable connection andrepair if necessary.

14– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.

– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Sensor defect.

– Replace sensor.

130

Alarm

F>EEPROM is defect.

230– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

11

131

Alarm

F>Checksum error in
EEPROM: min/max
segment230– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

9

132

Alarm

F>Checksum error in
totalizer EEPROM

230– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

7

133

Alarm

F>Checksum error in
History EEPROM

23

0– An error occurred whenwriting.

– Perform reset (code 7864)
and recalibrate the device.

8– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

135

Alarm

F>Checksum error in
EEPROM FF segment

230– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

703

Alarm

F>Measurement error

200– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device from 24
the power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device from 23
the power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

705

Alarm

Endress+Hauser

F>Measurement error

20

0

10

229

Troubleshooting

Diagnostic Error
Code
type

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Message/
description

XD_
BLOCK_ Cause
ERROR
ERROR
Value Bit Value Bit

MeasurePriority

716

Alarm

F>Process isolating
diaphragm broken

200– Sensor defect.

– Replace sensor.
– Reduce pressure.

26

725

Alarm

F>Sensor connection
20
error, cycle disturbance0– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.
– Setscrew loose.

– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

27– Retighten setscrew with 1 Nm
(0.74 lbf ft) (see standard
Operating Instructions).

728

729

736

737

738

739

742

743

744

747

230

Alarm

Alarm

Alarm

Alarm

Alarm

Alarm

Alarm

Alarm

Alarm

Alarm

F>RAM error

F>RAM error

F>RAM error

F>Measurement error

F>Measurement error

F>Measurement error

F>Sensor connection
error (upload)

F>Electronic PCB error
during initialization

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

F>Main electronic PCB 20
error

F>Sensor software notcompatible toelectronics

17

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

7

0

0

– Sensor or main electronics
defect.

– Replace sensor or mainelectronics.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device from 2
the power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device from 3
the power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device from 4
the power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device from 22
the power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device from 21
the power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device from 25
the power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.
This message normally only
appears briefly.

– Wait a few minutes.
– Perform reset (code 7864)
and recalibrate the device.

– Cable connection sensor –main electronics
disconnected.

– Check cable connection andrepair if necessary.

– Sensor defect.

– Replace sensor.

– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.
This message normally only
appears briefly.

– Wait a few minutes.
– Restart the device. Perform
reset (Code 62).

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.

– Restart the device. Perform
reset (Code 62).
– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Sensor does not suit thedevice (electronic sensor
nameplate).

– Replace sensor with a suitable 18
sensor.

20

15 /
16

12

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic Error
Code
type
748

Alarm

Message/
description
F>Memory failure insignal processor

12.2.2

Troubleshooting

XD_
BLOCK_ Cause
ERROR
ERROR
Value Bit Value Bit

MeasurePriority20– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.

– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

17– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

7

Check (C)Diagnostic Error
Code
type

Message/
description

XD_
BLOCK_ Cause
ERROR
ERROR
Value Bit Value Bit

MeasurePriority

106

Warning

C>Downloading please wait

170

– Downloading.

– Wait for download tocomplete.

61

602

Warning

C>Linearization curve
not monoton

190– The linearization table is not
monotonic increasing.

– Add to or correct linearization 67
table. Then accept
linearization table again.

604

Warning

C>linearization table
invalid. Min. 2 points.

19

0

68
There is no min. span for the y-points as of software version"03.00.xx".
– The linearization table has
fewer than 2 points.

1. Add to linearization table.
Perform the linearization again
if necessary.
2. Correct the linearization table
and accept it again.

613

Warning

C>Simulation active

170– Simulation is switched on, i.e. – Switch off simulation.
the device is not measuring atpresent.

701

Warning

C>Adjustment outside
sensor nominal range

170– The adjustment carried out
would cause a breach of thenominal sensor range.

– Carry out calibration again.

704

Alarm

C>Measurement error

207– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device from 13
the power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.
– Carry out calibration again.

707

Alarm

C>X-VAL.
(TAB_XY_VALUE) of
lin. table out of edit
limits.

18

0– At least one X-VALUE(TAB_XY_VALUE) in thelinearization table is either
below the value for
SCALE_IN, EU_0/HYDR.
PRESS MIN. or LINEAR_LEVEL_MIN/LEVEL MIN. orabove the value for
SCALE_IN, EU_100/HYDR.
PRESS. MAX. or
LINEAR_LEVEL_MAX/LEVEL MAX.

710

Warning

B>Set span too small.
Not allowed.

180– Adjust calibration to suit
– Values for calibration (e.g.
sensor, CAL_MIN_SPAN/
lower-range value and upperMINIMUM SPAN parameter.
range value) are too close
together.

Endress+Hauser– The sensor was replaced andthe customer-specificconfiguration does not suit
the sensor.

– Adjust calibration to suitsensor.
– Replace sensor with a suitablesensor.

– Unsuitable download carried
out.

– Check configuration andperform download again.

70

63

45

60

231

Troubleshooting

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic Error
Code
type

Message/
description

XD_
BLOCK_ Cause
ERROR
ERROR
Value Bit Value Bit

711

C>LRV or URV out ofedit limits

18

Alarm

0

MeasurePriority– Reset the LRV and/or URV to– Lower range value and/or
suit the sensor. Pay attention
upper range value undershootto position adjustment.
or overshoot the sensor range
limits.
– The sensor was replaced andthe customer-specificconfiguration does not suit
the sensor.

– Reset the LRV and/or URV tosuit the sensor. Pay attention
to position adjustment.
– Replace sensor with a suitablesensor.

– Unsuitable download carried
out.

– Check configuration andperform download again.

37

713

Alarm

C>100% POINT(LEVEL_100_PERCEN
T_VALUE) level out ofedit limits

180– The sensor was replaced.

– Carry out calibration again.

46

719

Alarm

C>Y-VAL(TAB_XY_VALUE) of
lin. table out of edit
limits19

0– At least one Y-VALUE(TAB_XY_VALUE) in thelinearization table is below
the SCALE_OUT, EU_0/
TANK CONTENT MIN. orabove the SCALE_OUT,
EU_100/TANK CONTENTMAX.

– Carry out calibration again.

47

721

Alarm

C>ZERO POSITION(LEVEL OFFSET) levelout of edit limits

180– LEVEL MIN(LINEAR_LEVEL_ MIN) or
LEVEL MAX
(LINEAR_LEVEL_MAX) has
been changed.

– Perform reset (code 2710)
and recalibrate the device.

48

722

Alarm

C>EMPTY CALIB.
(SCALE_OUT, EU_0)
or FULL CALIB.
(SCALE_OUT,
EU_100) out of edit
limits18

0– LINEAR_ LEVEL_MIN/LEVEL – Perform reset (code 2710)
and recalibrate the device.
MIN or
LINEAR_LEVEL_MAX/LEVEL MAX has beenchanged.

49/50

723

Alarm

C>MAX. FLOW(SCALE_OUT,
EU_100) out of edit
limits18

0– FLOW_TYPE/FLOW-MEAS.
TYPE has been changed.

– Carry out calibration again.

51

741

Alarm

18
C>TANK HEIGHT(LEVEL_TANK_HEIGHT) out of edit limits

0– LINEAR_LEVEL_MIN/LEVELMIN or
LINEAR_LEVEL_MAX/LEVEL MAX has beenchanged.

– Perform reset (code 2710)
and recalibrate the device.

52

746

Warning

C>Sensor connection
error - initializing0– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.
This message normally only
appears briefly.

– Wait a few minutes.
– Restart the device. Perform
reset (Code 7864).
– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

28– Overpressure or low pressure
present.

– Reduce or increase pressure.

232

20

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Troubleshooting

Diagnostic Error
Code
type

Message/
description

XD_
BLOCK_ Cause
ERROR
ERROR
Value Bit Value Bit

MeasurePriority

750

C>Configuration not
permitted

18– Check configuration.
– Perform reset (code 7864)
and recalibrate the device.

53

MeasurePriority

Warning

12.2.30– By means of the operation
profile, options were selected
for the configuration of thedevice but the options do notsuit one another. For
example, if the option "1"(linearization table) was
selected for LIN_TYPE andthe unit "1347 (m3/s)" wasselected for
PRIMARY_VALUE_UNIT.

Maintenance required (M)Diagnostic Error
Code
type

Message/description

XD_
BLOCK_ Cause
ERROR
ERROR
Value Bit Value Bit

102

Warning

M>Checksum error in
EEPROM: peakhold
segment

23

0– Replace main electronics.
– Main electronics defect.
Correct measurement cancontinue as long as you do notneed the peak hold indicatorfunction.

62

116

Warning

M>Download error,
repeat download

170– The file is defect.

– Use another file.

38– During the download, thedata are not correctlytransmitted to the processor,
e.g. because of open cableconnections, spikes (ripple)
on the supply voltage orelectromagnetic effects.

– Check cable connection PC –transmitter.
– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate sources ofdisturbance.
– Perform reset (code 7864)
and recalibrate the device.
– Repeat download.

134

Warning

M>EEPROM lifetime
WARNING170– Writing too often to
EEPROM.

– Reduce write accessing to
EEPROM.

65

700

Warning

M>Last configuration
not stored

23

0– An error occurred whenwriting or reading
configuration data or the
power supply was
disconnected.

– Perform reset (code 7864)
and recalibrate the device.

63– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Data were not writtencorrectly to the HistoROM,
e.g. if the HistoROM wasdetached during the writing
process.

– Repeat upload.
– Perform reset (code 7864)
and recalibrate the device.

– HistoROM does not have anydata.

– Copy suitable data to theHistoROM. (see standard
Operating Instructions)

702

WarningEndress+Hauser

M>HistoROM data notconsistent

17

0

64

233

Troubleshooting

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic Error
Code
type

Message/description

XD_
BLOCK_ Cause
ERROR
ERROR
Value Bit Value Bit

MeasurePriority

706

Warning

M>Configuration in
HistoROM and device
not identical

23

0– Configuration (parameters) in – Copy data from the device to 69
the HistoROM. (see standard
the HistoROM and in the
Operating Instructions)device not identical.
– Copy data from the HistoROM
to the device. (see standard
Operating Instructions) The
message remains if theHistoROM and the device
have different software
versions. The message
disappears if you copy thedata from the device to theHistoROM.
– Device reset codes such as 1
or 40864 do not have any
effect on the HistoROM. Thatmeans that if you perform areset, the configurations in
the HistoROM and in thedevice can be different.

740

Alarm/
warning

M>Calculation
overflow, badconfiguration

20

7– Level measuring mode: themeasured pressure has
undershot the value for
SCALE_IN, EU_0/HYDR.
PRESS. MIN. or overshot thevalue for SCALE_IN,
EU_100/HYDR. PRESS MAX.

– Check configuration and carry 29
out calibration again if
necessary.
– Select a device with a suitablemeasuring range.

– Check configuration and carry– Level measuring mode: theout calibration again if
measured level has undershot
necessary. LEVEL MIN.
the value for LEVEL MIN or
parameterovershot the value for LEVEL
MAX

745

234

Warning

M>Sensor data
unknown

170– Flow measuring mode: themeasured pressure has
overshot the value for
SCALE_IN, EU_100/MAX.
PRESS FLOW.

– Check configuration and carryout calibration again if
necessary.
– Select a device with a suitablemeasuring range.

– Sensor does not suit thedevice (electronic sensor
nameplate). Device continues
measuring.

– Replace sensor with a suitable 66
sensor.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

12.2.4

Troubleshooting

Out of specification (S)Diagnostic Error
Code
type

Message/description

XD_
BLOCK_ Cause
ERROR
ERROR
Value Bit Value Bit

MeasurePriority

115

S>Sensor overpressure

17– Overpressure present.

– Reduce pressure until
message disappears.

31– Sensor defect.

– Replace sensor.

– Pressure too low.

– Increase pressure until
message disappears.

– Sensor defect.

– Replace sensor.

120

715

Alarm/
warning

Alarm/
warning

Alarm/
warning

S>Sensor low pressure

S>Sensor overtemperature

17

17

0

0

7

– The temperature measured in – Reduce process temperature/
ambient temperature.
the sensor is greater than theupper nominal temperatureof the sensor.
TEMPERATURE_1_SENSOR_LIMIT_HIGH/
Tmax SENSOR parameter.
– Unsuitable download carried
out.

717

Alarm/
warning

S>Transmitter overtemperature

170

Alarm/
warning

S>Transmitter
under temperature

17

0

726

Alarm/
warning

Alarm/
warningEndress+Hauser

S>Sensorunder temperature

S>Sensor temperatureerror - overrange

17

20

0

7

– Check configuration andperform download again.

– Check configuration andperform download again.

– The temperature measured in – Increase ambient
temperature. Insulate device
the electronics is smaller thanif necessary.
the lower nominal
temperature of the electronics(–43 °C (-45 °F)).
– Unsuitable download carried
out.

720

34

– The temperature measured in – Reduce ambient temperature. 36
the electronics is greater thanthe upper nominal
temperature of the electronics(+88 °C (+190 °F)).
– Unsuitable download carried
out.

718

32

37

– Check configuration andperform download again.

– The temperature measured in – Increase processtemperature/ambient
the sensor is lower than thetemperature.
lower nominal temperature of
the sensor(TEMPERATURE_1_SENSOR_LIMIT_LOW/
Tmin SENSOR parameter).
– Unsuitable download carried
out.

– Check configuration andperform download again.

– Loose connection at sensor
cable.

– Wait a short period of time
and tighten the connection, or
avoid loose connection.

– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.

– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

– Process temperature isoutside permitted range.

– Check temperature present,
reduce or increase if
necessary.

– Sensor defect.

– If the process temperature is
within the permitted range,
replace sensor.

35

33

235

Troubleshooting

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic Error
Code
type

Message/description

XD_
BLOCK_ Cause
ERROR
ERROR
Value Bit Value Bit

MeasurePriority

727

S>Sensor pressure
error - overrange

20– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.

– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

30– Pressure is outside permitted
range.

– Check pressure present,
reduce or increase if
necessary.

– Sensor defect.

– If the pressure is within thepermitted range, replacesensor.

– Pressure measured value has
undershot the value specified
for the PRESSURE_1_USER_
LOW_LIMIT/Pmin ALARM
WINDOW parameter.

– Check system/pressure
measured value.
– Change value for
PRESSURE_1_
USER_LOW_LIMIT/
Pmin ALARM WINDOW if
necessary.

– Loose connection at sensor
cable.

– Wait a short period of time
and tighten the connection, or
avoid loose connection.
– Check system/pressure
measured value.
– Change value for
PRESSURE_1_USER_ HIGH_
LIMIT/
Pmax ALARM WINDOW if
necessary.

730

Alarm/
warning

Alarm/
Warning

S>Pmin ALARM
WINDOW(PRESSURE_1_USER_
LOW_LIMIT)
undershot

19

7

0

731

Alarm/
Warning

19
S>Pmax ALARM
WINDOW(PRESSURE_1_UER_
HIGH_LIMIT) overshot

0– Pressure measured value has
overshot the value specified
for the PRESSURE_1_USER_HIGH_LIMIT/Pmax ALARM
WINDOW parameter.

732

Alarm/
Warning

S>Tmin ALARM
WINDOW(TEMPERATURE_1_
USER_LOW_LIMIT)
undershot

19

0– Temperature measured value – Check system/temperature
measured value.
has undershot the value– Change value for
specified for the
TEMPERATURE_1_
TEMPERATURE_1_USER_LO
USER_LOW_LIMIT/
W_LIMIT/Tmin ALARM
Tmin ALARM WINDOW if
WINDOW parameter.
necessary.

733

236

Alarem/Warning

S>Tmax ALARM
WINDOW(TEMPERATURE_1_
USER_HIGH_LIMIT)
overshot

190– Loose connection at sensor
cable.

– Wait a short period of time
and tighten the connection, or
avoid loose connection.

– Temperature measured value
has overshot the value
specified for the
TEMPERATURE_1_USER_HI
GH_LIMIT/Tmax ALARM
WINDOW parameter.

– Check system/temperature
measured value.
– Change value for
TEMPERATURE_1_
USER_HIGH_LIMIT/
Tmax ALARM WINDOW if
necessary.

55

54

57

56

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

12.3

Troubleshooting

Response of outputs to errors

The device makes a distinction between the message types "Alarm", "Warning" and "Error".
 See the following table and  ä 224, Section 12.1 "Messages".
OutputA (Alarm)

W (Warning)

FOUNDATION
Fieldbus

The process variable in question istransmitted with the status BAD.

Device continues measuring. The process For this error, you can enter whether thevariable in question is transmitted with device should react as in the event of analarm or as in the event of a warning.
the status UNCERTAIN.
See corresponding "Alarm" or "Warning"column.
( ä 96 and  ä 222, parameter
description for Select Alarmtype/
SELECT_ALARM_TYPE)
The GOOD status can also be assigned tothe individual error via the parameters
FF912_STATUS_SELECT_1 toFF912_STATUS_SELECT _131.

Local operation– The measured value and message are – The measured value and message aredisplayed alternately
displayed alternately-symbol– Measured value display:-symbol is – Measured value display:
flashes.
permanently displayed.

– The measured value and message aredisplayed alternately– Measured value display: seecorresponding "Alarm" or "Warning"columnMessage display:
Message display– A + 3-digit number such as A122 and – W + 3-digit number such as W613
and– Description– Description

Message display:– E + 3-digit number such as E731 and– Description

In the event of an alarm, the ALARM
STATUS/ALARM STATUS parameter 1)
displays a 3-digit number such as 122
for "Sensor connection error, incorrect
data."In the event of an error, the ALARM
STATUS/ALARM STATUS2 parameter
displays a 3-digit number such as 731
for "Pmax ALARM WINDOW undershot".

Remote operation (FFconfiguration
program/FieldCare)1)

In the event of a warning, the
ALARM STATUS/ALARM STATUS2
parameter displays a 3-digit number
such as 613 for "Simulation is active".

E (Error: Alarm/Warning)

FF configuration program: Diagnostic Transducer Block. Menu path FieldCare: OPERATING MENU  MESSAGESEndress+Hauser

237Troubleshooting

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

12.3.1

Analog Input Block

If the Analog Input Block receives an input or simulation value with the status BAD, theAnalog Input Block uses the failsafe mode defined in the Fsafe_Type/FSAFE_TYPE1
parameter.
The following options are available by means of the Fsafe_Type/FSAFE_TYPE parameter:• Last Good Value
The last valid value is used for further processing with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Fail SafeValue
The value specified by means of the Fsafe_Value/FSAFE_VALUE1 parameter is used forfurther processing with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Wrong Value
The current value is used for further processing with the status BAD.
Factory setting:• Fsafe_Type/FSAFE_TYPE: FsafeValue• Fsafe_Value/FSAFE_VALUE: 0
The failsafe mode is also activated if the "Out of service" option was selected by means of theBlock Mode/MODE_BLK parameter, "Target" element.
1 These parameters are not available by means of the FieldCare operating program.

12.4

Confirming messages

Depending on the settings for the Alarm Displ. Time/ALARM_DISPLAY_TIME and Ack.
Alarm Mode/ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM_MODE parameters, the following measures should
be taken to clear a message:
Settings 1)

Measures– Alarm Displ. Time/
ALARM_DISPLAY_TIME = 0 s– Ack. Alarm Mode/ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM_MODE = Off– Rectify the cause of the message (see also Section 12.1).

– Alarm Displ. Time/
ALARM_DISPLAY_TIME > 0 s– Ack. Alarm Mode/ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM_MODE = Off– Rectify the cause of the message (see also Section 12.1).
– Wait for the alarm display time to elapse.

– Alarm Displ. Time/
ALARM_DISPLAY_TIME = 0 s– Ack. Alarm Mode/ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM_MODE = On

– Rectify the cause of the message (see also Section 12.1).
– Confirm message using ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM/ACK. ALARM
parameter.

– Alarm Displ. Time/
ALARM_DISPLAY_TIME > 0 s– Ack. Alarm Mode/ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM_MODE = On

– Rectify the cause of the message (see also Section 12.1).
– Confirm message using ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM/ACK. ALARM
parameter.
– Wait for the alarm display time to elapse. If a message appears and thealarm display time elapses before the message has been acknowledged,
the message is cleared once it has been acknowledged.

1)

238

FF configuration program: The parameters are in the Diagnostic Transducer Blocks.
FieldCare: Menu path for Alarm Displ. Time/ALARM_DISPLAY_TIME and Ack. Alarm Mode/ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM_MODE: OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS MESSAGESEndress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

13

Appendix

13.1

Operating menu

Appendix• The entire menu is depicted on the following pages.
• The menu has a different structure depending on the measuring mode selected. Thismeans that some function groups are only displayed for one measuring mode, e.g. the"LINEARIZATION" function group for the "Level" measuring mode.
• In addition, there are also parameters that are only displayed if other parameters areappropriately configured. For example the Customer Unit P/
CUSTOMER_UNIT_PRESSURE parameter is only displayed if the "User unit" option was
selected for the Press. Eng. Unit/parameter. These parameters are indicated with a "*".
• For a description of the parameters, see Section 11 "Parameter description (local operation
and FieldCare)". The exact dependency of individual parameters on one another is
explained here.

Endress+Hauser

239

Appendix

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

1)LANGUAGE

1)

2)

1)
LEVEL SELECTION

MANUFACTURER VIEWQUICK SETUPMEASURING MODE

Level measuringmode only

OPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENT

2)
MEASURING MODE

Pressure
3)
POS. ZERO ADJUST2)
POS. ZERO ADJUSTLEVEL SELECTION

4)
POS. INPUT VALUE

Deltabar S only
Flow

Level

3)
MAX. FLOW

POS. ZERO ADJUSTPOS. ZERO ADJUST4)
DAMPING VALUE

MAX PRESS. FLOW

POS. INPUT VALUE*EMPTY CALIB.
FULL CALIB.

DAMPING VALUE

POS. INPUT VALUECALIB. OFFSET*DAMPING VALUE

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via FieldCare
3) Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensor, Deltabar S or Deltapilot S4) Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensor

are parameters that are only displayed if other parameters are* Thereappropriately configured.
For example the Customer Unit P/CUSTOMER_UNIT_PRESSURE parameter is only displayed
if the "User unit" option was selected for the Press. Eng. Unit/PRESSURE UNIT parameter.
These parameters are indicated with a "*".
P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-en-167

240

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

AppendixServiceBASIC SETUP

2)
MEASURING MODE

Pressure

Flow

Level
2)
LEVEL SELECTIONPRESS. ENG. UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT P

CUST. UNIT FACT. P

PRESS. ENG. UNIT*
Level Easy Pressure*

Level Easy Height

CUSTOMER UNIT P*

CUSTOMER UNIT P*

CUST. UNIT FACT. P*

CUST. UNIT FACT. P*

DAMPING VALUECUSTOMER UNIT P*

CUST. UNIT FACT. P*

Level Standard

X
Continuation,
see the following page

FLOW-MEAS. TYPEA
B

OUTPUT UNITOUTPUT UNIT

CALIBRATION MODE

HEIGHT UNIT

Wet

Dry

EMPTY CALIB.

EMPTY CALIB.

FULL CALIB.

CUSTOMER UNIT F*

CUST. UNIT FACT. F*

CALIBRATION MODE
MAX. FLOW

Wet

Dry

EMPTY PRESSUE

DENSITY UNITDENSITY UNIT

MAX PRESS. FLOW

FULL CALIB.

ADJUST DENSITYADJUST DENSITYDAMPING VALUE

FULL PRESSURE

EMPTY CALIB.

EMPTY CALIB.

FULL CALIB.

EMPTY HEIGHTDAMPING VALUE
FULL CALIB.

FULL HEIGHTDAMPING VALUE

A
Volumep. cond.

Vol.
norm cond.

Mass

Vol.
std. cond.

UNIT FLOWNORM FLOW UNIT

STD. FLOW UNITMASS FLOW UNIT

B

B

B

B

2) Display via FieldCare
are parameters that are only displayed if other parameters are* Thereappropriately configured.
For example the Customer Unit P/CUSTOMER_UNIT_PRESSURE parameter is only displayed
if the "User unit" option was selected for the Press. Eng. Unit/PRESSURE_UNIT parameter.
These parameters are indicated with a "*".

P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-en-149

Endress+Hauser

241

Appendix

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

C

X

Continuation
BASIC SETUP "Level",see also the previous page

HeightLEVEL SELECTION =Level Standard

Volume
UNIT VOLUMEHEIGHT UNIT%

Mass
MASS UNIT

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

CUTOMER UNIT H*

CUSTOMER UNIT V*

CUSTOMER UNIT M*

CUSTOMER UNIT P

CUST. UNIT FACT. H*

CUST. UNIT FACT. V*

CUST. UNIT FACT. M*

CUST. UNIT FACT. P

D

D

D

D

LEVEL MODE

LinearPressureLinearized

HeightLinearized

LIN. MEASURAND

LINd MEASURAND

COMB. MEASURAND

C

E

G

D

F

H

CALIBRATION MODE

HYDR. PRESS MIN.

E

HYDR. PRESS MAX.

FDAMPING VALUELEVEL MIN

Wet

Dry

EMPTY CALIB.

DENSITY UNITEMPTY PRESSURE

ADJUST DENSITYFULL PRESSURE*

ADJUSTED DENSITYCUSTOMER UNIT V*

CUST. UNIT FACT. V**

CUSTOMER UNIT H

VolumeMass
MASS UNIT

UNIT VOLUMECUSTOMER UNIT V*

CUSTOMER UNIT M*

CUST. UNIT FACT. V*

CUST. UNIT FACT. M

*

F

F

F

G

CALIBRATION MODE

Height+...
Wet*
TANK VOLUMEHEIGHT UNIT%LEVEL MAX*VOLUME UNIT

FULL CALIB.

E

Dry

HEIGHT UNIT

CUTOMER UNIT H*

CUST. UNIT FACT. H*

DENSITY UNITEMPTY CALIB.

EMPTY PRESSURE

ADJUST DENSITYFULL CALIB.

HEIGHT UNIT*

FULL PRESSURECUSTOMER UNIT H*

CUST. UNIT FACT. H**

CUST. UNIT FACT. H*

TANK HEIGHT*

100% POINT

100% POINT*

ZERO POSITION*

ADJUSTED DENSITY%Height+...

H

H

ZERO POSITIONDAMPING VALUEDAMPING VALUE

are parameters that are only displayed if other parameters are* Thereappropriately configured.
For example the Customer Unit H/CUSTOMER_HEIGHT_UNIT parameter is only displayed
if the "User unit" option was selected for the Height Unit/HEIGHT_UNIT parameter.
These parameters are indicated with a "*".
P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-en-150

242

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

EXTENDED SETUP

Appendix

Level measuringmode only

TEMP. ENG UNIT

Level

Flow measuringmode only(Deltabar S only)

Display via FieldCare
only

Display via on-site
display only

Pressure

TOTALIZER SETUP

LINEARISATIONLINEARISATION

Level measuringmode only

Flow

TEMP. ENG UNIT

TEMP. ENG UNITTANK CONTENT MINTANK CONTENT MINTOTALIZER 1 UNITDENSITIY UNIT

LOW FLOW CUT-OFF

TANK CONTENT MAXTANK CONTENT MAX

TOT. 1 USER UNIT*

ADJUST DENSITIY

SET L. FL. CUT-OFF

TABLE SELECTIONTABLE SELECTION

FACT. U. U. TOTAL.1*

PROCESS DENSITYSET LRV*SET URV

Measuring
Table

Editor Table

Measuring
Table

Editor Table

NEG. FLOW TOT. 1

LIN. EDIT MODE

MEASURING TABLE

LIN. EDIT MODE

LINE-NUMBRESET TOTALIZER 1EDITOR TABLE

MEASURING TABLEEDITOR TABLE

ACTIVE LIN. TAB. X

TOTALIZER 2 UNITEDITOR TABLE

LINE-NUMBACTIVE LIN. TAB. Y

TOT. 2 USER UNIT*EDITOR TABLE

X-VAL.

FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 2*

Y-VAL.

NEG. FLOW TOT. 2

TANK DESCRIPTIONEDITOR TABLETANK DESCRIPTION

are parameters that are only displayed if other parameters are* Thereappropriately configured.
For example the Tot. 1 User Unit/CUSTOMER_UNIT_TOT_1 parameter is only displayed
if the "User unit" option was selected for the Totalizer 1 Unit/TOTALIZER_1_UNIT parameter.
These parameters are indicated with a "*".

P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-en-151

Endress+Hauser

243

Appendix

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

TRANSMITTER INFODISPLAY

FF data

TRANSMITTER DATAPROCESS CONNECTIONSENSOR DATAMENU DESCRIPTOR

DEVICE ID

DEVICE SERIAL No

Pmax PROC. CONN.

SENSOR SER. NO.

MAIN DATA FORMATDEVICE REVISIONELECTR. SERIAL No

PROC. CONN. TYPE

PRESS. SENS LOLIM

MAT. PROC. CONN. +PRESS. SENS HILIM

ADDITIONAL INFO.

MAT. PROC. CONN. –MINIMUM SPAN

DEVICE DESIGN.

SEAL TYPESENSOR MEAS. TYPE

1)
ALTERNATE DATADD REVISION

PD-TAG

2)

2)
LANGUAGEDISPLAY CONTRAST

DEVICE ADDRESSHARDWARE REV.

MAT. MEMBRANE

SOFTWARE VERSIONFILLING FLUIDCONFIG RECORDER

Tmin SENSORPCB TEMPERATURE

Tmax SENSOR

ALLOWED MIN. TEMPSENSOR H/WARE REV.

ALLOWED MAX. TEMPDIP STATUS

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via FieldCare

P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-en-152

244

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Appendix

PROCESS INFOOPERATIONPROCESS VALUE

Pressure

FUNCTION BLOCKSPEAK HOLD INDICATOR

Deltabar S only
Flow

Level

MEASURED VALUE

MEASURED VALUE

MEASURED VALUEAI1 OUT VALUECOUNTER:P > Pmax

ENTER RESET CODEPRESSURE

PRESSURE

PRESSURE

AI2 OUT VALUE

MAX. MEAS. PRESS.

OPERATING HOURSCORRECTED PRESS.

CORRECTED PRESS.

CORRECTED PRESS.

AI3 OUT VALUECOUNTER:P < Pmin

INSERT PIN NO

SENSOR PRESSURESENSOR PRESSURESENSOR PRESSURE

AI4 OUT VALUEMIN. MEAS. PRESS.

HistoROM AVAIL.

SENSOR TEMP.

SENSOR TEMP.

SENSOR TEMP.

AI5 OUT VALUECOUNTER:T > Tmax

DOWNLOAD SELECT.

MEAS. VAL. TREND

MEAS. VAL. TREND

MEAS. VAL. TREND

AI6 OUT VALUE

MAX. MEAS. TEMP.

HistoROM CONTROLLEVEL BEFORE LIN* SUPPRESSED FLOW

COUNTER:T< Tmin*

TOTALIZER 1

MIN. MEAS. TEMP.

TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOWPCB COUNT:T > Tmax

TOTALIZER 2PCB MAX. TEMP.

TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOWPCB COUNT: T< Tmin

TANK CONTENT**PCB MIN. TEMP.

RESET PEAKHOLD

are parameters that are only displayed if other parameters are* Thereappropriately configured.
These parameters are indicated with a "*".

P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-en-170

Endress+Hauser

245

Appendix

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

DIAGNOSTICSSIMULATIONMESSAGES

USER LIMITSSIMULATION MODE

ALARM STATUS

Pmin ALARM WINDOWILAST DIAG. CODE

Pmax ALARM WINDOW

ACK. ALARM MODE

Tmin ALARM WINDOW* Tmax ALARM WINDOW

ACK. ALARMRESET ALL ALARMS

Display via FieldCare
only

ERROR NO.

SELECT ALARMTYPE

ALARM DELAY

ALARM DISPL. TIME

I
none

PressureSIM. PRESSURE

Level

Flow
SIM. FLOW VALUE

SIM. LEVEL

Tank content
SIM. TANK CONT.

Alarm Warning

SIM. ERROR NO.

are parameters that are only displayed if other parameters are* Thereappropriately configured.
These parameters are indicated with a "*".

P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-en-154

246

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Index
Numerics

100% Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
100% POINT (813), "Height linearized" level mode. . . 190
100% POINT (813), "Linear" level mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

ALLOWED MIN. TEMP (358) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
ALM_OUT_D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Alternate Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
ALTERNATE DATA (423) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

A

B

Acc. Of Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
ACCELERATION_OF_GRAVITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
ACK_OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 110
Ack. Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
ACK. ALARM (500). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Ack. Alarm Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
ACK. ALARM MODE (401) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
ACKNOWLEDGE ALARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Acknowledge Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 110
ACKNOWLEDGE_ALARM_MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
ACTIV LIN. TAB. X, FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
ACTIV LIN. TAB. Y, FieldCare. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Adjust Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 78
ADJUST DENSITY (007), "Level easy height" level selection
165
ADJUST DENSITY (007)/(316), "Level" extended setup 198
ADJUST DENSITY (316), "Height linearized" level mode . . .
189
ADJUST DENSITY (316), "Linear" level mode . . . . . . . . 175
ADJUST_DENSITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
ADJUST_DENSITY_EASY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
ADJUSTED DENSITY (810), "Height linearized" level mode
188
ADJUSTED DENSITY (810), "Linear" level mode. . . . . . 175
AI 1 OUT Value (983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
AI 2 OUT Value (982) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
AI 3 OUT Value (981) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Alarm Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
ALARM DELAY (336) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Alarm Displ. Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
ALARM DISPL. TIME (480) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Alarm History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Alarm Hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Alarm messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Alarm Output Discrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
ALARM STATUS (046) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Alarm Status Info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Alarm Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
ALARM_DELAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
ALARM_DISPLAY_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
ALARM_HYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
ALARM_MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
ALARM_STATUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
ALARM_STATUS_WITH_CATEGORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
ALARM_SUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Alert Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 54, 104
ALERT_KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 54, 104
Allowed Max. Temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
ALLOWED MAX. TEMP (359). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Allowed Min. Temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Endress+Hauser

Block Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 55, 109
Block configuration, delivery status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Block Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 54, 105
Block Error Desc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Block Error Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Block Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 54, 104
BLOCK_ALM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 55, 109
BLOCK_ERR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 54, 105
BLOCK_ERR_DESC_1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51, 114

C

CAL_MIN_SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
CAL_POINT_HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56–57
CAL_POINT_LO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
CAL_UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Calib. Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
CALIB. OFFSET (319) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Calibration Highest Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56–57
Calibration Lowest Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Calibration Minimum Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Calibration Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 77
CALIBRATION MODE (008), "Level easy height" level selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
CALIBRATION MODE (008), "Level easy pressure" level selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
CALIBRATION MODE (392), "Height linearized" level mode
188
CALIBRATION MODE (392), "Linear" level mode . . . . 174
Calibration Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
CALIBRATION_MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
CALIBRATION_MODE_EASY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
CALIBRATION_OFFSET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Capability Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
CAPABILITY_LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
CHANNEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Clear Fault State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
CLR_FSTATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Collection Directory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
COLLECTION_DIRECTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Comb. Measurand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66–67
COMB. MEASURAND (806) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
COMBINED_MEASURAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66–67
Config Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
CONFIG RECORDER (352) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
CONFIGURATION_COUNTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Confirm Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
CONFIRM_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Corrected Press. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
CORRECTED PRESS. (434), "Flow" measuring mode . . 216
CORRECTED PRESS. (434), "Level" measuring mode . 215
247

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

CORRECTED PRESS. (434), "Pressure" measuring mode . . .
215
CORRECTED_PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
COUNTERP > Pmax (380) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
T > Tmax (404) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Counter
P > Pmax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Counter P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
COUNTER P Pmin (467) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Counter T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Counter T > Tmax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
COUNTER T Tmin (472) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
COUNTER_PMAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
COUNTER_PMIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
COUNTER_TMAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
COUNTER_TMIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Creep Flow Hyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
CREEP_FLOW_HYST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Cust. Unit Fact. F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
CUST. UNIT FACT. F (609) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705), "Height linearized" level mode
185, 190
CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703), "Height linearized" level mode
187
CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703), "Pressure linearized" level
mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317) . . . . 158, 160, 164, 169, 194
CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607), "Height linearized" level mode.
186
CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607), "Pressure linearized" level mode
181
Cust. Unit. Fact. H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67–68
CUST. UNIT. FACT. H (705), "Linear" level mode 172, 177
Cust. Unit. Fact. M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
CUST. UNIT. FACT. M (703), "Linear" level mode . . . . . 174
Cust. Unit. Fact. P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Cust. Unit. Fact. V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
CUST. UNIT. FACT. V (607), "Linear" level mode 173, 176
Customer Unit F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
CUSTOMER UNIT F (610) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Customer Unit H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
CUSTOMER UNIT H (706), "Height linearized" level mode .
185, 190
CUSTOMER UNIT H (706), "Linear" level mode. . 171, 177
Customer Unit M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
CUSTOMER UNIT M (704), "Height linearized" level mode .
187
CUSTOMER UNIT M (704), "Linear" level mode . . . . . . 173
CUSTOMER UNIT M (704), "Pressure linearized" level mode
181
Customer Unit P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
CUSTOMER UNIT P (075) . . . . . 158, 160, 164, 168, 193
Customer Unit V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
CUSTOMER UNIT V (608), "Height linearized" level mode .
186
CUSTOMER UNIT V (608), "Linear" level mode. . 172, 176
CUSTOMER UNIT V (608), "Pressure linearized" level mode
180
248

CUSTOMER_FACTOR_UNIT_PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
CUSTOMER_HEIGHT_UNIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_HEIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . 67–68
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_MASS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_TOT_1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_TOT_2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FACTOR_VOLUME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
CUSTOMER_UNIT_FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
CUSTOMER_UNIT_MASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
CUSTOMER_UNIT_PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
CUSTOMER_UNIT_TOT_1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
CUSTOMER_UNIT_TOT_2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
CUSTOMER_UNIT_VOLUME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Cycle Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Cycle Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
CYCLE_SEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
CYCLE_TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

D

Damping Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
DAMPING VALUE (247) . 153–154, 158, 162, 167, 178,
182, 191, 196
DAMPING VALUE (274) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
DAMPING_VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
DD Resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
DD Revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
DD REVISION (985) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
DD_RESOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
DD_REV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Density Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 77
DENSITY UNIT (001), "Level easy height" level selection . .
165
DENSITY UNIT (001)/(812), "Level" extended setup . 198
DENSITY UNIT (812), "Height linearized" level mode . 189
DENSITY UNIT (812), "Linear" level mode . . . . . . . . . . 175
DENSITY_UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
DENSITY_UNIT_EASY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
DEV_REV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
DEV_TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
DEVICE ADDRESS (984). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
DEVICE DESIGN. (350). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Device Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 60, 79, 86, 92–93
DEVICE ID (987) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Device Revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
DEVICE REVISION (986) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
DEVICE SERIAL No (354). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Device Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Device Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
DEVICE_DIALOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 60, 79, 86, 92–93
DEVICE_TAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Digits Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
DIP STATUS (363) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Display Contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
DISPLAY CONTRAST (339) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
DISPLAY_ALTERNATING_VALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
DISPLAY_CONTRAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
DISPLAY_LANGUAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
DISPLAY_MAINLINE_CONTENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

DISPLAY_MAINLINE_FORMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Download Select. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
DOWNLOAD SELECT (014) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
DOWNLOAD_SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

E

Edit Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Editor Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
EDITOR TABLE (770), local operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
EDITOR TABLE (809), local operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
EDITOR TABLE, FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204–205
ELECTR. SERIAL No (386) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Electr. Serial No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
ELECTRONIC_OVER_TEMP_COUNTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
ELECTRONIC_OVER_TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
ELECTRONIC_SERIAL_NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
ELECTRONIC_UNDER_TEMP_COUNTER . . . . . . . . . . . 82
ELECTRONIC_UNDER_TEMPERATURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
ELECTRONICS_TEMP_HIGH_LIMIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
ELECTRONICS_TEMP_LOW_LIMIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
ELECTRONICS_TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Empty Calib. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
EMPTY CALIB. (010), "Level easy height" level selection . .
166
EMPTY CALIB. (010), "Level easy pressure" level selection
161–162
EMPTY CALIB. (314), "Height linearized" level mode . 188
EMPTY CALIB. (314), "Linear" level mode . . . . . . . . . . 174
EMPTY CALIB. (314)/(010), QUICK SETUP . . . . . . . . 152
Empty Calib. Level Easy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Empty Height Level Easy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
EMPTY HEIGHT. (009), "Level easy height" level selection.
166
EMPTY PRESSURE (011), "Level easy pressure" level selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
EMPTY PRESSURE (710) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
EMPTY PRESSURE (710), "Height linearized" level mode. .
188
EMPTY PRESSURE (710), "Linear" level mode . . . . . . . 174
Empty Pressure Level Easy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
EMPTY_CALIBRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
EMPTY_CALIBRATION_EASY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
EMPTY_HEIGHT_EASY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
EMPTY_PRESSURE_EASY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
ENP Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
ENP_VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Enter Reset Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
ENTER RESET CODE (047). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
ENTER_RESET_CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Error messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
ERROR NO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Error No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
ERROR_NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

F

Fact. U. U. Total 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Fact. U. U. Total. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
FACT. U.U. TOTAL 2 (330) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
FACT. U.U. TOTAL. 1 (329) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Endress+Hauser

FACT. U.U. TOTAL.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Fail Safe Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
FAIL SAFE TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Fault State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
FAULT_STATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Feature Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
FEATURE_SEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
FF Comm. Version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
FF_COMM_VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
FF912_CONFIG_AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
FF912_STATUS_SELECT1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
FF912_STATUS_SELECT10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
FF912_STATUS_SELECT11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
FF912_STATUS_SELECT12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
FF912_STATUS_SELECT13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
FF912_STATUS_SELECT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
FF912_STATUS_SELECT3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
FF912_STATUS_SELECT4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
FF912_STATUS_SELECT5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
FF912_STATUS_SELECT6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
FF912_STATUS_SELECT7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
FF912_STATUS_SELECT8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
FF912_STATUS_SELECT9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
FF912ConfigArea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Field Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
FIELD_VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
FILLING FLUID (366) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Firmware Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
FIRMWARE_VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Flow Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
FLOW_MAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
FLOW_MEAS_TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Flow-Meas. Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
FLOW-MEAS. TYPE (640) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Free Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Free Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
FREE_SPACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
FREE_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Fsafe Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
FSAFE_TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
FSAFE_VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Fsafe_Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
FULL CALIB. (004), "Level easy height" level selection 166
FULL CALIB. (004), "Level easy pressure" level selection . .
162
FULL CALIB. (315), "Height linearized" level mode. . . 188
FULL CALIB. (315), "Linear" level mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
FULL CALIB. (315)/(004), QUICK SETUP . . . . . . . . . . 153
Full Calib. Level Easy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71, 78
FULL HEIGHT (006), "Level easy height" level selection. . .
167
Full Height Level Easy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
FULL PRESSURE (005), "Level easy pressure" level selection
162
FULL PRESSURE (711), "Height linearized" level mode 188
FULL PRESSURE (711), "Linear" level mode. . . . . . . . . 175
Full Pressure Level Easy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
249

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

FULL_CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
FULL_CALIBRATION_EASY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
FULL_HEIGHT_EASY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
FULL_PRESSURE_EASY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

IO_OPTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
ITK_VER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
ITK-Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

G

L_TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
LANGUAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
LANGUAGE (079). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
LAST DIAG. CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
LAST DIAG. CODE (564) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Last Diag. Code Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
LAST_DIAGNOSTIC_ CODE_WITH_CATEGORY . . . . . . 95
LAST_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95–96
Level Before Lin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
LEVEL BEFORE LIN (050) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Level Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
LEVEL MAX (712) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
LEVEL MIN (755) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Level Min.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Level Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
LEVEL MODE (718) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Level Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
LEVEL SELECTION (020) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148, 151
LEVEL_BEFORE_LINEARISATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
LEVEL_MAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
LEVEL_MIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
LEVEL_MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
LEVEL_SELECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
LEVEL_TANK_ DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
LIM_NOTIFY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Limit Notify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
LIN. EDIT MODE (397), local operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
LIN. EDIT MODE, FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Lin. Measurand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
LIN. MEASURAND (804) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Lind. Measurand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
LINd. MEASURAND. (805) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
LINEAR_MEASURAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
LINEARIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61–62
Linearization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61–62
Linearization Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
LINEARIZATION_ EDIT_MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_POST_EDIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_PRE_EDIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_X_VALUE. . . . . . . . . . . . 73–74
LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_Y_VALUE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_POST_VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
LINEARIZED_MEASURAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
LINE-NUMB (549), local operation . . . . . . . . . . . 201–202
LINE-NUMB, FieldCare. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Line-Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Lo Trim Measured. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
LO_ALM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
LO_ALM_OUT_D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
LO_LIM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Grant Deny. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 107
GRANT_DENY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 107

H

Hard Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
HARD_TYPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Hardware Rev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
HARDWARE REV. (266) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
HARDWARE_REVISION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Height Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66–67, 77
HEIGHT UNIT (003), "Level easy height" level selection . . .
165
HEIGHT UNIT (708), "Height linearized" level mode . 184,
189
HEIGHT UNIT (708), "Linear" level mode . . . . . . . 171, 177
HEIGHT_UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66–67
HEIGHT_UNIT_EASY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Hi Trim Measured. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
HI_ALM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
HI_ALM_OUT_D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
HI_HI_ALM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
HI_HI_LIM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
HI_HI_PRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
HI_LIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
HI_PRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
High Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
High Alarm Output Discrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
High High Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
High High Alarm Output Discrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
High High Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
High High Priority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
High Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
High Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
HIGH_TRIM_MEASURED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
HIGHEST_CATEGORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
HIHI_ALM_OUT_D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Hist. Saving Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
HistoROM Avail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
HistoROM AVAIL. (831) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Historom Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
HistoROM CONTROL (832). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
HISTOROM_AVAILABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
HISTOROM_CONTROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
HISTOROM_SAVING_CYCLE_TIME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
HUNDRED_PERCENT_VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
HYDR. PRESS MAX. (774) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
HYDR. PRESS MIN. (773) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

I

I/O Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Inp. Press. Ivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
INPUT_PRESSURE_INVERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
INSERT PIN NO (048) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Insert Pin No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 60, 79, 86, 94
250

LEndress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

LO_LO_ALM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
LO_LO_LIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
LO_LO_PRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
LO_PRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
LOLO_ALM_OUT_D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Low Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Low Alarm Output Discrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Low Cutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Low Flow Cut-Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
LOW FLOW CUT-OFF (442) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Low Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Low Low Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Low Low Alarm Output Discrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Low Low Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Low Low Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Low Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
LOW_CUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
LOW_FLOW_CUT_OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
LOW_TRIM_MEASURED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

M

Main Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
MAIN DATA FORMAT (688). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Main Line Cont. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
MANUFAC_ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Manufacturer ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
MASS FLOW UNIT (571) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
MASS UNIT (709), "Height linearized" level mode . . . 186
MASS UNIT (709), "Linear" level mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
MASS UNIT (709), "Pressure linearized" level mode . . 181
MASS_UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
MAT_PROC_CONN_NEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
MAT_PROC_CONN_POS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
MAT. MEMBRANE (365). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Mat. Proc. Conn. - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
MAT. PROC. CONN. - (361) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Mat. Proc. Conn. + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
MAT. PROC. CONN. + (360) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Max Notify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Max Press. Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
MAX PRESS. FLOW (634) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 196
MAX_MEASURED_PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
MAX_MEASURED_TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
MAX_PRESS_FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
MAX. FLOW (311) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 196
Max. meas. press . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
MAX. MEAS. PRESS. (383) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Max. meas. temp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
MAX. MEAS. TEMP. (471). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Max. Turndown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Meas. Level Easy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Meas. Val. Trend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
MEAS. VAL. TREND (378) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215–216
MEASURED VALUE (679), "Flow" measuring mode . . 216
MEASURED VALUE (679), "Level" measuring mode. . 215
MEASURED VALUE (679), "Pressure" measuring mode . . .
214
MEASURED_LEVEL_EASY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
MEASURED_VALUE_TREND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Endress+Hauser

MEASURING MODE . . . . . . 149, 151, 154, 157, 168, 193
MEASURING MODE (389), local operation . . . . . . . . . 147
Measuring Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
MEASURING TABLE (549), local operation . . . . . . . . 202
MEASURING TABLE (717), local operation . . . . . . . . 202
Memory Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
MEMORY_SIZE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
MENU DESCRIPTOR (416). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
MIN_CYCLE_T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
MIN_MEASURED_PRESSURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
MIN_MEASURED_TEMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Min. meas. press. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
MIN. MEAS. PRESS. (469) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Min. meas. temp.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
MIN. MEAS. TEMP. (474) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Minimum Cycle Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
MINIMUM SPAN (591) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
MODE_BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 54
MODE_BLK (AI Block) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104–105
MS_RESOURCE_DIRECTORY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

N

NEG. FLOW TOT. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Neg. Flow Tot. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
NEG. FLOW TOT. 1 (400) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
NEG. FLOW TOT. 2 (416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Neg. Flow. Tot. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Nonvolatile Cycle Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
NORM FLOW UNIT (661) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
NV_CYCLE_T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

O

Operating Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
OPERATING HOURS (409). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
OPERATING_HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Order Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
ORDER_CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
OUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
OUT_SCALE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Output Scale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
OUTPUT UNIT (023), "Level easy height" level selection . .
165
OUTPUT UNIT (023), "Level easy pressure" level selection
161
Output Unit Level Easy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
OUTPUT_UNIT_EASY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

P

P Peakhold Step. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
PCB COUNTT > Tmax (488) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
PCB COUNT T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Pcb Count T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Pcb Count T > Tmax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Pcb Max. Temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
PCB MAX. TEMP. (490) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Pcb Min. Temp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
PCB MIN. TEMP. (494) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
PCB TEMPERATURE (357) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
251

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Pcb. Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
PD-TAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Pmax ALARM WINDOW (333) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Pmax PROC. CONN. (570) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
PMAX_ALARM_WINDOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
PMAX_PROC_CONN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Pmax. Proc. Conn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Pmaxalarm Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Pmin ALARM WINDOW (322). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
PMIN_ALARM_WINDOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Pminalarm Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Pos. Input Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
POS. INPUT VALUE (563) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150, 152, 156
POS. ZERO ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Pos. Zero Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
POS. ZERO ADJUST (685) . . . . . . . . . . 150, 152, 154–155
POSITION_INPUT_VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Press. Eng. Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85, 89, 97
PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060) . . . . . . 157, 160, 164, 168, 193
PRESS. SENS HILIM (485) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
PRESS. SENS LOLIM (484) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 89
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 83, 89
PRESSURE (301), "Flow" measuring mode. . . . . . . . . . . 216
PRESSURE (301), "Level" measuring mode . . . . . . . . . . 215
PRESSURE (301), "Pressure" measuring mode . . . . . . . 215
PRESSURE_PEAK_HOLD_STEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
PRESSURE_UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85, 89, 97
Primary Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Primary Value Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Primary Value Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 61
PRIMARY_VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
PRIMARY_VALUE_RANGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 61
Proc. Conn. Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
PROC. CONN. TYPE (482) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Process Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72, 78
PROCESS DENSITY (025)/(811). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Process Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Process Value Filter Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
PROCESS_CONNECTION_TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
PROCESS_DENSITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
PROCESS_DENSITY_EASY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
PV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
PV_FTIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Q

Quick Setup "Flow" menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Quick Setup "Level" menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Quick Setup "Pressure" menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

R

Reset All Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
RESET ALL ALARMS (603). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Reset Peakhold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
RESET PEAKHOLD (382). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Reset Totalizer 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
RESET TOTALIZER1 (331) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
RESET_ALL_ALARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

252

RESET_PEAK_HOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Resource Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Resource State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
RESTART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
RS_STATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

S

Scale In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Scale Out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
SCALE_OUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
SCALE_OUT_UNITS_INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
SCI_OCTET_STR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
SCI_OCTET_STRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Seal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
SEAL TYPE (362) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
SEAL_TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
SECONDARY_VALUE_UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Select Alarm Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Select Alarm Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
SELECT ALARMTYPE (595), (600) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
SELECT_ALARM_TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Selecting the language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Selecting the measuring mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Sens H/Ware Rev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
SENS H/WARE REV (487). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Sensor Calibration Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Sensor Calibration Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Sensor Calibration Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Sensor Calibration Who . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Sensor Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Sensor Fill Fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Sensor Isolator Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Sensor Meas. Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 80
SENSOR MEAS.TYPE (581) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Sensor Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
SENSOR PRESSURE (584), "Flow" measuring mode . . 216
SENSOR PRESSURE (584), "Level" measuring mode . . 215
SENSOR PRESSURE (584), "Pressure" measuring mode . . .
215
Sensor Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
SENSOR SER. No. (250) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Sensor Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
SENSOR TEMP. (367). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215–216
Sensor Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
SENSOR_CAL_DATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
SENSOR_CAL_LOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
SENSOR_CAL_METHOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
SENSOR_CAL_WHO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
SENSOR_CHANGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
SENSOR_FILL_FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
SENSOR_HARDWARE_REV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
SENSOR_ISOLATOR_MTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
SENSOR_MEAS_TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 80
SENSOR_PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
SENSOR_RANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
SENSOR_SN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
SENSOR_TEMP_HIGH_LIMIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
SENSOR_TEMP_LOW_LIMIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

SENSOR_TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
SERIAL_NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Set Fault State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
SET_FSTATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
SET_LOW_FLOW_CUT_OFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Set. L. Fl. Cut-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
SET. L. FL. CUT-OFF (332) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Shed Remote Cascade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Shed Remote Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
SHED_RCAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
SHED_ROUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
SIL_DIGITS_TEST_STRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Sim. Error No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
SIM. ERROR NO. (476) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
SIM. FLOW VALUE (639). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
SIM. LEVEL (714) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
SIM. PRESSURE (414). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
SIM. TANK CONT. (715). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
SIMULATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Simulated Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
SIMULATED_VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
SIMULATION MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Simulation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94, 106
SIMULATION MODE (413) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
SIMULATION_ERROR_NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
SIMULATION_MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94–95, 106
SOFTWARE VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
ST_REV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 54
ST_REV (AI Block). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Static Revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 54, 104
Status Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 60, 79, 86, 94
Status Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Status Select Event 115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Status Select Event 120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Status Select Event 715 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Status Select Event 717 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Status Select Event 718 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Status Select Event 720 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Status Select Event 726 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Status Select Event 727 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Status Select Event 730 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Status Select Event 731 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Status Select Event 732 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Status Select Event 733 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Status Select Event 740 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
STATUS_HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
STATUS_LOCKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 79, 94
STATUS_OPTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
STD_FLOW_UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
STD. FLOW UNIT (660) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
STRATEGY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Strategy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 54, 104
Suppressed Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
SUPPRESSED FLOW (375) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
SUPPRESSED_FLOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
SW_LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 60, 79, 86, 94

Endress+Hauser

T

T. Peakhold Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Table Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Table Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
TABLE SELECTION (808), local operation. . . . . . . . . . 200
TABLE SELECTION, FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Tag Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 54, 104
TAG_DESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 54
TAG_DESC (AI Block) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
TANK CONTENT (370). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
TANK CONTENT MAX (713), local operation. . . . . . . 200
TANK CONTENT MAX, FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
TANK CONTENT MIN (759), local operation . . . . . . . 200
TANK CONTENT MIN, FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Tank Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
TANK DESCRIPTION (815), local operation . . . . . . . . 202
TANK DESCRIPTION, FieldCare. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Tank Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
TANK HEIGHT (859) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Tank Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
TANK VOLUME (858) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
TANK_HEIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
TANK_VOLUME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
TEMP_PEAK_HOLD_STEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Temp. Eng. Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 85, 97
TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318), "Flow" measuring mode . . . 199
TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318), "Level" measuring mode . . . 197
TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318), "Pressure" measuring mode 197
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 60, 85, 97
TEMPERATURE_UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85, 97
Test Read Write. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
TEST_RW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Tmax Alarm Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Tmax ALARM WINDOW (335). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Tmax Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Tmax SENSOR (369). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
TMAX_ALARM_WINDOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Tmin Alarm Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Tmin ALARM WINDOW (334) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Tmin Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Tmin SENSOR (368) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
TMIN_ALARM_WINDOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
TOT. 1 USER UNIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Tot. 1 User Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TOT. 1 USER UNIT (627) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Tot. 2 Unit Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TOT. 2 USER UNIT (628) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW (655). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Total. 2 Eng. Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOW (658). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Totalizer 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
TOTALIZER 1 (652) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Totalizer 1 Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
TOTALIZER 1 UNIT (392), (662), (664), (666) . . . . . 206
TOTALIZER 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Totalizer 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TOTALIZER 2 (657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
TOTALIZER 2 UNIT(399), (663), (665), (667). . . . . . 207
TOTALIZER_1_FAIL_SAFE_MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
253

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

TOTALIZER_1_MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90–91
TOTALIZER_1_RESET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
TOTALIZER_1_UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
TOTALIZER_1_UNIT_SCALE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
TOTALIZER_1_UNIT_TEXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TOTALIZER_1_VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
TOTALIZER_2_MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TOTALIZER_2_UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TOTALIZER_2_VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Transducer Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Transducer Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Transducer Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Transducer Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
TRANSDUCER_DIRECTORY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
TRANSDUCER_TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

ZERO_POSITION_ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

U

Unit Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
UNIT FLOW (391) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Unit Mass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Unit Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
UNIT VOLUME (313), "Height linearized" level mode . 185
UNIT VOLUME (313), "Linear" level mode. . . . . . 172, 176
UNIT VOLUME (313), "Pressure linearized" level mode. . . .
180
Units Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Update Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 55, 109
UPDATE_EVT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 55
UPDATE_EVT (AI Block) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

V

Volume_UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

W

Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Write Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Write Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Write Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
WRITE_ALM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
WRITE_LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
WRITE_PRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

X

XD_ERROR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
XD_SCALE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
X-VAL. (550), local operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
X-VAL., FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
X-Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73–74

Y

Y-VAL. (551), local operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201–202
Y-VAL., FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Y-Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Z

Zero Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
ZERO POSITION (814), "Height linearized" level mode. 191
ZERO POSITION (814), "Linear" level mode . . . . . . . . . . 178
ZERO_POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
254

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Endress+Hauser

255

256

257

71336364

www.addresses.endress.com